The status of the Institution of Eminence (IoE) and the execution of programmes under the initiative has made a qualitative difference to the University of Hyderabad (UoH), according to its Vice Chancellor, Prof B J Rao.
“We have been implementing various programmes under the IoE for more than three years and it is a project where spending is entirely goal oriented and results oriented,’‘ Rao told businessline.
The Union Government had accorded IoE status to UoH in September 2019, in recognition of its standing, ability and potential to move into the league of the world’s best institutions.
The IoE tagline ‘national needs, global standards’ is to be geared towards academic, financial and administrative support for all its stakeholders, faculty, students and non-teaching staff. As part of Its UoH has earmarked special funds for implementing various initiatives.
“The university views IoE as a good opportunity in its history to leverage its existing reputation, practices and services to catapult itself into the best and highest leagues globally. We have spent ₹450 crore so far on achieving IoE goals,’‘ the Vice Chancellor said.
Also read: Nischal’s launched AR, VR-based content for students
The objectives of UoH in implementing IoE include sprucing up of infrastructure, securing high-end equipment for various laboratories of different departments, building new infrastructure and encouraging research projects of the faculty by extending funds.
“Most of our infrastructure and lab equipment were almost 50 years-old. Similarly, there is a need to encourage research projects of the faculty and their exposure to create an ecosystem of innovation, entrepreneurship and translational research among the students and faculty members through start-ups and public-private partnerships,’‘ Rao said.
A substantial part of IoE funds of ₹450 crore spent so far went into creation of new infrastructure including hostel, upgrading of equipment and research support.
“More than 200 faculty have been benefited so far by way of IoE research funding so far. We are also providing ₹1 lakh travel assistance to attend seminars and conferences abroad if abstracts/research papers are accepted in foreign countries,’‘ the Vice-Chancellor said. UoH has also lined up renovation of existing student hostels and employee quarters apart from adding new ones.
The initiative is helping in facilitating exposure of UoH faculty to their international counterparts, Rao said adding that the focus was also on supporting students and research scholars from the socially-disadvantageous sections by extending non-NET fellowships.
“We have touched almost all stakeholders of the university with IoE support and are now drawing up plans for the non-teaching staff.
On the impact of the IoE status and initiatives being taken, Rao said: “There has been visible positive impact already. I also believe that there will be greater impact in the long term even after I leave the system.’‘
Also read: Markets tread water amid global economic uncertainties
Tablets can be a wonderfully portable way to stream shows, take notes and browse the web, and they’re just so much more fun than a stuffy laptop. But which should you choose? Finding the perfect tablet can be daunting, but the Google Pixel Tablet is a fantastic option for people who use other Android devices. You can get yours for just just $279 at Amazon right now, but we can’t vouch for how long this $120 savings is going to last. We do know that this price matches the price we saw during Black Friday sales, and that means it’s unlikely to get much cheaper any time soon.
The Google Pixel Tablet is the first Android tablet to use Google’s own Tensor G2 chip, just like in the Pixel phones, making it fast and smooth when opening apps, playing games and streaming all your favorite movies and TV shows. It’s also easy on the battery, ensuring you won’t need to reach for that charger too often.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
Note that this version of the Pixel Tablet does not include the charging speaker dock, which CNET’s Scott Stein loved in his review. That version is not on sale and will cost you $499, but it does essentially act as a smart home hub, so it may be worth the splurge for some. For everyone else, the base 11-inch tablet for just $279 may be an ideal investment.
Not sure that the Pixel Tablet is for you or prefer something with a different set of features? We’ve rounded up the all the best tablet deals in one place, so you can get one of the latest models for less.
Read more: Best Laptops and Tablets to Give as Holiday Gifts for 2024
Why this deal matters
This deal is just $4 shy of the lowest price we’ve ever seen for this tablet, so you can rest assured that you’re getting a good deal. The Google Pixel Tablet offers impressive specs that compete with the other popular options like the Apple iPad, but at $279, it’s hard to beat in terms of value.
Our Favorite Tech Gifts Under $100 We’re Giving for the Holidays
See all photos
CNET is always covering a wide array of deals on tech products and much more. Start with the hottest sales and discounts on the CNET Deals page, and sign up for the CNET Deals Text to get daily deals sent straight to your phone. Add the free CNET Shopping extension to your browser for real-time price comparisons and cash-back offers. And peruse our gift guide, which includes a full range of ideas for birthdays, anniversaries and more.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Fentanyl has made headlines for driving overdose deaths, but the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is warning of the rise of an even deadlier drug.
Last year, nearly 70% of all U.S. overdose deaths were attributed to illegally manufactured fentanyls (IMFs). One of those was carfentanil, an altered version of fentanyl that is said to be 100 times more potent, the CDC warned in a Dec. 5 alert.
Deaths from carfentanil rose by more than 700% in the past year, according to the same source — there were 29 deadly overdoses between January and June 2023, and 238 in that same time frame in 2024.
RED FOOD DYE COULD SOON BE BANNED AS FDA REVIEWS PETITION: ‘SCARY STUFF’
This data came from the CDC’s State Unintentional Drug Overdose Reporting System (SUDORS).
The numbers could actually be higher, as the 2024 data is preliminary and not all overdose deaths have been reported, the agency noted.
Carfentanil, an altered version of fentanyl that is said to be 100 times more potent, the CDC warned in a Dec. 5 alert.(iStock)
Since an outbreak of carfentanil-linked deaths in 2016 and 2016, the drug had “largely disappeared” until this recent reemergence, the CDC noted.
Based on the increase in fatal overdoses, the CDC is calling for “rigorous monitoring” of carfentanil and other opioids more potent than fentanyl.
DRUG OVERDOSES HAVE REACHED RECORD HIGH, PER LATEST CDC REPORT: ‘GRIM STATISTICS’
As with other illicit drugs, its “high profitability” likely drives its prevalence, according to Dr. Chris Tuell, clinical director of addiction services at the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine.
“Very small amounts can produce thousands of doses,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Synthetic opioids like carfentanil are relatively easy to manufacture in illicit labs,” Tuell went on. “Since the drug is a synthetic, it is easier to produce — unlike heroin, which is dependent on a plant like opium.”
Why is carfentanil so dangerous?
Carfentanil is 10,000 more times more potent than morphine and 100 times more potent than fentanyl, Tuell confirmed.
“Even a small amount can be fatal, as it can cause respiratory failure,” he said.
Carfentanil can sometimes be in the form of “pressed pills” that resemble prescription medications, the expert said.(iStock)
One of the major concerns with carfentanil and fentanyl is that they are frequently mixed with other drugs, such as benzodiazepines, cocaine and opioids, which can lead to accidental overdoses, according to Tuell.
“Carfentanil can also resemble cocaine and heroin, so it blends right in with the other drugs,” he warned.
“Even a small amount can be fatal, as it can cause respiratory failure.”
“Even a tiny amount can increase the potency of a drug mixture, leading to a stronger and longer-lasting high.”
Carfentanil often appeals to drug users who have a high tolerance to opioids because they seek a stronger substance, “making the drug attractive despite the risk,” Tuell noted.
How is the drug administered?
Carfentanil can be injected and is frequently mixed with other opioids or heroin, Tuell said. In a powder form, it can be inhaled.
“Inhaling the drug can be quickly risky because it can enter the bloodstream, resulting in an overdose,” Tuell warned. “This can happen intentionally or accidentally, as the drug can become easily airborne.”
Carfentanil can be injected and is frequently mixed with other opioids or heroin, an addiction specialist warned.(iStock)
Carfentanil can sometimes be in the form of “pressed pills” that resemble prescription medications, the expert said.
“Carfentanil can be lethal at the 2-milligram range depending on the route of administration,” he cautioned.
What parents should know
“Children are now the generation of artificial intelligence and deepfakes, as illicit drugs are posing like regular prescription medications,” Tuell cautioned.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
To help protect kids from the dangers of illicit drugs, the expert emphasized the importance of open communication and education.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Educate your child about the dangers and risks of drug use, including synthetic opioids like carfentanil,” he advised.
Parents should provide monitoring and supervision of their children, be aware of their social circles and limit unsupervised online activities, Tuell recommended.
Based on the increase in fatal overdoses, the CDC is calling for “rigorous monitoring” of carfentanil and other opioids more potent than fentanyl.(iStock)
“I also believe it is important that parents realize that 84% of individuals with a substance use disorder also have a co-occurring mental health issue,” he added.
“Seeking out mental health services for your child could help address the underlying issues that may have led to a substance use disorder.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
The CDC called for specific efforts in preventing deaths from illegally manufactured fentanyls, “such as maintaining and improving distribution of risk reduction tools, increasing access to and retention of treatment for substance use disorders, and preventing drug use initiation.”
Fox News Digital reached out to the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) for comment.
A large-scale Swedish study on Monday suggested that drinking sweetened drinks can significantly increase your risk of serious cardiovascular diseases like stroke, heart failure, and atrial fibrillation. The study also showed that consuming too much added sugar can increase the risk of stroke or aneurysm. However, limited consumption of treats can be safe. “Consuming sweet drinks was worse for your health than any other form of sugar,” noted the study published in the journal Frontiers in Public Health. Suzanne Janzi, a doctoral candidate at Lund University said that the sweetened beverages, which contain liquid sugars, “typically provide less satiety than solid forms.” Janzi said this makes people feel less satiated “potentially leading to overconsumption”. Moreover, unlike treats that are “often enjoyed in social settings or special occasions, sweetened beverages might be consumed more regularly.” To understand how sugar consumption affects cardiovascular disease risk, the team collected data from two major studies with a sample of 69,705 participants. The study evaluated the link between honey, treats like a pastry, or sweetened beverages like fizzy drinks — and seven cardiovascular diseases: two different types of stroke, heart attacks, heart failure, aortic aneurysms, atrial fibrillation, and aortic stenosis. During the 10 years of follow-up, 25,739 participants were diagnosed with cardiovascular disease. High intake of sugar in general raised the risk of ischemic stroke and abdominal aortic aneurysm. It also spiked the risk of heart failure in participants with a normal BMI. Notably, they found that the highest risks of a negative health outcome arose in the lowest intake category for treats, suggesting that “extremely low sugar intake may not be necessary or beneficial for cardiovascular health.” However, Janzi said the study is “observational and cannot establish causation”.
(Disclaimer: Except for the headline, this story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is published from a syndicated feed.)
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-09/Syrian-government-collapses-in-sudden-upheaval-with-uncertain-future-1zcbbzoJ1NC/img/d50f7e459e3a41fca663af2cf8621e3a/d50f7e459e3a41fca663af2cf8621e3a.jpeg' alt='Syrian President Bashar al-Assad speaks during a joint press conference with visiting foreign leaders in Damascus, September 4, 2008. /CFP'
Syrians awakened on Monday to an uncertain future after Syrian President Bashar al-Assad has reportedly resigned and arrived in Russia for asylum as his government collapsed on Sunday following a sweeping offensive by militant groups.
The groups, led by Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), waged a major offensive from northern Syria since November 27, and have since swept southwards through government-held areas, capturing the capital Damascus within 12 days.
The fall of al-Assad’s government brought a surprise end to the nearly 14-year Syrian civil war, adding to uncertainties for both the war-torn nation and the broader Middle East.
Sweeping offensive
Although the Syrian government and militant groups have been at deadly feud with each other since 2011, large-scale military conflicts largely grounded to a halt in 2020. The recent offensive, however, has taken the government by storm, showcasing a formidable momentum from the outset.
Within just days, the groups captured the central province of Hama, after overrunning key territories in the northwestern provinces of Aleppo and Idlib.
The decisive moment came in the early hours of Sunday. Following a brief, but intense battle at dawn, fighters gained complete control of Homs, a crucial city and strategic crossroads about 160 kilometers north of Damascus, cutting off connections between Damascus and the coastal strongholds of al-Assad’s Alawite community.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-09/Syrian-government-collapses-in-sudden-upheaval-with-uncertain-future-1zcbbzoJ1NC/img/bb8baa60938242c9ae7af3fa98457406/bb8baa60938242c9ae7af3fa98457406.jpeg' alt='Smoke billows after anti government forces ransacked government security facilities, in Damascus, December 8, 2024. /CFP'
In the wake of the advance, the fighters made their way into the capital. State television channels aired scenes of them moving through the streets of the city and inside the presidential palace.
Soon after the fall of Damascus, Syrian Prime Minister Mohammad Ghazi Al-Jallali announced his readiness to cooperate with any leadership chosen by the Syrian people.
HTS leader Ahmed Al-Sharaa, also known as Abu Mohammad Al-Julani, declared Al-Jallali would oversee public institutions until an official transfer of authority is completed.
“We extend our hands to every Syrian citizen committed to safeguarding the country’s resources,” Al-Jallali said in a televised address. “Syria belongs to all Syrians, and I urge everyone to think rationally about the nation’s best interests.”
Uncertain future
Even though al-Assad called for a peaceful transfer of power in a statement through Russia and the HTS has also shown willingness to achieve a stable handover, analysts believe that a dramatic change in authority will add to uncertainties for Syria’s future.
On the one hand, there are numerous militant groups within Syria, each with their distinct political agenda, noted Ding Long, a Chinese expert on Middle East affairs at Shanghai International Studies University.
Disagreements and conflicts within militant groups could still lead to renewed turmoil in Syria, said Ding.
There is no doubt that a complete overhaul of the constitution and the political system will be seen in Syria, James Dorsey, an adjunct senior fellow at the S. Rajaratnam School of International Studies at Nanyang Technological University, told CGTN.
Syria will establish a constitutional order, after an 18-month transition period and elections, the expert added.
On the other, Syria has long been plagued by extremism and terrorism. Even the HTS is still classified as a terrorist group by the United Nations, the United States, and Türkiye, among others. Some countries have expressed concern that with the HTS in power, extremism and terrorism may rear their heads once again amid the turmoil in the country.
“We have to be watchful during this transition period,” Turkish Foreign Minister Hakan Fidan said following the militants’ victory. “We are in communication with the groups to make sure that terrorist organizations … are not taking advantage of the situation.”
Echoing his Turkish counterpart, Egyptian Foreign Minister Badr Abdelatty underscored the importance of preventing the spread of terrorism in Syria.
Anti-terrorism in Syria is also a focus for Iran, a staunch supporter of al-Assad.
In a statement, the Iranian Foreign Ministry stressed the necessity to end military conflicts in the country as soon as possible, prevent terrorist actions, and initiate national talks with the participation of all segments of Syrian society to form an inclusive government representing all Syrian people.
For the broader international community, restoring peace and stability in Syria is the primary expectation. The Chinese Foreign Ministry called on relevant parties on Monday to act in the fundamental interests of the Syrian people and find a political solution to restore stability in Syria as soon as possible.
“The future of Syria should be decided by the Syrian people. We hope that all relevant parties, guided by the principle of responsibility for the long-term and fundamental interests of the Syrian people, will seek political means to restore stability and order as soon as possible,” spokesperson Mao Ning said during a daily press briefing.
Given Syria’s crucial role in the current geopolitical landscape of the Middle East, analysts suggest that the collapse of al-Assad’s rule could have far-reaching consequences for the region.
The collapse of the situation in Syria not only caused turmoil in the country, but also brought more instability to the Middle East, Gao Zhikai, vice president of the Center for China and Globalization told China Media Group (CMG) recently.
The situation in Syria is currently at a critical turning point, and the prospects are not clear, which may escalate the crisis in the Middle East and lead to further tension in the region, Gao noted.
Breakthrough designation was based on results from the TROPION-Lung05 Phase II trial with support from the TROPION-Lung01 Phase III trial of datopotamab deruxtecan in patients with locally advanced or metastatic epidermal growth factor receptor-mutated non-small cell lung cancer.
The only thing better than spending a holiday with your feline companion is spending a holiday that lasts 8 days with your cat. Holidays are the time to celebrate with your friends and family, especially with your crazy cat sidekick. As any loving pet parent can tell you, the joy of getting little gifts for your cat is unforgettable. Please share the holiday spirit with your cat and include them in your holiday gift exchange.
Check out our list of gifts for you to share with your cat, one for each day of Hannukah. If you like to spoil your kitty, here are some reviews of eight of the best Hanukkah cat gifts you can get for your cat!
A Quick Comparison of Our Favorites in 2024
The 8 Best Hanukkah Gifts for Your Cat
1. Hepper Hi-Lo Scratcher — Best Overall
Materials:
Plywood, cardboard
Features:
Durable, replaceable scratching surface
Lifestage:
All life stages
The Hepper Hi-Lo Scratcher is the best overall Hanukkah cat gift. It has an extremely durable plywood frame that can take years of wear and tear, and it has a non-toxic glossy finish that will look great in any home. You can position it in different ways to change the angle of the scratching surface, as some cats like horizontal surfaces, like the carpet, while others prefer vertical surfaces, like furniture. Changing the position can also help extend the life of the extra-thick cardboard surface, but if it ever does wear out, replacement cardboard is available. It is more expensive than many other scratchers, but your cat is more likely to use it since you can adjust it to their preferences.
Scratching helps felines stretch and maintain their claws, but when they do it to furniture, it can cause a great deal of damage. Scratching pads and posts provide cats with a safe way to engage in this natural activity without it being a problem, and any kitty lover is sure to appreciate this gift.
At Catster, we’ve admired Hepper for many years and decided to take a controlling ownership interest so that we could benefit from the outstanding designs of this cool cat company!
Pros
Durable
Multiple scratching positions
Thick replaceable cardboard
2. Kong Active Feather Teaser – Best Value
Material:
Polyester
Features:
Catnip, interactive, feather, jump
Life Stage:
Adult
The best gift during the holiday is sometimes the gift that gives you the most bang for your buck. With a toy like Kong’s Feather Teaser, you’ll have the best Hanukkah cat gift for the money. While interactive cat toys are nice for your cat if they are often alone, Kong’s Feather Teaser brings you into the action and provides two gifts for the price of one: quality time and hilarious cat acrobatics. This toy is a perfect, budget-friendly choice for you and your active feline.
As with all wand-type toys, it’s best if your cat only plays with this toy while you are supervising.
Pros
Affordable
Interactive
Catnip infused for ultimate playtime
Cons
The cord can be too short for some
Some reviews report the toy breaking after a few uses
3. Hepper Plush Mouse Kicker Toy — Premium Choice
Materials:
Cotton, catnip
Features:
Large size, bell
Lifestage:
All life stages
The Hepper Plush Mouse Kicker Toy is a premium Hanukkah cat gift. It has a long shape that many cats love, and it can get them to do the cute rabbit kick that they tend to do when we try to rub their bellies. The toy is also light enough for a kitty to drag around the house and pounce on. It has an attractive embroidered face on durable, bite-resistant fabric, and it also has catnip filling and a jangly bell that will keep your cat’s attention for hours. Only a few users have complained that they have a hard time getting their pets to play with it.
Kicker toys are great for helping a cat get more exercise, and they also trigger their natural hunting instincts, making this a great gift.
At Catster, we’ve admired Hepper for many years and decided to take a controlling ownership interest so that we could benefit from the outstanding designs of this cool cat company!
Pros
Long shape
Bite-resistant fabric
Catnip filling
Bell
Cons
Some cats don’t like it
4. FurryFido Laser Cat Toy
Material:
Stainless Steel
Features:
Exercise, interactive
Life Stage:
All life stages
We’ve all seen videos of cats and kittens pouncing around the room chasing a laser beam. Maybe you’ve seen videos of a cat flying off a couch or running headfirst into a wall during their intense chase. Laser toys are a cat favorite, and with good reason.
Some cats may become frustrated with a laser toy, but if you combine this chase with treats or toys that your ferocious feline can actually catch, you are in for a rewarding playtime experience. Most cats adore a good old laser chase, and it is a perfect way for you to spend time playing with your cat. The best part of this durable, stainless-steel laser is that it is USB chargeable; you never have to worry about replacing the batteries in mid-chase.
Pros
Rechargeable with a USB port
Durable material
Multiple laser modes, including UV flashlight
Cons
Lasers are dangerous when pointed directly at eyes
Some users report it breaking after a few weeks
5. SmartyKat Skitter Critters
Material:
Polyester
Features:
Catnip, interactive
Life Stage:
All life stages
These little critters are perfect gifts for indoor cats. The SmartyKat Skitter Critters pack comes with 10 catnip-infused toys for your cat to chase around your home and satisfy their hunting instinct. Even if your cat loses one toy during the holiday buzz and mess of gifts, you can get them a quick replacement because of how many come in the value pack.
These mouse-shaped toys are infused with catnip to promote play and reduce your cat’s stress, which can skyrocket during the holidays with new people coming to visit. Your cat will have a happy Hannukah playing chase with these catnip critters!
Pros
Comes in a value pack of 10
Filled with catnip for increased stimulation
Promotes energetic play and satisfies hunting instincts
Cons
Can fall apart after aggressive play
Easy to lose under furniture
6. PetStages Tower of Tracks
Material:
Plastic
Features:
Interactive, exercise, hunting
Life Stage:
All life stages – especially senior cats
With its colorful spinning balls and three tracks, this three-tiered toy can entertain cats for hours. Watch your cat go crazy during the holidays as they spin and roll around the toy, trying to free the balls from the tracks. The best part about the PetStages Tower of Tracks is that the balls won’t leave the tracks, and your cat doesn’t have to chase them around your home.
Your furry friend can entertain themselves and stimulate their hunting instincts by trying to catch the fast-moving toys on their trips around the track. If your cat is really into it, they may even get all three balls rolling at once!
Pros
Durable
Nonstick skid pads on the bottom
Balls stay on the track
Cons
Not balanced if your cat climbs on the toy
Some say the tower breaks easily
7. Trixie Activity Center
Material:
Plastic
Features:
Food games, food pacer
Life Stage:
Adults
If you have a kitty motivated by food, this is the toy for you. The Trixie Activity Center is the perfect cat toy to encourage your cat to get active in order to feed. There are tunnels, tubes, pegs, and fishbowls for your cat to explore in the hunt for their kibble and treats. Food puzzles are an incredibly popular way to keep your cat’s mind and reflexes sharp. Sit back and watch your cat try to solve the different ways to catch, eat, and play during your holiday break. The best part of this toy is its nonslip rubber backing, helping it to stay in place as your cat goes wild on their quest for the hidden goodies.
Pros
Active feeder for exercise while eating
Non-slip rubber bottom
Dishwasher safe
Safe to use unsupervised
Cons
Can be more expensive than competitors
Might not work for cats with larger paws
8. Rainbow Cat Charmer Toy
Material:
Polycarbonate wand, fabric
Features:
Fabric chaser, interactive
Life Stage:
All life stages
If you own a cat, you’ve probably witnessed the power of your cat’s obsession with strings, ribbons, and shoelaces. Wrapping presents and tying your shoes in the morning can be a struggle, with a frisky feline attacking the strings and ribbons every chance they get, and this Rainbow Cat Charmer toy will be no different.
Giving a classic chase that both you and your cat can enjoy, the rainbow cat dancer is durable and features 4 feet of colorful ribbon to give your hands enough room to avoid excited paw swipes. The toy will keep your cat engaged and ready for the chase and the hunt for quite a while, and it’s a great way to keep your pet active. However, we do not recommend leaving the toy unsupervised, as it can lead to injury if your cat gets tangled.
Pros
Affordable
Durable
Interactive playtime for your cat during all life stages
Cons
Can be a choking hazard if unattended
Fully interactive toy
Buyer’s Guide: Choosing the Best Cat Toys for Hanukkah
Choosing the best gift for your cat during Hanukkah doesn’t have to be overwhelming and scary. Not only have we introduced you to some of our favorites, but we will answer your questions on how to choose the best possible toy for you and your kitty. Let’s get down to business and arm you with everything you need to select the best cat toy during the holidays.
What Features Should You Look for in a Cat Toy?
Not every cat likes the same toys, and not every cat likes to play the same way. Finding out what our cat loves the most is up to us, the owners. However, there are some basic features you should keep an eye out for regardless of the type of toy you are searching for.
Solo Play
While we may wish to be, it is not always possible for us to be around 100% of the time to play with our cat. Therefore, it is essential that you choose a toy suitable for solo play. You must ensure that any toy you choose will not become a safety hazard without your supervision. Toys made for solo play, like the ball track and feeding mat puzzles, would be better choices if you are not always home.
Benefits for Your Cat
When buying a toy for your furry friend, you want to consider the possible benefits they are getting from the toy. For example, some toys feature built-in scratchers to help your cat maintain their nails, and others have chewing pieces to encourage oral health. Most toys are designed to promote physical activity and use your cat’s natural hunting instincts to keep them stimulated and its muscles healthy. Some cat toys are even designed to reduce anxiety and promote relaxation. Choose a toy based on the benefits your cat needs.
Engagement
One of the biggest fears when buying a toy is whether or not your pet will use it. We recommend just sticking to purchasing toys you already know your cat enjoys. If you know your cat prefers catnip toys, choose catnip chasers or kickers. If you notice your cat is often enthralled by your shoelaces or ribbons, selecting a ribbon chaser or string toy would be a logical jump.
Our Best Hanukkah Cat Gifts Selection Process
Catster’s dedicated team of writers and editors collaborate with expert veterinarians, considering a wide range of factors when selecting the best hanukkah gifts for cats. These parameters include customer reviews, brand reputation, veterinary experience, and in some cases, hands-on testing. Of course, our cats have a say in the process, too! We strive to select and review the highest-quality products available, to help you choose the best possible product and make the most informed decision for your and your cat’s needs.
Why Trust Catster?
Catster has been a trusted online brand since 2001, so we know a thing or two about hanukkah gifts for cats. We’re a team of cat-loving writers, editors, and veterinarians dedicated to helping you make the most informed decision for your feline. We deeply believe in providing the best information for cat owners to help their cats live their best life possible. We look at reviews from the most trusted sources available, and this, combined with our veterinary team’s experience and expertise, helps us gather the best options on the market. Our team is invested in the welfare and health of cats around the world, and believe that expert knowledge is one of the best ways to achieve this.
Final Thoughts
Finding the perfect gifts for the 8 days of Hanukkah couldn’t be easier after following our list of top choices and reviews. If you want to share the spirit of Hanukkah with your cat, we can’t think of a better overall choice than the Hepper Hi-Lo Scratcher. For a more budget-friendly option, Kong’s Feather Teaser offers interactive playtime with your cat. Last but certainly not least, Hepper Plush Mouse Kicker Toy is the perfect premium choice for any pet parent who isn’t always home to give their cat attention during the day.
See also:
Featured Image Credit: 5 second Studio, Shutterstock
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
Sadržaj nastao u suradnji s: Plodine
BLAGDANI su sve bliže, a samim time u trgovine dolaze brojni proizvodi koji će obogatiti te dane. Od tradicionalnih šunki i kolača sve do umaka kojima ćete dopuniti ručak za cijelu obitelj, Selection linija proizvoda u Plodinama nudi sve što vam treba. Posjetili smo Plodine kako bismo pogledali ponudu ovih proizvoda.
Odmah smo primijetili bogat izbor suhomesnatih proizvoda. Jamón Serrano je španjolski specijalitet od sušenog svinjskog buta, poznat po bogatom okusu. Ova delicija je u Plodinama trenutačno dostupna po cijeni od 2.39 eura za 80 g.
Ako više naginjete poznatijim okusima, mortadella s pistacijom i kuhana šunka mogli bi biti pun pogodak za vaše nepce. Pakiranje od 100 g mortadelle košta 1.85 eura, a kuhane šunke 1.99 eura. Odlično će se uklopiti u blagdanski stol.
Istarski salamin je tradicionalna suhomesnata delicija iz Istre napravljena od svinjskog mesa i uobičajeno začinjena češnjakom i paprom. U Plodinama je upravo dostupna po 4.49 eura za 220 g.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Okusite tradiciju drugih zemalja. Livanjski sir je tradicionalni bosanskohercegovački tvrdi sir od ovčjeg ili miješanog mlijeka, poznat po snažnom okusu, a trenutačno je dio Selection ponude. Cijena 300 g ovog tvrdog sira je 4.59 eura.
Montasio DOP sir je talijanski zaštićeni tvrdi sir od kravljeg mlijeka, a pronašli smo ga po cijeni od 4.39 eura za 150 g.
Grana Padano vjerojatno je najpopularniji sir za predjelo ili posluživanje uz tjesteninu. Pakiranje od 200 g ovog sira pronašli smo za 3.49 eura.
A tražite li savršenu tjesteninu, u ponudi smo naišli na pljukance, fuže i šurlice od durum pšenice. Durum pšenica sve je popularnija za izradu tjestenine zbog visokog udjela proteina i glutena, zahvaljujući čemu tjestenina ima čvrstu teksturu i oblik. Pakiranje od 400 g ovih Selection tjestenina košta 1.59 eura.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Tražite savršen umak za tjesteninu? Isprobajte ovaj od sicilijanske cherry rajčice. Bočicu ovog umaka možete kupiti za 2.25 eura. U ponudi smo pronašli i pesto umak, koji također košta 1.69 eura.
Za opuštajuće grickanje između obroka pravi će gurmani odabrati čips od krumpira s tartufima. Pakiranje ovog zanimljivog čipsa upravo je dostupno po cijeni od 1.49 eura.
Malo tko ne voli lješnjake, a kad ih kombinirate s pravim dodacima, oni postaju slasna delicija. Selection lješnjaci u medu savršeni su ako želite zdrav i pomalo neobičan snack. Za 400 g meda s lješnjacima trebat ćete izdvojiti 5.97 eura.
Volite se zasladiti lješnjacima, ali želite nešto klasičnije? Vjerojatno će vam se svidjeti mliječna čokolada s cijelim lješnjacima. Selection mliječna čokolada s lješnjacima dolazi u pakiranju od 200 g, a košta 2.85 eura.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Keksi su standardni dio smočnice većine kućanstava. Pronašli smo dvije kutije s više vrsta keksića za svačiji ukus. Mix u plavoj kutiji ima 500 g i košta 7.99 eura, a nešto drugačiji mix u zelenoj kutiji od 250 g košta 3.99 eura.
Praline su vrlo popularan poklon za ljubitelje slatkog, a posebno su cijenjene one belgijske, poznate po visokoj kvaliteti čokolade i punjenja. U Plodinama smo pronašli klasične belgijske praline po cijeni od 5.49 eura.
Nešto drugačije praline s cornflakesom ili bademom u mliječnoj čokoladi dostupne su po cijeni od 3.39 eura. Pozornost su nam privukle i dražeje s bademom i raznim vrstama čokolade, čija je cijena 3.99 eura.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Biskvit je odličan dodatak svakoj kuhinji jer ga se može kombinirati s različitim okusima i uživati u njemu u gotovo svakoj prilici. Sočni biskvit od 400 g dostupan je u tri varijante: mramorni, s limunom ili s jogurtom, a cijena mu je 3.59 eura.
A što su blagdani bez panettonea? Ovaj tradicionalni božićni kolač pronašli smo u praktičnom pakiranju s ručkom. Punjen je grožđicama i kandiranom koricom naranče, a dostupan je po cijeni od 4.99 eura.
Google has announced to help Indian developers build more from its Maps platform, like free access to Routes, Places, and Environment application programming interfaces (APIs) and software development kits (SDKs).
Starting March 1, 2025, the developers will have free access to Maps, Routes, Places, and Environment products up to a monthly limit, allowing them to integrate various products like Places Nearby and Dynamic Street View without upfront costs.
“In India, this means that instead of the fixed $200 monthly credit we offer today, developers can soon access up to $6,800 worth of free usage every month, distributed across all products,” said Tina Weyand, Senior Director of Product Management, Google Maps Platform.
This will give developers the flexibility to build better solutions and experiment with Google APIs and SDKs at no cost.
With the expanded free usage, developers only pay if they exceed the limit.
“And further, Maps Embed API and Maps SDK – some of our most popular products – will continue to have unlimited free usage,” said the company.
Google Maps Platform has helped developers in India build useful, innovative experiences – powering everything from delivery to travel apps.
“In India, our coverage spans over 7 million kilometers of roads, 300 million buildings, and 35 million businesses and places,” Weyand informed.
“We continue to build solutions that meet complex local needs by harnessing the power of AI, like Address Descriptors, which was pioneered in India to help developers show addresses in the unique local format, and features like the Air Quality API, which offers robust and reliable air quality data,” she noted.
The tech giant recently introduced India-specific pricing for Google Maps Platform. This includes up to 70 per cent lower pricing on most APIs, and a collaboration with the Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) which offers developers up to 90 per cent off on select Google Maps Platform APIs.
As a result of these changes, many developers have seen their bills decrease by more than half, with smaller developers seeing even larger reductions, said the company.
“This pricing update has reinforced Google Maps Platform’s value as a strategic partner. By keeping tech operating costs low, it has enabled us to scale operations without concerns about rising expenses, ensuring long-term sustainability for our platform,” said Praful Poddar, Chief Product Officer, Shiprocket.
It’s been a busy few weeks for Fortnite. We’ve had the big Juice WRLD concert, the launch of a new Chapter, the return to the old-school with Fortnite OG, the release of the Doom 2099 skin, and now a big new update.
Fortnite update 33.10 has a December 10 release date on PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, PC, Android and Nintendo Switch.
The update will be accompanied by a period of server downtime, which begins at 9am GMT UK time.
Considering the size of the update and amount of new content on offer, expect the downtime to run until around midday.
The news was announced by Epic Games on X, alongside a preview about what to expect.
“Sharpen your blades!” reads an Epic tweet. “Downtime for v33.10 begins at 4 AM ET with matchmaking ending shortly beforehand.”
As you can see from the tweet above, matchmaking will be disabled at around 8.30am UK time, so make sure you’re already in a game beforehand.
In terms of what fans can expect, update 33.10 is shaping up to be one of the biggest updates ever.
First up is the release of a brand new first-person shooter mode featuring 5v5 battles with ranked and unranked modes.
Titled Fortnite Ballistic, the new mode is described as a tactical game mode where teamwork is key, it will launch with the Skyline 10 map.
Epic explains more: “Ballistic is launching with the Skyline 10 map, a starting set of weapons, and a limited number of items. Adjustments will be made beyond launch based on player feedback, in addition to major updates such as new maps, weapons, and features.”
The game is a no-build mode where all presets from your Locker will carry over. It supports existing skins and items, except for Pickaxes, Contrails, Instruments, Vehicles and Jam Tracks.
With Christmas coming soon, fans can also expect to find out more about this year’s Winterfest event, which will include new rewards and festive decorations.
Elsewhere, Fortnite is getting a new Text Chat update, which will expand its availability to all islands.
We’ll also get a look at the next wave of Fortnite crossovers, including a closer look at the Hatsune Miku skins and items.
LEGO Fortnite is also getting a big update. Now known as LEGO Fortnite Odyssey, version 33.10 will introduce the Storm Chasers update, which tasks players with finding the Storm Chaser Village.
That’s on top of the release of LEGO Fortnite Brick Life, which is a new social role-playing experience which takes place in an ever-evolving city.
Epic explains more: “Gather your friends (and make new ones!) as you explore vibrant locales, like sunset-drenched beaches and the mysterious Mourndale Academy, alongside 31 other players.
“Become the ultimate socialite and hang out in restaurants, house parties, and rooftop clubs.”
Daily Express will be back with the full list of new items and features when the update launches on December 10.
Fortnite update 33.10 early patch notes…
NEW CONTENT
• Fortnite Ballistic mode – 5v5 Tactical shooter played in first-person perspective
• LEGO Fortnite Brick Life – New Social role-play experience
• LEGO Fortnite Odyssey – New name for LEGO Fortnite. Campaign kicks off with pursuit of Storm Chaser Village
• Fortnite new Text Chat Experience – Creators can choose to include text chat in their islands so players can socialise and strategise.
BUG FIXES
• Low-resolution textures on Nintendo Switch
– We’re looking into a fix for low-resolution textures on Nintendo Switch.
• If used on a slope, Sprites may slide down and not heal the players.
– Sprites may slide down or float if placed on a hill/slope, leaving their effect behind.
• Missing rewards in LEGO Pass (LEGO FORTNITE)
– For some players who have completed the LEGO Pass, it is displayed that they still need to obtain certain rewards in the pass. The missing rewards will be granted in the next update.
• Vehicles may remain idle at the start of the race. (ROCKET RACING)
– When in Ranked races, players’ vehicles might remain idle at the start line while they can still navigate through the menus and interact with camera controls.
• Painted styles’ icons do not display the corresponding Ranked reward style (ROCKET RACING)
– The icons for the painted styles of the I-Mod and Wellsian Wheels, Futurist Trail and Boost only display the default style for each item.
• Player 2, 3 or 4 unable to take control as Player 1 (FORTNITE FESTIVAL)
– When players try to take control in the Lobby by holding the “Take Control” button, screen may turn fully black, and the button may not respond. This will cause the inability to change any Settings or Locker items.
• Jam Track preview continues to play outside the Music Library (FORTNITE FESTIVAL)
– While in Backstage, players who select a Jam Track and then quickly close the Music Library may hear the preview load in late and continue playing.
Porsche Cars Australia will sell the old petrol-powered Macan and its electric replacement concurrently for a number of months, with the former expected to remain on sale into 2025.
Speaking with media, Porsche Cars Australia public relations head Alexis Truscott said the petrol Macan should be “available until approximately the end of Q2 2025”. That means it’ll remain on sale until late June.
“In Australia, people can still order from dealer stock. Dealer quantity varies by spec, by model, per dealer,” she said.
Ms Truscott made it very clear that the outgoing Macan would be available while stocks last, with no new orders being taken from factory – “it’s done,” she said.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Macan T
Despite the first-generation Macan reaching the end of the road in the Australian market, the brand’s global product planners for the Macan line said there’s still no end date for the model’s production globally.
The two generations of Macan are currently built alongside each other in Porsche’s Leipzig plant in Germany, with various global markets to have the petrol model remain on sale “depending on customer demands”.
Thomas Rothfuss, director for the Macan product line, said Porsche can be “flexible” with the dialling down of combustion-powered Macan production.
“Of course, there’s a date in our minds… also supplier-wise and stuff like that. But we have flexibility in our Porsche plant in Leipzig where both models are built,” he said.
While not available to order, pricing for the final 2025 model year (MY25) Macan range starts from $95,100 before on-road costs, which is $1300 more than the MY24 range but still some $30,000 less than the new Macan Electric.
Macan T
MY25 Porsche Macan pricing:
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Porsche Macan
$95,100
2025 Porsche Macan T
$97,900
2025 Porsche Macan S
$118,200
2025 Porsche Macan GTS
$141,700
MORE: 2025 Porsche Macan Electric review MORE: Everything Porsche Macan
Sanjay Malhotra, a 1990-batch IAS officer, holds an Engineering degree in Computer Science from IIT Kanpur and a Master’s in Public Policy from Princeton University, USA
Government Has Appointed Sanjay Malhotra As The New RBI Governor
In a significant move, the Government of India has appointed Sanjay Malhotra, the current Revenue Secretary, as the next Governor of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). As per a notification issued by the Department of Personnel and Training (DPoT), Malhotra will take on the prestigious role for three years.
The Appointments Committee of the Cabinet cleared Malhotra’s name, who has been appointed as the 26th RBI Governor, starting Wednesday.
Shaktikanta Das, whose current term is due to end on December 10, has already been the RBI’s governor for longer than the typical five-year maximum of recent decades (since the 1960s).
Who Is Sanjay Malhotra?
Sanjay Malhotra, a 1990-batch Indian Administrative Service (IAS) officer of the Rajasthan cadre, holds an Engineering degree in Computer Science from the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Kanpur and a Master’s in Public Policy from Princeton University, USA.
With over 33 years of distinguished service, Malhotra has demonstrated exceptional leadership across various sectors, including power, finance and taxation, information technology, and mines.
Before serving as the Secretary (Revenue) in the Ministry of Finance, he held the position of Secretary in the Department of Financial Services under the Ministry of Finance, Government of India.
Malhotra has extensive expertise in finance and taxation at both the State and Central Government levels.
Shaktikanta Das Journey
First Appointment As RBI Governor In 2018
Das was first appointed as the 25th governor of the RBI in December 2018 for a term of three years and later granted a three-year extension in 2021. He succeeded Urjit Patel on December 12, 2018.
Prior Experience
Prior to this, Das, who is a retired 1980-batch IAS officer of Tamil Nadu cadre, served as the economic affairs secretary, revenue secretary and fertiliser secretary. He also also India’s Alternate Governor in the World Bank, ADB, NDB & AIIB. In the Tamil Nadu government, he has also served as the principal secretary (industries), special commissioner (revenue), and secretary (revenue).
Educational Qualifications
Born in Bhubaneswar, Das, 67, earned bachelor’s and master’s degrees in history from St. Stephen’s College, University of Delhi.
Leadership Recognition
Shaktikanta Das was recently named the top central banker by Global Finance for the second consecutive year in 2024, with an A+ rating for his leadership in guiding the RBI through challenging economic times.
Shaktikanta Das was hospitalised in Chennai on November 25 due to issues related to ‘acidity’, and is now doing fine. Das was admitted to Apollo Hospital for observation.
Bitcoin is showing signs of rising bearishness amidst high greed in the market. The overall crypto market cap has dropped by 5.44% reaching $3.43 trillion in the last 24 hours. Historical level of liquidations was witnessed specifically in the last 12 hours. But why is this happening when everyone is so positive about the market and how far Bitcoin can fall? Are you wondering why bitcoin is going down today? Let’s analyse what is happening with the market.
High Greed Brings High Risk
If you have been in the crypto space for a while and have seen at least one crypto cycle you would have seen such things happening before. When the market goes into a sentiment of high greed for many days and people get comfortable with the bull market, it retraces. It is always traders vs. the market and who has more power? Obviously the market. The seasoned professionals always suggest people to be scared when the market is greedy. Such times are the perfect time for the market to take money from traders.
Technical Side of Bitcoin
After facing rejection from the new ATH, Bitcoin had taken a downturn of about 13.60%. Though it did not close there and it came out only to be a shadow. The asset held itself and tried to rise again however failed to do so. BTC kept on riding the Moving average 20 for quite some time before falling below it on December 9 which triggered a panic in the market. Following this, Bitcoin fell under the Moving average 50 and then 100. This is enough shock for the market.
BTC is currently trading at $96,607, a 2.90% drop in the last 24 hours. The trading volume pumped by 118% as traders started shorting the asset. How down can it go? Well that would be very difficult to say however, the nearest strong zone lies at $92,600 and moving average 200 is also holding this spot, making it more strong.
The RSI levels are falling sharp. It is currently at 38.08 which is not good for bulls but definitely a comfortable time for short traders. The average direction index at 16.44 also shows bears are holding the market.
Other Metrics
According to the liquidation data by Coinglass, a total of $1.75 billion worth of liquidations happened in the last 24 hours. Most of these liquidations are the long traders as the market changed its position following bitcoin’s downward movement. Over half a million traders lost their funds to these liquidations.
The whale orders and large trade data from coinglass shows that even though the market shows greed, in reality the long traders are in fear. There are few to none long orders around this price range and whales are shorting BTC. The good amount of longs lie between $92k and $94k. Does this mean the crypto can fall more? Yes, it might, if the market fails to get more strong buys.
What to expect?
The downturn during a bull market brings in desperate times. The Greed and Fear index shows high greed, the indicators showing an upcoming down movement, makes it all confusing. Be aware that the market tends to move in the opposite direction of a high saturation of emotion. As more and more people will short the asset, Bitcoin will start rising again suddenly. If you are thinking of entering the market to take trades, high precaution is advised in order to save your funds. The high greed sentiment in the market is the reason why bitcoin is going down.
NASA astronauts Sunita “Suni” Williams and Barry “Butch” Wilmore have reached their six-month milestone of being stranded on the International Space Station, despite initially planning to stay for just eight days. And now, one of their fellow astronauts has snapped a photo from the “Twilight Zone.”
No, not the famed Rod Serling TV show. On Saturday, astronaut Don Pettit shared a photo of some very cool clouds, with an explanation of why he’s dubbing it the Twilight Zone.
“Living in the Twilight Zone,” Pettit said. “Our orbit on @Space_Station now is aligned with Earth’s day-night shadow thus we see neither full day nor full night. This is the best time to photograph clouds under low angle lighting.”
But Willians and Wilmore, who should come back home to Earth in 2025, don’t feel like their extended stay has fallen under dark clouds.
“I like everything about being up here,” Williams said Wednesday. “Living in space is super fun.”
The astronauts are keeping busy, with Williams and Wilmore assisting the other ISS residents in space botany studies and other research, according to NASA’s ISS blog. They have aided in more than 60 scientific studies in their nearly six months on board, the Washington Post reports.
Here’s what you need to know about what the two astronauts are up to.
Who are the astronauts?
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
Wilmore, 61, and Williams, 58, are veteran astronauts and are both naval officers and former test pilots. Williams has been a NASA astronaut since 1998, and Wilmore since 2000. Both have plenty of experience in space.
Williams is the former record holder for most spacewalks by a woman (seven) and most spacewalk time for a woman (50 hours, 40 minutes), and in 2007, she ran the first marathon by any person in space.
In 2009, Wilmore piloted the Space Shuttle Atlantis on its mission to the ISS, and in 2014, he was part of the ISS crew that used a 3D printer to manufacture a tool — a ratchet wrench — in space, the first time humans manufactured something off-world.
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
What was their original mission in space?
Wilmore, as commander, and Williams, as pilot, traveled to the ISS on a 15-foot-wide, Boeing-made capsule called Starliner. They launched on June 5 and docked with the ISS on June 6. NASA hopes Starliner will give the organization a new way to get crews to and from the ISS, and the fact that it’s Boeing-made is another sign that NASA is starting to lean on the private sector for its human spaceflight options, The New York Times reported.
Wilmore and Williams’ ISS mission was supposed to last a mere eight days, during which they’d test out aspects of Starliner and see how it operates with a human crew in space. But due to complications with Starliner, the two astronauts are still up there and won’t be back before 2025.
What are the astronauts eating?
Food on the ISS is a major focus, as fresh produce must be replenished every three months with deliveries from Earth. On Nov. 23, the unpiloted Progress 90 resupply spacecraft successfully docked to the ISS. But the latest food delivery came with an unwanted smell.
“After opening the Progress spacecraft’s hatch, the Roscosmos cosmonauts noticed an unexpected odor and observed small droplets, prompting the crew to close the Poisk hatch to the rest of the Russian segment,” a NASA representative said in a statement posted to social media.
“Space station air scrubbers and contaminant sensors monitored the station’s atmosphere following the observation, and on Sunday, flight controllers determined air quality inside the space station was at normal levels,” NASA said. “There are no concerns for the crew, and as of Sunday afternoon, the crew is working to open the hatch between Poisk and Progress while all other space station operations are proceeding as planned.”
NASA revealed that their menu includes cereal with powdered milk, pizza, shrimp cocktails, roast chicken and tuna.
The smell that came along with the spacecraft isn’t the only food-related concern of late, with some publications questioning the astronauts’ thin appearance based on recent photos.
Dr. J.D. Polk, NASA chief health and medical officer, made an official statement saying Williams and Wilmore are just fine. “NASA and our partners have safely conducted long duration missions aboard the orbital laboratory for decades, studying the effects of space on the human body as we prepare for exploration farther into the solar system,” Polk said. “Crew health is regularly monitored by dedicated flight surgeons on Earth, and they have an individual diet and fitness regime to ensure they remain healthy throughout their expeditions.”
In June, the two NASA astronauts landed on the ISS. In September, their defective Boeing Starliner capsule returned to Earth without them for safety reasons.
The Starliner returned alone to White Sands Space Harbor in New Mexico on Sept. 6 and the spacecraft that will bring them home — a SpaceX Dragon — arrived at the ISS on Sept. 29. NASA astronaut Nick Hague and Roscosmos cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov joined them on board the space station with that late September arrival of the Dragon spacecraft. Four crew members were originally scheduled to be on board at launch, but two stayed behind to make room for Wilmore and Williams’ return trip.
Wilmore and Williams will be brought home on the SpaceX Crew-9 Dragon spacecraft early next year and “will continue their work formally as part of the Expedition 71/72 crew through February 2025,” the space agency said in a statement. “They will fly home aboard a Dragon spacecraft with two other crew members assigned to the agency’s SpaceX Crew-9 mission.”
“Spaceflight is risky, even at its safest and most routine,” NASA Administrator Bill Nelson said in a statement on Aug. 24. “A test flight, by nature, is neither safe, nor routine. The decision to keep Butch and Suni aboard the International Space Station and bring Boeing’s Starliner home uncrewed is the result of our commitment to safety: our core value and our North Star.”
What are the astronauts saying?
The astronauts have been positive about their experience. At a live news conference in September, Williams said that despite knowing their mission was scheduled to take only eight days, they’d both been “training for a number of years” for it. They’re fully qualified to remain in space for an extended period of time, and to help pilot the SpaceX Dragon spacecraft that’ll bring them home next year.
“It’s very peaceful up here,” Williams said on Sept. 13, though she added that they miss their families back on Earth.
The astronauts are working on research, maintenance and data analysis during their extended stay.
“We are having a great time here on ISS,” Williams said in a news conference held from orbit in July. “I’m not complaining. Butch isn’t complaining that we’re up here for a couple of extra weeks.”
Wilmore and Williams responding to media questions back in March.
Houston Chronicle/Hearst Newspapers/Getty Images
How did they get stuck in space in the first place?
The Starliner was delayed in May due to a problem with a valve in the rocket. Then engineers had to fix a helium leak. That’s all bad news for Boeing. It’s competing with SpaceX, which has been transporting astronauts to the ISS since 2020, making over 20 successful trips to the space station.
Starliner finally launched, atop an Atlas V rocket, on June 5, but some problems came along with it. NASA announced that three helium leaks were identified, one of which was known before flight, and two new ones. In addition to the leaks, the crew had to troubleshoot failed control thrusters, though the craft was able to successfully dock with the ISS.
SpaceX has had failures too. A Falcon 9 rocket exploded on the launchpad in 2016. In July of this year, a Falcon 9 rocket experienced a liquid oxygen leak and deployed its satellites in the wrong orbit, The New York Times reported. And a Falcon 9 rocket in late August lost a first-stage booster when it toppled over into the Atlantic Ocean and caught fire.
But that said, SpaceX has more than 300 successful Falcon 9 flights to its credit.
Stuck in space: A timeline
May: Starliner launch delayed due to a problem with a valve in the rocket, and then a helium leak.
June 5: Starliner launches with Williams and Wilmore on board.
June 6: Starliner docks with ISS despite dealing with three helium leaks and failed control thrusters.
Sept. 6: Starliner departs ISS and lands in New Mexico, leaving Williams and Wilmore behind.
Sept. 28: SpaceX Crew-9 mission launches with Hague and Gorbunov on a Dragon spacecraft.
Sept. 29: SpaceX Dragon docks with ISS.
February 2025 onward: SpaceX Dragon spacecraft will return to Earth with Williams, Wilmore, Hague and Gorbunov.
Fox News medical contributor Dr. Nicole Saphier joins ‘Fox & Friends Weekend’ to discuss the best foods to boost your immune system during the cold and flu season.
There are many methods of staying healthy during cold and flu season, including choosing certain foods.
In a Sunday appearance on “Fox & Friends Weekend,” Fox News medical contributor Dr. Nicole Saphier offered some power foods that can help boost the immune system.
“It is certainly cold, flu and COVID season,” she said. “And we want to prevent illness, because once you already get infected, I’ll be honest, there are not a lot of things to relieve some of your cold and flu symptoms.”
PANCREATIC CANCER PATIENT SURVIVAL DOUBLED WITH HIGH DOSE OF COMMON VITAMIN, STUDY FINDS
Here are a few immune boosters that can be added to your diet, according to Saphier.
1. Red bell pepper
One raw red bell pepper has double the daily dose of vitamin C, according to Saphier.(iStock)
One whole, raw, red bell pepper has more than twice the daily recommended dose of vitamin C, Saphier stated.
“Vitamin C is obviously great for our immune system,” she said.
5 WAYS TO SNEAK CDC’S HEALTHIEST VEGETABLE INTO YOUR DIET
“If you grill it, if you boil it, it does reduce the vitamin C a little bit, but it’s still excellent, it has other nutrients in it.”
Saphier shared that she slices red bell peppers and serves them to her kids “almost every morning before school.”
2. Blueberries
Blueberries are “nature’s powerhouse,” Saphier said.(iStock)
Saphier described blueberries as a “superfood” and “nature’s powerhouse.”
“When it comes to all of your fruits and veggies, this has one of the highest amounts of jam-packed, antioxidant, low-calorie, low-sugar content,” she said.
“Grab a handful – it’s great for you.”
3. Citrus
The best way to reap the benefits of citrus is eating it raw, the doctor advised.(iStock)
Citrus foods like oranges and lemons provide a “high amount of vitamins,” according to Saphier.
The doctor warned that citrus does have higher sugar content, so people who are diabetic should be cautious about amounts.
“Especially if you get the pre-packaged, concentrated juice from the store — that has a lot of sugar on it, [so] you have to be careful,” she said.
THESE 6 ‘HEALTHY’ FOODS WON’T HELP YOU LOSE WEIGHT, NUTRITIONIST WARNS
The best way to boost citrus intake is to eat it raw or add it to a vitamin-packed juice, according to Saphier.
“I like to make a green version … with spinach, celery, turmeric, ginger, lemon and some other stuff,” she listed. “It’s just jam-packed with vitamins.”
4. Garlic
Garlic is “one of the best things for your immune system,” according to Saphier.(iStock)
Although it may be surprising, garlic is “one of the best things for your immune system,” according to Saphier.
The doctor shared that she takes liquid garlic and combines it with other ingredients, like turmeric and ginger, in a juice for an extra immune boost.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“If your body is as healthy as possible going into cold and flu season, it’s your best bet at staying healthy,” she said.
5. Walnuts
Saphier described how walnuts look like a “mini brain” and are great for brain health.(iStock)
While Saphier didn’t call out walnuts for immune support, she mentioned their benefits for brain and cognitive health.
“People say when you look at walnuts, they look like a little mini brain,” she said.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
“I keep these with me in my office at the hospital,” she added. “They’re really good for you, so obviously you want to keep your body healthy, but your brain healthy as well.”
Saphier explained that organic options are “always the way to go” to avoid exposure to pesticides, hormones and other additives, but they can be a little more expensive.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“If only we could get those prices down, so that they’re more affordable and accessible,” she added.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
We all have certain rituals we follow every morning. These might include eating a handful of soaked nuts, drinking tea, or enjoying a bowl of fruit. Another common morning habit is drinking lemon water on an empty stomach. Lemon, a powerhouse of vitamin C, is known for its numerous health benefits. However, there are specific dos and don’ts to keep in mind when consuming lemon water in the morning. Did you know about this? Recently, Ayurvedic and gut health coach Dimple Jangda shared these tips on her official Instagram handle to help you make an informed choice while sipping your lemon water. Also Read: What Happens If You Drink Coconut Water, Lemon Water, Ginger Shot Every Day
Here Are The Dos And Don’ts Of Drinking Lemon Water On An Empty Stomach:
1.Never Consume It In A Copper Or Aluminium Glass
Dimple suggests that one should never consume lemon water in a copper or aluminium glass. This is because these heavy metals can easily leach into the water, and eventually enter our bloodstream. When this happens, our srotas – hollow channels in the body – can get blocked and cause toxic buildup in our liver and kidney.
2. Do Not Consume If You Have Skin Issues
Did you know you should avoid lemon water if you have skin issues? According to the coach, lemon has a high citric content, which is detrimental to skin disorders. Consuming too much of it can cause skin irritation and redness. So, if you have issues like psoriasis, eczema, or rosacea, you must avoid consuming lemon water in the morning.
3. Do Not Consume If You Have Acidity
Consuming lemon water in the morning is also unsuitable for people with acidity. Dimple says that lemon water can increase acid production in the body, thus worsening your symptoms. You should also abstain from drinking lemon water if you have gastroesophageal reflux disease (GRED).
4. Drink It Immediately
As we all know, lemon water is an excellent source of vitamin C. However, if you do not consume it immediately, you can lose out on it. Jangda explains that vitamin C in water degrades over time, which is why you should avoid preparing it in advance. If not immediately, try to consume it within a few minutes after making it to reap its maximum benefits.
5. Do Not Add Honey
Another thing to keep in mind while drinking lemon water in the morning is not to add honey. According to the nutritionist, adding honey to it can be detrimental to your health in the long run. It can cause a spike in blood sugar levels and may even affect your oral health. So, it’s best to avoid adding it altogether or reduce the quantity. Also Read: Wait! Don’t Eat Outside Food Without Drinking Lemon Water. Here’s Why…
Watch the complete video below:
Now that you know about the dos and don’ts of drinking lemon water, we hope you’ll be able to make a better decision for yourself.
Expressing full confidence that the main goals and tasks for China’s economic and social development in 2024 will be successfully accomplished, members of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee sat down on Monday to draw up the country’s economic plans for next year.
Chinese President Xi Jinping, also general secretary of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, chaired the meeting.
Earlier on December 6, Xi also presided over a CPC Central Committee symposium with non-CPC personages to solicit opinions and suggestions on this year’s economic situation and the economic work of 2025.
China to be top contributor to growth in next 5 years
The International Monetary Fund predicted that global economic growth will rely more heavily on BRICS nations over the next five years, and China will be the top contributor with a 22 percent share, bigger than all G7 countries combined.
In terms of next year’s economic work, Xi stressed the necessity of shoring up confidence of securing success when addressing the symposium with non-CPC personages.
China’s economy has a solid foundation with many advantages, strong resilience and great potential, and the supporting conditions and fundamental trend for its long-term sound development remain unchanged, Xi said.
A package of incremental policy measures, including a cut in the reserve requirement ratio, deed tax reductions and trade-in programs for consumer goods as shown continuous effects, with the financial market responding rapidly and positively in both the stock and bond markets at the beginning of the fourth quarter.
In October, the purchasing managers’ index (PMI) was 50.1 percent, marking a month-on-month increase for two consecutive months and returning to the expansion zone for the first time in five months. The Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index was 50.2 percent, with a month-on-month increase of 0.2 percentage points.
“We faced difficulties and challenges every year, but we have always developed by overcoming challenges, grown up in the baptism of wind and rain, and become stronger in the face of tests,” Xi said at the symposium.
Proactive and impactful macro policies
For a sound economic performance in 2025, more proactive and impactful macropolicies should be adopted, the meeting said.
The meeting urged implementing a more proactive fiscal policy and a moderately loose monetary policy next year, marking the first easing stance since late 2010.
It is necessary to enrich and improve the policy toolkit, strengthen unconventional countercyclical adjustments, intensify the coordination of various policies, and make the macroregulation more forward-looking, targeted and effective, the meeting noted.
The country should vigorously boost consumption, improve investment efficiency, and expand domestic demand on all fronts, it said.
China adopted a “moderately loose” monetary policy after the 2008 global financial crisis before switching to “prudent” in late 2010.
Zhang Jun, chief economist with China Galaxy Securities, pointed out moderately loose monetary policy and unconventional countercyclical adjustments. These two expressions signal that the central bank next year will be more willing to lower the reserve requirement ratio and reduce interest rates in the coming year.
Adopting a moderately loose monetary policy for the first time in 14 years also showed the Central Committee’s determination to stabilize economic growth, Zhang added.
The country should expand high-standard opening up and stabilize foreign trade and investment, as well as effectively prevent and defuse risks in key sectors to ensure that no systemic risks arise, according to the meeting.
While meeting non-CPC personages at the symposium, Xi vowed to take the initiative to create an external environment favorable to the country, unswervingly manage the country’s own affairs well, and transform all positive factors into actual achievements in development.
Real-world evidence from the largest analysis of second-line treatment with Yescarta in 2022-2023 demonstrated a high overall survival rate in patients with relapsed/refractory large b-cell lymphoma.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Welcome to our “Ask Dr. Paola” series, where every Monday we bring expert advice straight from Dr. Paola Cuevas (MVZ) to help our readers better understand their cat’s health and well-being.
Whether you’re a new pet parent or a seasoned cat lover, Dr. Paola is here to provide answers to your most pressing questions. From nutrition tips and preventive care to troubleshooting common behavioral issues, Dr. Paola is ready to offer insights that will keep your kitty happy, healthy, and feline fine. Stay tuned for expert guidance on a range of topics that matter most to you and your cat, so you can make informed decisions and provide the best possible care for your furry companion.
Have a question? Send it in here!
Help! My Cat Has Excessive Zoomies!
“ I know that all cats get the zoomies, but my cat Hera’s zoomies are starting to feel excessive. She is 14 and still has them 4-5 times/day, without catnip! Is there such a thing as too many zoomies? ” – Percy
Frenetic random activity periods (FRAP), most commonly known as “the zoomies”, is a natural behavior exhibited by most cats. However, if the behavior is happening too often we do not consider it to be normal. This behavior can signal Hera is feeling stressed or frustrated and chances are she needs more mental and physical stimulation. Indoor cats need to be provided with several opportunities to outlet their energy. This means adding some climbing options and vertical spaces, providing them with puzzle feeders, a variety of toys in a rotation, and even a running wheel. Playing with your cat at least 2 or 3 times a day to ensure they move around and release their energy is important. If you already do this using a laser pointer, this might actually be the reason behind Hera’s frequent FRAPing or zoomies.
While laser pointers are great tools to get cats going, they can also cause an incredible amount of frustration in cats as this light appeals to their predatory instincts, however, they never allow them to make a successful catch. In other words, they never win. There are certain laser pointer rules to follow that can help. Toss her a toy so that she can successfully paw and bite something tangible at the same time you turn the pointer off. Follow this with a yummy treat or even dinner, this allows her to complete her “hunting cycle” instead of leaving her hanging up.
Providing Hera with a calming environment using synthetic pheromones and several safe hiding opportunities can also help reduce her stress. These are just some options to consider, the general idea is to let her have healthy energy outlets and also provide her with a stress-free environment.
Best wishes! Dr. Paola
Image Credit: fcatus1, Pixabay
Help! I Think My Cat Can See Ghosts!
“Can cats see ghosts? My cat stares at the wall all the time as if someone is there but there isn’t. What should I do here?” ” – Daniela
There are a few possible reasons why cats might be staring at a wall. Their senses are different from ours, they can hear noises we can’t due to the frequency range and might also be smelling something you can not detect. In many cases, these are small animals hiding behind the walls. A cat would look interested and you might see their ears moving to follow the noise’s origin.
You did not mention the age but if your cat is a senior, senile dementia or age-related cognitive dysfunction is a possibility. Other possibilities include neurological problems such as partial or focal seizures. If you think this might be the case, be familiar with other signs and record as much information about it as possible including, when it happens, after what activity, how often, at what time, etc, if possible record a video. The more info you can bring to your vet, the better chances of a successful diagnosis; although a definitive diagnosis would need an electroencephalogram (EEG). These are the medical possibilities, and although many swear that cats have supernatural powers and can see ghosts, we have no reliable evidence to prove that.
Sincerely, Dr. Paola
Image Credit: Rovsky, Shutterstock
Help! We Want to Go On Holiday!
“My partner and I are thinking of going on a two-week holiday next year but we’ve never left our 3-year-old cat Jackson for more than 2 days before. We’re thinking of putting him into a cattery, but then also think a house sitter might be a better alternative. How do we decide what’s best for him?” – Gemma
Hi Gemma.
Cats are creatures of habit, they are solitary and territorial by nature. Their homes are their familiar territory. They spend time every day ensuring every piece of it is marked with their scent from facial pheromones, which give them a sense of familiarity or belonging and make them feel secure. Moving them to a completely different area with many other cats is oftentimes stressful for them. If you have the possibility, I would recommend you opt for the house sitter. Then, not only will Jackson be cared for, but your home will be too. I know that paying for a private sitter can get expensive, but there are some amazing services out there where you buy a yearly membership to the community, and then the house sitting is a free exchange based on trust! Then, you can enjoy your holiday more knowing that Jackson is comfortable.
Best of luck, and enjoy your holiday! Dr. Paola
This article is a part of our weekly Ask Dr. Paola series
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
LUKSUZNI šamponi i regeneratori mogu pomoći, ali najbrži način da vaša kosa zamiriše je prskanje parfema za kosu.
Iako parfemi za kosu nisu nova stvar, postaju sve popularniji. Pretraživanja na Googleu porasla su za 70 posto u posljednjih godinu dana, a brendovi poput Diora, Diptyquea i Maison Francis Kurkdjiana već su lansirali svoje kolekcije. Sada im se pridružila i Zara s luksuznom opcijom po cijeni od samo 11.93 eura.
Zarine parfeme za kosu osmislio je poznati frizer i urednik Voguea Guido Palau. U kampanji ih je predstavila glumica Daisy Edgar-Jones, a Palau smatra da je ona idealna za ovu ulogu jer ima kosu kakvu mnoge žene žele – prirodnu, ležernu i jednostavnu.
Kolekcija se sastoji od tri mirisa
Ovaj miris kombinira note limuna, cvijeta marelice i mošusa, pružajući svježinu idealnu za početak dana.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ovaj spoj jasmina, ružičastog šećera i drveta donosi idealan miris za večernje izlaske.
Ovo je senzualan miris koji kombinira note vanilije, maline i jantara.
Palau opisuje parfeme za kosu kao završni detalj koji osvježava izgled, posebno kad kosa izgleda pomalo umorno. Miris kose može imati velik utjecaj na vaše raspoloženje, a mnoge žene potvrđuju kako ih miris kose nakon posjeta frizerskom salonu čini sretnijima i svježijima.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The U.S. women’s soccer team will meet Brazil at SoFi Stadium in an April friendly that will be the first women’s professional sporting event in the four-year-old stadium. The game also will be a rematch of the teams’ Olympic gold-medal game last August in Paris.
The match will be part of a test of the natural-grass carpet system the stadium will use for the 2026 World Cup, when eight games will be played at SoFi. The venue’s artificial Matrix Turf surface will be covered with grass for four games of the CONCACAF Nations League finals March 20 to 23, then will remain in place for the U.S.-Brazil game, which will be played April 5.
The U.S. will meet Brazil again on April 8 at PayPal Park in San José. The Americans, who beat Brazil 1-0 in France to win their fifth Olympic title, are unbeaten in 15 matches under new coach Emma Hayes.
“To play the first-ever women’s professional match at SoFi Stadium is a great honor and one worthy of this team,” Hayes said in a statement. “We’re very much looking forward to spending this trip in California, which has produced so many players for the U.S. women’s national team and so many great moments in our history.”
Hayes and her team will begin the new year in California, gathering for a training camp Jan. 15 to 21 at Dignity Health Sports Park. The camp will be held side by side with a “Futures” camp, basically an all-star team of up-and-coming youth national team players along with a few top, young NWSL players. Because the camp will not be held during a FIFA international break, the team’s top European-based players will not participate.
Tech giant Google on Monday announced a partnership with the National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) to bring quality education to far corners of India.
As part of the partnership, NCERT will launch multiple YouTube channels that are aligned to the curriculum of grades 1 to 12, over the coming months.
The channels, covering 29 Indian languages, including Indian Sign Language, will offer educational content in engaging and accessible formats, empowering students, parents, and teachers across the country.
“Learning has always been at the heart of YouTube. And, in India, where accessible education is crucial for unlocking the nation’s potential, YouTube can help make learning content more accessible through innovative partnerships, tools, and resources,” Jonathan Katzman, Director of Product Management, YouTube Learning in a Google blog post.
In addition, Google also announced a collaboration with the National Programme on Technology Enhanced Learning to roll out Credentialled Courses.
NPTEL now offers 50 credentialed courses on a diverse range of subjects, from pure sciences and literature to sports psychology and rocket propulsion.
“Through this initiative, a pathway has been created for anyone outside the IIT system to be able to do a course on NPTEL’s YouTube channels and then complete the online certification on the NPTEL-SWAYAM portal and get a certificate from the IITs,” Katzman said. He added more courses will be rolled out in the coming months.
The Google-owned YouTube first rolled out courses in India in 2022 to help creators offer a structured learning experience. In 2024, the company focused on empowering even more creators to develop and share courses, enabling them to reach wider audiences and increase their impact on learners.
Further, to aid comprehension it has taken it a step further with the roll-out of “Key Concepts”.
“Using AI, we identify concepts covered in a video and may provide definitions from the web of those concepts, across subjects like biology, physics, and chemistry. We surface definitions and images from Google’s Knowledge Graph, based on the video’s transcript and other associated video metadata,” Katzman said.
The online video-sharing platform has also introduced Quizzes to help learners apply what they’ve learned. Its YouTube Player for Education is a product designed for learners that improves the way YouTube videos are shown in popular educational tools.
“Our partners are using the YouTube Player for Education to create diverse learning experiences, including interactive lessons, supplemental study, and formative assessment. In India, Google Classroom and edtech companies such as Quizizz and Teachmint have integrated the player into their tools and it is being used in classrooms around the world,” Katzman said.
Earlier this year, YouTube announced the AI Skills House programme, which provides access to Google’s flagship AI courses on YouTube, such as Introduction to Generative AI, Introduction to Responsible AI, and Introduction to Large Language Models. These courses, available at no cost, will soon be expanded to 7 Indian languages.
Several regions across Himachal Pradesh witnessed the season’s first snowfall on Sunday. Jammu and Kashmir also turned into a winter wonderland. In Himachal, Shimla, Kasauli, Kufri, and the adjoining tourist towns received the first snow of the season, covering the surrounding terrains in pristine white snow. If you love the cold or just want to witness snowfall or the majestic mountains covered in snow, this is the time to plan your winter wonderland trip to Himachal. Here are the top 6 places you can travel to.
Shimla to Spiti Valley; top 5 places to visit in Himachal Pradesh.
Shimla
The capital of Himachal Pradesh, Shimla, turns into a fairyland in the cold months, which is also considered a must-visit time because of the picturesque winter scenery – the Ridge and Mall Road shops, mountains, and the Whispering Deodars dusted with snow. You can also participate in a variety of snow-based activities like skiing, tobogganing, ice skating, snowball fights, making snowmen, or just taking a walk around the mall road.
Nearby attractions:Narkada, Chail, Naldehra, Kufri, and Mashobra.
Tirthan Valley
Winter in Tirthan Valley, with snow-capped peaks, frozen waterfalls, and temperatures below freezing, is an experience you should have at least once in your lifetime. From November to February, the valley experiences the onset of winter when you can experience snowfall, enjoy the winter landscapes, go skiing and sledging, participate in other snow games, and light up a bonfire to share stories with friends.
Nearby attractions: Jalori Pass and Chehni Kothi.
Spiti Valley
With its desolate charm and rough landscapes, Spiti is one of the most breathtaking winter destinations. The cold desert is located in the northeastern part of Himachal Pradesh. Here, you will witness dramatic white scenery, mountain hamlets atop heights that seem to touch the sky, and every house, hamlet, road and village covered in a cloak of white.
Nearby attractions: Key Monastery, Dhankar Lake, Tabo Monastery, Langza Village, and Chicham Bridge.
Manali
Another popular destination, Manali is loved by tourists during the winter season because of its beautiful landscapes and bustling winter scene. Solang Valley and Rohtang Pass offer opportunities for travellers to indulge in snow sports such as skiing and snowboarding.
Nearby attractions: Rohtang Pass, Kasol, and Beas Kund trek.
Sissu
This quaint town in the Lahaul valley of Himachal Pradesh is generally just a pitstop for many people travelling to Leh and Ladakh. However, with its picturesque mountains, glacial lakes, and starry skies uninterrupted by pollution, Sissu is a great place for witnessing winters unfold. The temperature in Sissu dips below zero degrees in winter, and the place turns into a white paradise.
Nearby attractions: Sissu Lake, Sissu Waterfall, and Gondhla Fort (14 kilometres west of Sissu).
Note: Travelling by road is one of the most convenient ways for travellers to visit Himachal Pradesh. However, the terrain becomes tough in winter. So, if you are not experienced, let a seasoned driver help you enjoy the great views of the Himalayan landscape.
8-inch IPS 4:3 Screen is perfect for all game types
Swappable marquee panels that light up
Comes with a cable and adaptor
What we don’t
Expensive at £229
Need additional USB controller for some 32-bit games
Wish Evercade sold Capcom cartridges
From the SEGA Astro Mini to the Taito Egret II, I’m a big fan of bite-sized arcade machines and the retro games found within.
Needless to say, I’ve had my eye on the Evercade Alpha arcade machines since they were announced all the way back in June.
Priced at £229 each, both come with half a dozen built-in games from Capcom. There’s a Street Fighter-themed device, as well as a Mega Man version with a different colour scheme and artwork.
The Street Fighter Alpha comes with Street Fighter II Champion Edition, Super Street Fighter II Turbo, Street Fighter Alpha: Warriors’ Dreams, Street Fighter Alpha 2, Street Fighter Alpha 3 and the superb Super Puzzle Fighter II Turbo.
The Mega Man Edition contains more of a mixture of games, such as Mega Man: The Power Battle, Mega Man 2: The Power Fighters, Final Fight, Knights of the Round, Carrier Air Wing and Strider.
Both devices also come with swappable marquee panels that light up when plugged in.
Evercade Alpha Tech Specs
• Dual Evercade Cartridge slot built-in
• Compatible with all Evercade cartridges (500+)
• 6 built-in games per arcade
• Competition-Grade Arcade Controls
• 2 USB Controller ports for 2P local multiplayer (controllers sold separately)
• Compatible with Evercade and third-party USB controllers
• 8-inch High-Resolution IPS 4:3 Screen
• Light-up marquee bar with swappable marquees (3 included)
• USB-C cable and plug included (with adaptors for UK, US and EU power sockets)
This article contains affiliate links, we will receive a commission on any sales we generate from it. Learn more
While I think the Street Fighter series is more iconic, I do prefer the variety you get with the Mega Man version, although you really can’t go wrong with either.
It’s just a shame you can’t buy dedicated Capcom Evercade cartridges to nab the games from the other machine. Same goes for the games available on last year’s Capcom Super Pocket, which are also locked behind that particular device.
The £229 price tag is also a little off-putting, at least until you actually see the device and go hands-on with it.
Dwarfing the likes of the Egret II and Astro Mini, the Evercade Alpha feels less like a novelty and more like a serious gaming device.
While I’m usually the first to insist that size doesn’t matter, in the case of home arcade machines, it kind of does.
The Evercade Alpha is just about light enough to move around (unlike a full-sized arcade machine), but big and heavy enough not to slide around when you plonk it down somewhere.
It’s also comfortable to use, as well as practical. Unlike the dinky miniature arcade machines, you can actually rest your hand on the Evercade Alpha while playing, and without fear of accidentally pressing the wrong button.
It may not sound like a big deal, but the additional real-estate means you can adopt a different stance depending on what you’re playing. There’s enough space to hold the joystick between your fingers if you’re playing a shoot-em-up, for example, or grip the top for beat-em-ups and the likes.
Evercade Alpha size comparison with Taito Egret II and Astro City Mini (Image: EXPRESS)
The 8-inch IPS display is more than double the size of the Astro Mini and significantly bigger than the Egret II, which means you don’t need to plug it into a TV to efficiently use it. (Not that you could, because there’s no HDMI port.)
While the 4:3 aspect ratio isn’t the ideal set up for vertically-scrolling arcade games, the Evercade Alpha’s display is big enough that you can comfortably play vertical shooters. It’s a far cry from Sonic Boom on the Astro City Mini, which was borderline unplayable on that tiny 16:9 display.
Another thing I like about the Evercade Alpha is that unlike a lot of retro gaming devices these days, it actually comes with a mains plug and USB-C cable. The recently released Spectrum, on the other hand, comes with a cable, but no plug.
However, the thing I love the most about the Evercade Alpha is that it’s compatible with all of your Evercade cartridges.
Instead of coin trays at the base of the device, you actually have two slots to insert additional Evercade cartridges.
Evercade Cartridge Box Colours explained
If you’re new to Evercade and are interested in purchasing some additional games, then you may be wondering why the cartridges come in different coloured boxes.
The Purple Boxes contain arcade games only. For example, the Irem Arcade 1 Collection contains the original arcade version of R-Type and not the version you may have played on the SEGA Master System or Amiga. It also contains things like In the Hunt, Battle Chopper and Moon Patrol.
The Red Boxes contain console games only. The Tomb Raider Collection, for example, contains the original Tomb Raider trilogy from the PlayStation, while the PIKO Collection 4 features everything from The Fidgetts for the Game Boy, to Target: Renegade for the NES.
The Blue Boxes contain home computer games only. This includes entire collections of C64 games, as well as classic Amiga titles in compilations like The Bitmap Brothers Collection.
Needless to say, the Evercade Alpha excels when it comes to arcade games. R-Type from the Irem Collection is an absolute dream to play, while Edward Randy and Super Burgertime are both worth checking out from the Data East Arcade 2 Collection.
Despite being vertical shooters, Out Zone, Truxton 2 and Batsugun look and play great on the Alpha. (In fact, the Toaplan Arcade 3 Collection might be my favourite cartridge yet.)
For the most part, the Evercade Alpha is also the perfect machine to play all of your old 8-bit and 16-bit favourites from the SEGA and Nintendo era. Likewise, home computer games are more than playable on the Evercade Alpha. You may occasionally need to bring up the onscreen keyboard, but the same is true of any Evercade device, including the handheld and plug-in console.
However, with Evercade increasingly bringing 32-bit games to the system, it’s probably worth buying a USB controller for PSOne era releases.
While the Evercade Alpha comes with a joystick and six face buttons, some 32-bit titles utilise all four trigger buttons, as well as the face buttons.
Evercade games like Legacy of Kain Soul Reaver are best played with a controller (Image: EVERCADE)
A second controller also means you can play multiplayer games on the device, which is another reason to make the investment.
These USB controllers are generally pretty inexpensive, but it’s something to consider nonetheless.
Other than controller compatibility and the hefty price tag, there’s really not a lot to dislike about the Evercade Alpha, which is my new go-to device for arcade gaming.
The design, build quality, games and presentation are all top-tier, and proof that occasionally size does matter.
As part of a bold new strategy from parent company JLR, the legendary British marque will no longer compete with BMW and Mercedes-Benz.
Instead, it’s gunning for Bentley and Rolls-Royce with a new range of electric cars, starting with the production version of the polarising Type 00 high-end grand tourer in 2026.
It’s a plan that has already seen all new Jaguars discontinued in the carmaker’s UK home market, and will see the F-Pace SVR dead very soon. And as exciting as the prospect of a new era of Big Cats with electric power might be, that’s a shame.
The regular F-Pace – Jaguar’s final combustion-powered global model – is a great luxury SUV, with a handsome exterior and a luxurious cabin.
The high-performance SVR flagship adds an old-school supercharged V8 engine to the mix, and turns it into one of the most engaging and charming family haulers money can buy.
It isn’t perfect, but perfection is wildly overrated anyway.
How does the Jaguar F-Pace compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Jaguar F-Pace against similarly sized vehicles.
Jaguar
F-Pace
How much does the Jaguar F-Pace cost?
On test here is the top-shelf F-Pace SVR with a range of optional extras.
To see how the F-Pace stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What is the Jaguar F-Pace like on the inside?
Although it’s getting long in the tooth, the F-Pace still looks and feels fresh inside thanks to consistent updates.
The performance seats look fantastic, and offer a lovely blend of luxurious padding and sporty support. The view over the long bonnet is commanding, and everything you touch feels expensive.
Jaguar’s steering wheel is lovely to hold and behold, the oversized paddles behind the wheel feel cold to the touch on Melbourne winter mornings, and the gear selector slots into place with a reassuring clunk. It’s a nice place to spend time.
The technology in the F-Pace SVR has also come a long way since launch. The Pivi Pro infotainment system is shared with the Land Rover Defender, and is nipping at the Germans’ heels.
It’s pretty to look at and responds in a way that will feel quick to iPad devotees, with a menu structure that doesn’t require too much diving in to reach key functions.
The colours and icons are all similar; it can be hard to make out some of the more obscure functions in the main menu, but the fact you get physical controls for climate control means it won’t send your blood pressure soaring like the multimedia technology in some rivals.
The digital instrument dials are clear and easy to read, with sharp-looking maps, but they aren’t quite as easy to navigate as Audi or Mercedes-Benz options. Realistically it’s a non-issue, given most owners will set and forget.
There’s plenty of storage up front, from the deep central bin to the cupholders that can be covered with a sliding lid. You get a wireless phone charger under the dashboard, and a pair of USB-C ports lives under the armrest.
Rear seat space is pretty good, given this is a smaller SUV than a BMW X5 or Audi Q7. Legroom behind the one-piece backrests is solid, and there’s plenty of headroom for adults in the back.
The outboard rear seats have racy-looking integrated head restraints, and they’re actually bolstered to keep the kids in place around corners. Air vents with climate controls are on hand, as is device power.
ISOFIX child seat anchor points feature are fitted on the outboard rear seats, and there’s a trio of top-tethers too.
Dimensions
Jaguar F-Pace SVR
Length
4762mm
Width
2071mm
Height
1670mm
Wheelbase
2874mm
Tare weight
2058kg
Boot space
793-1842 litres
To see how the F-Pace stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
Power in the F-Pace SVR comes from a dying breed. The supercharged V8 here debuted for the Jaguar brand in 2009, but has been fettled since.
Specifications
Jaguar F-Pace SVR
Engine
5.0L supercharged V8
Power
405kW @ 6250-6500rpm
Torque
700Nm @ 3500-5000rpm
Transmission
8-speed automatic
Driven Wheels
All-wheel drive
Weight (tare)
2058kg
0-100km/h (claimed)
4.0 seconds
Fuel economy (claimed)
11.7L/100km
CO2 emissions (claimed)
272g/km
Fuel tank
82 litres
Fuel requirement
95 octane premium unleaded
Unfortunately, that means it’s quieter. European noise restrictions required Jaguar to dial back some of the bark that has characterised its V8 models. Don’t worry, it still makes all the right noises… you just get less of them.
To see how the F-Pace stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How does the Jaguar F-Pace drive?
This is a car with many talents, but they’re all dominated by the engine.
Overseas model shown
It’s quieter than before, with a more muted startup and fewer snaps, crackles, and pops, but it still permeates everything you do with its warm, woofly bark.
Even with the exhaust in its quiet mode it’s operatic, gargling around town on light throttle, harrumphing on upshifts, and burbling away in the background at a cruise; flicking into noisy mode brings more thunder to the exhaust note and more drama to the overrun, for the full V8 experience. Everything is underscored by just enough supercharger whine, too.
It’s not big or clever driving around making angry car noises for the sake of it, but God it’s fun.
Beyond the 5.0-litre elephant in the room, this is a lovely daily driver. Ignore the liquorice-strip tyres and massive 21-inch wheels, because in Comfort mode the adaptive suspension does an excellent job of smoothing out pimply cityscapes to deliver on the ‘utility’ part of the SUV acronym.
The steering is light and direct, so it’s easy to pilot the F-Pace in tight spaces, and the sight lines are actually pretty good. It’s not quite Porsche Macan small, but it’s also not quite as chunky as a BMW X6 or Audi Q8.
With no hybrid help and peak torque from 3500rpm rather than just off idle, as is the case with twin-turbo performance engines, you could be forgiven for thinking the engine in the SVR is a screamer.
There’s no doubt it really does its best work with a few revs on board, but around town there’s enough lazy V8 grunt to sit one, two, or even three gears higher than you’d expect and still get going in a hurry.
Although it’s a capable and happy cruiser, the SVR handles with a real sense of purpose. The steering is always crisp and direct, and you can occasionally feel it gently follow cambers in the road – not so sharply that you need to hold on with white knuckles, but just enough to know this is set up to be quite aggressive at the front end.
It pays off when you’re in a hurry. Tipping the scales at more than two tonnes, it’s no featherweight. But like the XF and XE sedans that kickstarted the last Jaguar revival, it delivers a real feeling of athleticism.
Flicked into Dynamic mode, you can take the SVR by the scruff of the neck and throw it around, and it just goes with you. The front end is impressively direct, and once you’re into the corner and get on the power the all-wheel drive system shunts torque to the rear axle to drive you out with relentless vigour.
There’s no escaping physics. This is a heavy car, with a centre of gravity that’s much higher than any sports sedan’s, and you need to respect that fact.
But driven with consideration for its limitations, there’s so much fun to be had here.
From the velvety V8 thunder and the way it offers a hint of rear bias on the way out of corners, to the feel of the glossy metal paddle shifters as you snap through the gears, it’s old-school fun in a world moving towards electric cars that teleport you silently from corner-to-corner.
And then when you’re done and it’s time to go home, the adaptive cruise control is smooth and smart, and the lane-keeping assist doesn’t want to rip the steering wheel out of your hands.
There’s no droning from the exhaust, and those sticky Pirelli tyres don’t kick up too much of a fuss on coarse chip Australian highways. It’s a very comfortable, capable grand tourer.
To see how the F-Pace stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What do you get?
On test here is the flagship F-Pace SVR equipped with a range of optional extras.
F-Pace SVR equipment highlights:
SV Exterior Pack
Heated, power-folding mirrors with memory and approach lights
Auto-dimming driver’s side mirror
21-inch forged alloy wheels in diamond-turned finish
395mm front/rear brakes
Bright metal pedals
SVR heated leather steering wheel
Electrically-adjustable steering column
Metal treadplates with SVR branding
Configurable Dynamics (drive modes)
Adaptive Dynamics (adaptive dampers)
Electronic Active Differential with torque vectoring via braking
Active sports exhaust
Meridian sound system (400W, 12 speakers)
Active Road Noise Cancellation
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
That’s on top of the goodies found lower down in the lineup:
Suede headliner
14-way heated and cooled front seats with memory
LED headlights and ‘signature’ LED daytime running lights
Auto high-beam
Dynamic indicators
11.4-inch Pivi Pro touchscreen infotainment system
22-inch forged, gloss-black wheels with grey inserts: $1560
Privacy glass: $950
JaguarDrive Control with Adaptive Surface Response: $310
Rear seat remote levers: $120
To see how the F-Pace stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
Is the Jaguar F-Pace safe?
The Jaguar F-Pace at one point wore a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on tests conducted by affiliate Euro NCAP in 2017. It’s since expired, and the SUV is instead now unrated.
Standard safety feature include:
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Lane-keep assist
Blind-spot assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Adaptive cruise control with steering assist
Driver attention monitoring
Safe exit warning
Traffic sign recognition
Front/rear parking sensors
Front, front-side and curtain airbags
To see how the F-Pace stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How much does the Jaguar F-Pace cost to run?
Jaguar offers a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty in Australia.
Servicing and Warranty
Jaguar F-Pace SVR
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Service intervals
12 months or 26,000km
Five-year service plan
$3750
Average annual service cost
$750
To see how the F-Pace stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Jaguar F-Pace
If you’re in the market for a red-blooded European performance SUV, snap up an F-Pace SVR while you still can.
It’s not perfect, but it takes mundane things and makes them feel special in a way that so few cars still can in 2024.
The bombastic engine is central to its appeal, but there’s real depth to the driving experience that makes it more than a rocket strapped to a roller skate. From the chatty steering to the excellent ride and handling balance, this is a compelling, family-friendly take on the classic British grand tourer.
Jaguar has also made huge strides when it comes to interior technology.
The first F-Pace was off the pace, but consistent refinement has dragged it into line – or even past – its key rivals.
Yes, the SVR is a dinosaur in some ways, but in others this snarling beast of an SUV shows the way for many more modern alternatives.
I can’t wait to see what comes next from Jaguar, and I’m keen to drive the first of its electric Bentley rivals. But they’ll need to be pretty damn special to capture the magic of the SVR, and the V8 brutes that came before it.
Interested in buying a Jaguar F-Pace? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
The Government has appointed Revenue Secretary Sanjay Malhotra as the 26th Governor of the Reserve Bank of India
Reserve Bank Of India Governor Sanjay Malhotra
RBI Governor News: The Government of India has appointed Revenue Secretary Sanjay Malhotra as the 26th Governor of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), effective Wednesday. The Appointments Committee of the Cabinet cleared his name for the prestigious position, with Malhotra set to serve a three-year term.
Who is Sanjay Malhotra?
Sanjay Malhotra, a 1990-batch Indian Administrative Service (IAS) officer from the Rajasthan cadre, will take over from Shaktikanta Das, whose term concludes on Tuesday, December 10, 2024. Malhotra, an engineering graduate in computer science from the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Kanpur, also holds a Master’s in Public Policy from Princeton University, USA.
Sanjay Malhotra’s Experience
With over 33 years of distinguished service, Malhotra has worked across diverse sectors, including power, finance and taxation, information technology, and mines. He is currently serving as the Secretary (Revenue) in the Ministry of Finance. Before this, he held the position of Secretary in the Department of Financial Services under the Ministry of Finance.
Expert In Finance And Taxation
Malhotra brings extensive expertise in finance and taxation at both the state and central government levels. In his current role, he has played a key role in shaping tax policy, particularly in direct and indirect taxes, making him well-equipped for his new responsibilities at the helm of India’s central bank.
His appointment follows the end of Shaktikanta Das’s tenure as RBI Governor.
Das, who took office on December 12, 2018, after the sudden resignation of Urjit Patel, was granted an extension after completing his initial three-year term.
His leadership played a pivotal role in stabilising the markets following Patel’s abrupt departure, especially during a tense period over the issue of surplus transfer between the RBI and the government.
As the cryptocurrency markets gain strong bullish sentiment for a reliable bull run, investors start looking for tokens likely to give them a great return on their investments. Though Bitcoin and Ethereum are always fighting for the limelight, some altcoins now appear to have what it takes to make a great return on investments. Among them are Rexas Finance (RXS), Dogecoin (DOGE), Uniswap (UNI), Sui (SUI), and Dogwifhat (WIF). These tokens are gradually establishing themselves due to their unique aspects, strong community base, and market possibilities. Let’s see the merits of these altcoins.
Rexas Finance (RXS): Moving Toward an Entirely New Era of Asset Tokenization
Rexas Finance is leading the charge on the tokenization of real assets in the blockchain space, allowing for small proportions of ownership in a safe and secure framework. Whether it’s real estate or fine art, RXS opens up previously inaccessible markets to investors. This disruption is generating a lot of excitement around the platform.
The presale of RXS tokens can be described as a remarkable success. It raised more than $23 million, and over 308 million tokens were sold in all stages. In stage 9, token prices are at $0.125, making it an attractive valuation for investors. It has been anticipated that the token will list on major exchanges in 2025 and bring high returns for early investors. The ecosystem incorporates features such as Rexas Estate for real estate investment, Rexas Launchpad for decentralized fundraising, and Rexas GenAI for designing NFTs using AI technology.
A CertiK audit and listings on CoinMarketCap and CoinGecko prove the safety and transparency of the projects after all objectives were successfully reached. To boost participation, Rexas Finance is also holding a $1 million giveaway where early investors will each receive 50,000 RXS tokens. This makes Rexas Finance more attractive as a long-term investment. Its significance in the real world and tremendous scope for growth make it an essential asset in your portfolio.
Dogecoin (DOGE): The Meme Coin That Just Does Not Die Out
Currently, Dogecoin is selling at $0.001425, which is indicative of hope for investors. Popular communities always support Dogecoin, and so it has lots of global significance. Reportedly, Dogecoin has one of the largest fan bases out there, along with plenty of attention. Currently, DOGE is a very great cryptocurrency and worth investing in.
Dogecoin has the support of well-known figures such as Elon Musk, who consistently mentions Dogecoin as a mode of payment through various social platforms (such as Twitter), propelling interest in the coin further. With the growing number of payment methods and integration into more ecosystems, it seems that DOGE is here to stay for a long period.
Furthermore, with its potential to grow, Dogecoin is once again in the spotlight as a favored coin with undeniable vitality and strength. Throughout its near-decade history, Dogecoin has witnessed multiple rallies and highs in terms of worth. With that in mind, and for the future, it is quite possibly a very safe investment.
Uniswap (UNI): The DeFi Powerhouse
Uniswap, the biggest peer-to-peer token exchanging platform in existence, is one of the key players in the world’s very first distributed economy. The current priced of the Uniswap token is $23.77 and the volume of trades per day rests around $45 million. Despite the lack of demand, Uniswap remains one of the most respected platforms and a core part of Ethereum. Due to its reliance on code and smart contracts, large transaction costs began to dwindle the need for a lot of centralization. Uniswap features a consistent amount of beneficial concepts, including Layer 2 solutions, which help it become a leader in the economy. If the number of people switching their focus toward decentralized financial platforms increases, this will result in a nice return on investment, making UNI a core development.
Sui (SUI): The Innovator in Scalability Blockchain
Sui, with its $3.87 share price and $11.31 billion market cap, has quickly positioned itself as a favorite, especially among developers and investors, as it’s a scalable blockchain platform with low transaction costs. Sui boasts unique architecture that guarantees high throughput and fast transaction speeds, facilitating its use within decentralized applications and NFTs. Given the growing adoption and active developer community, Sui is likely to provide a return on investment in the months ahead. Such a low price level, in comparison to other similar capabilities, is of great interest to retail as well as institutional investors.
Dogwifhat (WIF): The Next Meme Coin Slated for Management
Dogwifhat (WIF) is rapidly establishing itself as a genuine top-tier competitor in the meme coin space. It brings a compelling combination of humor, community, and practical functionality. With a target price of $3.30 and a market capitalization of $3.29 billion, WIF seems appealing to speculative investors wishing to aim above the target. Unlike many meme coins that gather traction purely based on hype, Dogwifhat aims to develop a sustainable ecosystem with actual utility.
Owing to its creative marketing and active community, it is an interesting coin to watch during this bull run. Given the right momentum, WIF may duplicate the success of Dogecoin and Shiba Inu. Early investors could see excellent profits.
Conclusion
As the crypto market welcomes its biggest bull run in a very long time, picking the right tokens can be a game-changer. On the other hand, options like Rexas Finance, Dogecoin, Uniswap, Sui, and Dogwifhat have their benefits and suit different types of investment. These currencies can be added to the forecast from utility-sustaining projects to speculative meme coins. However, the most promising token is Rexas Finance (RXS), which combines all the elements of becoming a market leader. Don’t sit idle, as these opportunities never last long, especially with rising market momentum.
For more information about Rexas Finance (RXS) visit the links below:
If you’re still wondering what to buy loved ones on your list without breaking the bank, then fret not. There are plenty of affordable gifts that aren’t just crowd-pleasers — they’re also useful. We’ve spotted Amazon Fire Tablets for up to 50% off right now. These are perfect for getting work done and staying entertained during long trips or commutes. Note that these deals are bound to go fast and are subject to price changes without notice, so we suggest acting soon to lock in these prices.
Amazon Fire tablets are affordable alternatives that still provide excellent performance considering their price. Current deals include models for children, such as the Amazon Fire 7 Kids for only $55, which is half off its current usual price of $110. It’s built for children ages 3 to 7 years old and includes a stronger case that can withstand dings, drops and scuffs. This purchase also includes up to one year of Amazon Kids Plus content. The Amazon Fire HD 8 Kids is on sale for only $70 right now, down from its regular price of $140. It includes a 32GB solid-state drive and a 13-hour battery span.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
Adults aren’t left behind for these deals. The Amazon Fire HD 8 Plus tablet is now only $60, which is 50% off its regular price of $120. This version is lockscreen ad supported, includes 3 GB RAM and a 32GB SSD. The ad-free Fire HD 8 Plus is $75, which is still 44% off. Newer models, such as this Amazon Fire Max 11, are also on sale for as much as 39% off, bringing it down to only $140.
If you want to save even more, you can trade in an eligible device and get up to an extra 20% off on your purchase. We suggest perusing Amazon’s entire Fire tablet offers so you can find the right gift.
Looking for a holiday gift and not sure if these deals are for you? Check out our list of the best Amazon gifts from $10 to $250 for more ideas.
CNET is always covering a wide array of deals on tech products and much more. Start with the hottest sales and discounts on the CNET Deals page, and sign up for the CNET Deals Text to get daily deals sent straight to your phone. Add the free CNET Shopping extension to your browser for real-time price comparisons and cash-back offers. And peruse our gift guide, which includes a full range of ideas for birthdays, anniversaries and more.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Of the list of eating disorders, ARFID might not be one that you recognize – but it can be just as dangerous as the better-known conditions.
ARFID, or Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder, is defined by the Cleveland Clinic as a condition that limits a person’s food intake. It is recognized in the DSM-5 (the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Illnesses by the American Psychiatric Association).
The disorder is marked by intense fear and anxiety about food and its specific qualities – like smell, taste and texture – or the consequences of eating, such as choking.
WAITRESS WITH ‘FEAR OF KETCHUP’ SHARES VIRAL VIDEO, REINFORCING PHOBIA, THERAPIST SAYS
Limiting food intake at an extreme level can lead to malnutrition and nutrient deficiencies, which 9-year-old Hannah of Los Angeles has experienced.
Fox News Digital spoke with Hannah and her mom, Michelle (who chose not to disclose their last name), about their journey with ARFID, which has included a prominent social media presence. (See the video at the top of this article.)
On Instagram, the duo has 1.5 million followers. Their TikTok account (@myarfidlife) features videos of Hannah bravely trying new foods, which have reached millions of views among nearly 460,000 followers.
Long before Hannah began sharing her journey on camera, her mom struggled with what she thought was just a “picky eater.”
“I realized this was way more than just picky eating. This was obviously tormenting her.”
Michelle said that Hannah, the youngest of three, was a “great eater” as a baby — until she was introduced to solid foods.
“She would protest, and she would spit the food out, or she would swat it out of my hand, or she would turn her head in the other direction,” she said — all “pretty common” behaviors among kids.
TEEN’S SUDDEN DEATH FROM PEANUT ALLERGY LEADS TO DRAMATIC FAMILY DECISION
But by the time Hannah turned 3, Michelle said her daughter started refusing even the select foods she once ate.
“It was very frustrating for us because she was already so limited as to what she was willing to eat,” she said.
Michelle, pictured here with her husband and three children, noted that Hannah’s case looked “very different” from her oldest son, who is autistic and had a hard time eating as a newborn.(@myarfidlife)
Since Hannah was still growing normally, her doctors “weren’t too concerned,” and assumed she’d grow out of the picky eating.
After COVID-19 hit, Michelle said Hannah’s eating took a turn for the worse, and she eliminated even more food.
AUTISM RISK COULD RISE WITH AIR POLLUTION, NEW STUDY SUGGESTS
“It was a big struggle to get her to eat anything at all,” she said. “She had no interest in food whatsoever, and her growth started to slow down.”
Hannah’s doctors ran tests to see if there was another health condition, such as IBS or celiac disease. She was referred to other specialists, from endocrinologists to nutritionists.
Hannah was also seeing a feeding therapist, which caused “a lot of stress and anxiety,” her mother noted.
Hannah, pictured with mom Michelle, shared that she likes to draw, read and write, and play with slime.(@myarfidlife)
The doctors instructed Michelle to continue offering Hannah food when she was hungry, but her daughter’s condition only worsened.
“She couldn’t handle being around food,” she said. “She couldn’t handle sitting at the dinner table with us. She couldn’t handle the smell when I was cooking something in the kitchen.”
As Hannah got older, she didn’t grow out of the condition, but was able to verbalize her internal struggle.
TAYLOR SWIFT HAS A MOSTLY POSITIVE IMPACT ON FANS’ BODY IMAGE AND DIET CULTURE, STUDY REVEALS
“We were in a drive-thru and I asked [Hannah], ‘What would you like me to order?’ And she broke down at that moment and asked me, ‘Why is it that every time you talk about food, it makes me really anxious?’” Michelle recalled.
“Hearing those words … I realized that this was way more than just picky eating. This was obviously tormenting her.”
Seeking help and ‘validation’
Michelle decided to seek help from a mental health care professional and found a therapist who specialized in ARFID. She said their first conversation was “so validating.”
“I remember saying to her, ‘She has very few foods that she’s willing to eat. And one of the foods is sour cream and onion Pringles, but they have to be in a special packaging. She refuses to eat the Pringles that come in the large container. They have to come in the individual small containers.’”
“And hearing the words from her — ‘This is so classic of ARFID’ — was so validating.”
The “psycho-social interference” of ARFID can be difficult in social settings, such as at school and parties, according to an eating disorder expert. Hannah, pictured with her brothers, is living with the condition.(@myarfidlife)
The therapist first recommended nutritional protein shakes, which were difficult for Hannah to stomach.
But Hannah, who was dangerously underweight, told her mother, “I don’t want to live like this anymore.”
“Shewas at risk of needing a feeding tube,” Michelle told Fox News Digital. “She fell off the growth chart and wasn’t gaining weight. She wasn’t growing in height.”
“I don’t want to live like this anymore.”
“She just wasn’t getting the nutrition she needed. She was very weak, lethargic and sleeping a lot.”
AS EATING DISORDERS INCREASE AMONG COLLEGE STUDENTS, HERE’S HOW PARENTS CAN HELP
Michelle tried fun ways to get Hannah to drink the shakes, such as timing her and seeing if she could beat her previous record.
Next, Michelle suggested taking a video of Hannah drinking her shake to send to her new therapist.
Hannah was immediately interested in how her therapist would respond.
In her videos, Hannah says her famous tagline, “Here I go,” before taking a bite of food. (TikTok/@myarfidlife)
Michelle then decided to share the video online to help clue in friends and family about what Hannah was dealing with, and to help explain why she wasn’t able to attend holidays or birthday parties due to the presence of food.
‘GIRL DINNERS’ SOCIAL MEDIA TREND SPARKS CONCERN AMONG EXPERTS: ‘UNHEALTHY OBSESSION’
Since that first post, Hannah and Michelle’s social media following has skyrocketed, with thousands of strangers cheering on and motivating Hannah.
“Hannah’s grown so much physically and emotionally. Her confidence has soared,” Michelle said. “She’s a completely different kid … There’s curiosity and motivation and excitement — definitely still a lot of anxiety, but she’s working through it.”
Hannah and Michelle are pictured wearing “Here I Go” T-shirts, which are on sale to help promote ARFID awareness.(@myarfidlife)
Now 9, Hannah is using her platform to spread ARFID awareness and share tips she learns in therapy.
“Many people since we started our page have discovered that this is what they’ve dealt with their whole life,” Michelle said.
ULTRA-PROCESSED FOODS MAKE UP 60% OF AMERICA’S DIET, WHO’S AT BIGGEST RISK
“It’s just really nice to meet other people who can understand each other and share stories.”
Hannah added that the encouragement she gets online helps motivate her to try new foods.
“It makes me really happy because I know I’m helping other people,” she told Fox News Digital. “And I’m also helping myself, too.”
Hannah shared that she feels proud of her continuous bravery.
“I feel good,” she said. “I’m really energetic today.”
Tips for overcoming ARFID
During her sessions, Hannah undergoes exposure therapy as well as talk therapy.
“We do breathing exercises and coping skills,” she said. “We also try different foods.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Taylor Rae Homesley, executive director of The Emily Program’s Atlanta-based Eating Disorder Treatment Center, works with ARFID patients. She shared details of the condition with Fox News Digital.
While symptoms may vary, limited food intake based on texture or food group is a standout sign, one expert said.(iStock)
Since ARFID was coined as a “new term to describe something that’s existed for a long time,” Homesley said it has brought more awareness to the condition and how best to treat it.
There are three types of ARFID symptoms that parents should look for in their children, according to Homesley.
1. Fear of consequences
Examples are, “I’m afraid I’m going to throw up, I’m afraid I’m going to get a stomachache, I’m afraid I’m going to choke,” the expert said.
2. Lack of interest in eating or food
“These are kids and adults who just aren’t motivated by food,” she said. “They’re the ones who may be playing outside for hours and hours and don’t think, ‘It’s time to eat now.’”
3. Avoidance of food based on sensory characteristics
“These are the kids and adults who are super limited in what they’re eating due to those sensory things,” Homesley said. “They may have aversions to taste, texture, smell or temperature of food.”
ARFID “needs to be treated differently and recognized as a different eating disorder,” one specialist said.(iStock)
“A lot of our patients with ARFID are what we consider super tasters,” the therapist added. “They taste bitter flavors at a higher intensity than the rest of us.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Treatment is still being developed for ARFID, but methods like cognitive behavioral therapy have proven helpful, according to Homesley.
Michelle noted that ARFID needs “a lot more awareness” and community building, which led her to start the ARFID Awareness nonprofit.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Help is not readily available, and it’s very unfortunate because ARFID is lifelong, and it’s something that does require treatment,” she said.
“I feel like bringing community together and using our voices [is important] so that people see there’s a need.”
Bhumi Pednekar’s culinary explorations have always been a treat for her fans. From hectic shoots to relaxing getaways, one thing that consistently accompanies her is her passion for gastronomic adventures. So, what’s in her recent food diary? On Instagram, Bhumi shared a series of photos capturing her food journeys from the first week of December. The post began with the actress enjoying a chat session with producer Rhea Kapoor, with a glass of wine casually placed on the corner table. In one of the carousel slides, Bhumi was seen having a great time at AP Dhillon’s Mumbai concert with her close friend Orry. However, what caught our attention were the empty glasses, which appeared to be filled with soft drinks, adding a touch of intrigue to the post. Take a look: Also Read: Bhumi Pednekar “Ate The Best Food” In Goa And Bengaluru – Take A Look
Later in the post, Bhumi Pednekar was seen indulging in everyone’s favourite Indian snack – pani puri. In the video she shared, the actress poured pudina water from a jug into puris and quickly savoured them with joy. Another jug, apparently containing imli paani, and a plate full of puris followed. Bhumi’s “Decembering” moment also showcased her love for a wholesome South Indian thali. She shared a picture of herself seated at a restaurant, eagerly preparing to dive into her meal served on a banana leaf. The plate featured a mound of rice topped with a generous dollop of ghee, vegetable curry, two types of chutney, and sambar, all of which looked absolutely delicious. Also Read:“If I Ever Move…” – Bhumi Pednekar Is All Praise For This Famous Restaurant In Bengaluru A couple of days earlier, Bhumi Pednekar also delighted her taste buds with Bengali cuisine. During her trip to Kolkata, the actress treated herself to a lavish Bengali thali at ITC Royal Bengal. Her plate featured steamed rice and puffed luchis (Bengali-style puris), along with traditional accompaniments like shukto, begun bharta, and dal. The delicious thali also included a sweet and tangy chutney, as well as desserts like rasgulla, sandesh, and mishti doi (sweet curd), making the spread truly irresistible. Bhumi captioned her post, “New city, new thali.” Read on to know more. Bhumi’s foodie moments are quite mouth-watering. We can’t wait to see more such foodie posts from her.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-08/Opposition-fighters-capture-Syrian-capital-following-al-Assad-s-leave-1zaAqoRmwDK/img/9e4ceeffb22d4203bd3a8e693f6af783/9e4ceeffb22d4203bd3a8e693f6af783.jpeg' alt='Opposition fighters celebrate as they burn down a military court in Damascus, Syria, December 8, 2024. /CFP'
In a stunning turn of events on Sunday, opposition fighters in Syria seized control of the capital, Damascus, following a rapid offensive that saw major Syrian cities falling like dominos within days.
They appeared on state television channels to announce what they described as the fall of Damascus and the end of President Bashar al-Assad’s rule.
A man in military fatigues, flanked by armed fighters, read a statement on air, calling it “Statement No. 1.” He said that rebel units had captured Damascus.
The rebel fighters entered the city at dawn, according to the Britain-based war monitor Syrian Observatory for Human Rights.
The monitor said hundreds of government soldiers were ordered to withdraw from Damascus International Airport and were seen removing their military uniforms and donning civilian clothing.
Multiple media outlets have reported that Assad has left the country, citing rebel forces.
Xinhua reporters in Damascus witnessed intense gunshots reverberating through the streets with heavy traffic caused by cars leaving the capital.
Civilians took to the streets, waving the “revolution flag,” an older flag used in Syria before the rule of Hafez al-Assad, the late father of Bashar al-Assad.
Syrian Prime Minister Mohammad Ghazi Al-Jallali called for free elections and announced his readiness to cooperate with any leadership chosen by the Syrian people.
Opposition military leader Ahmed Al-Sharaa, also known as Abu Mohammad Al-Julani, said that Al-Jallali would oversee public institutions until an official transfer of authority is completed.
“We extend our hands to every Syrian citizen committed to safeguarding the country’s resources,” Al-Jallali said in a televised address. “Syria belongs to all Syrians, and I urge everyone to think rationally about the nation’s best interests.”
Al-Julani instructed opposition forces in Damascus to refrain from approaching public institutions and banned celebratory gunfire. “These facilities will remain under the supervision of the former prime minister until they are handed over formally,” he said in a statement.
The opposition celebrated the release of prisoners from Sednaya Prison near Damascus. The prison was emptied as security forces withdrew.
Flight data from the tracking platform FlightRadar24 showed a Syrian Air jet departing Damascus amid reports of opposition control of the capital. Initially heading toward the Alawite-dominated coastal region, the aircraft abruptly changed course before disappearing from radar, raising speculation about a possible evacuation of senior government figures.
Earlier Sunday, opposition fighters secured full control of Homs, a pivotal city and strategic crossroads, after a brief but intense battle. The victory severed connections between Damascus and the coastal strongholds of al-Assad’s Alawite community.
“The fall of Homs marks a historic moment,” Al-Julani said, urging his fighters to show restraint toward those who surrender. Thousands of prisoners in the city were freed as security forces fled, reportedly setting fire to government documents before departing.
The author keeps a list on her phone of gift ideas. “During the year, if someone close to me mentioned something that they really like or really want, I put a note in right then.”
In this part of his Pharmaceutical Executive video interview, Bill Grambley, CEO of AllazoHealth, discusses how pharmaceutical companies navigate the evolving regulatory landscape to ensure that AI-powered interventions comply with relevant regulations and guidelines.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
DOSELILE su se u Zagreb iz Ukrajine, koju su bile prisiljene napustiti zbog rata i već dvije godine ovdje uspješno grade svoj biznis. One su Nastija i Jana, keramičarke i suosnivačice Morra Ceramics, brenda specijaliziranog za ručno rađenu keramiku, koja spaja tradicionalne tehnike i moderne motive.
U ovom intervjuu doznajemo što stoji iza svakog ručno izrađenog komada keramike, kako izgleda izgradnja brenda na nepoznatom tržištu, ali i žele li se vratiti u rodnu Ukrajinu.
Možete li nam reći nešto o sebi i svojem brendu?
Mi smo Nastija i Jana, suosnivačice Morra Ceramics. Dolazimo iz Harkiva, iz Ukrajine, i dijelimo duboku strast prema zanatstvu, dizajnu i zajedničkom stvaranju. Naše putovanje u keramiku započelo je željom da stvorimo nešto opipljivo i značajno, spajajući tradicionalne tehnike s modernom estetikom.
Morra Ceramics nije samo brend. To je način pričanja priča, očuvanja kulturnog identiteta i stvaranja prostora za kreativnost. Želimo da ljudi na našim radionicama iskuse terapeutski i ispunjavajući proces rada s glinom.
Nevjerojatno je vidjeti kako se običan komad gline može pretvoriti u jedinstveno umjetničko djelo koje ima osobno značenje za svojeg autora. Ta povezanost između stvaratelja i njegovog rada srž je onoga što radimo.
Kada ste došle u Zagreb i zašto ste baš njega odabrale?
U Zagreb smo stigle u ožujku 2022. nakon što smo zbog ruske invazije bile prisiljene napustiti Harkiv. Zagreb u početku nije bio planirana destinacija, već sigurno utočište u doba kaosa. Međutim, od trenutka kad smo stigle, grad nas je dočekao s toplinom i otvorenošću.
Zagreb se brzo pokazao kao grad u kojem kreativnost može napredovati, što nas je potaknulo da ovdje ponovno izgradimo svoj život. Podrška lokalne zajednice i organizacija pomogla nam je da se brzo prilagodimo, a otkrile smo da Zagreb nudi savršen balans između živahne umjetničke scene i mirnog okruženja za stvaranje.
Je li bilo izazovno nastaviti graditi posao ovdje? Koliko je bilo drugačije u odnosu na Ukrajinu?
Pokretanje posla u novoj zemlji nikada nije lako. U Ukrajini smo imale razvijenu mrežu kupaca, dobavljača i suradnika te duboko razumijevanje lokalnog tržišta. Preseljenje u Hrvatsku značilo je početi iznova, učiti o novoj kulturi i jeziku i graditi nove veze.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Unatoč izazovima, zajednica umjetnika i keramičara u Hrvatskoj dočekala nas je raširenih ruku. Imale smo sreće što smo pronašle podršku kroz lokalne organizacije koje su nam pomogle pri integraciji i pokretanju suradničkih projekata. Ipak, bilo je problema, posebno s birokracijom i financijskim izazovima, ali te su nas prepreke učinile otpornijima, a svaki korak naprijed bio je vrijedan truda.
Je li vam uspjeh u Ukrajini pomogao pri izgradnji posla u Hrvatskoj?
Pružio nam je čvrste temelje. Sa sobom smo donijele svoje vještine i jasnu viziju onoga što želimo da Morra Ceramics predstavlja. Iako smo se morale prilagoditi novoj publici i kulturnim razlikama, vrijednosti našeg brenda – autentičnost, kreativnost i pričanje priča – ostale su iste.
Bilo je dirljivo kada su nam se naši bivši kupci iz Ukrajine javili nakon preseljenja. To nas je podsjetilo da naš rad ima utjecaj i izvan granica. Iako je kontekst u Hrvatskoj drugačiji, srž i odjek našeg rada su jednako snažni.
Koju poruku želite prenijeti kroz svoje proizvode? Tko je vaša ciljna publika?
Kroz našu keramiku želimo pokazati ljepotu nesavršenosti i snagu otpornosti. Svaki komad koji stvaramo priča priču, bilo da je inspiriran našim ukrajinskim nasljeđem, osobnim iskustvima ili pričama ljudi koje susrećemo na radionicama.
Naša publika su pojedinci koji cijene ručno izrađene, značajne predmete. To su ljudi koji uživaju u sporom, promišljenom procesu stvaranja nečeg jedinstvenog te oni koji su zainteresirani za održive i etički proizvedene proizvode. Također želimo privući ljude bez prethodnog iskustva s umjetnošću ili keramikom, ali koji su znatiželjni i otvoreni za istraživanje svoje kreativnosti.
Koliko su kupci u Ukrajini i Hrvatskoj različiti? Jeste li morali mijenjati svoj pristup i, ako jeste, kako?
Da, postoje razlike. U Ukrajini je naša publika često imala dublju kulturnu povezanost s motivima i simbolima u našem radu. Odmah su prepoznavali ukrajinske utjecaje. U Hrvatskoj smo primijetile da ljude više zanimaju priče iza naših djela i sam kreativni proces.
Zbog toga smo se više fokusirale na pričanje priča i angažiranje zajednice kroz radionice. One su postale ključan način povezivanja s hrvatskom publikom i upoznavanja s našom umjetničkom filozofijom.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kako određujete cijene svojih proizvoda?
Određivanje cijena zahtijeva osjetljivu ravnotežu. Uzimamo u obzir vrijeme, trud i materijale potrebne za svaki komad, kao i jedinstvenu vrijednost ručno izrađenog predmeta. Istodobno, trudimo se da naši proizvodi ostanu cjenovno pristupačni kako bi više ljudi moglo uživati u radosti stvaranja ili posjedovanja nečeg značajnog.
Također, uzimamo u obzir lokalno tržište i nastojimo uskladiti cijene s onim što smatramo pravednim i za naše kupce i za nas kao umjetnice.
Stvarate li vlastite kolekcije ili radite po narudžbama?
Radimo oboje. Naše kolekcije način su izražavanja naše umjetničke vizije i istraživanja tema koje nas inspiriraju, poput prirode, otpora i zajedništva. S druge strane, suradnje s klijentima omogućavaju nam stvaranje personaliziranih komada koji imaju posebno značenje za njih. Oba aspekta rada nas ispunjavaju jer nude različite mogućnosti za kreativnost i povezivanje.
Uživate li u životu u Zagrebu? Što vam se sviđa, a što ne?
Zagreb nam je postao drugi dom. Jako nam se sviđa umjetnički duh grada, njegove šarmantne ulice i ljubaznost ljudi. Lokalna kultura cijeni kreativnost i zanatstvo, što ga čini inspirativnim mjestom za život i rad.
Ako postoji nešto što nam smeta, to su povremene birokratske prepreke koje mogu biti zamorne za novopridošle. No to su manje poteškoće u usporedbi sa svim pozitivnim stranama života ovdje.
Osjećate li se prihvaćenima u Zagrebu?
Da, osjećamo se vrlo prihvaćeno. Od lokalne umjetničke zajednice do sudionika naših radionica, ljudi pokazuju iskreno zanimanje za naš rad i našu priču. Ta podrška nam je puno pomogla da obnovimo svoje živote i nastavimo stvarati.
Planirate li se vratiti u Ukrajinu ili možda se preseliti u drugu zemlju?
Naša srca uvijek će pripadati Ukrajini i sanjamo o povratku kako bismo jednog dana pomogle u obnovi naše domovine. Za sada, međutim, Zagreb je mjesto gdje smo pronašle stabilnost i svrhu. Fokusirane smo na razvoj Morra Ceramicsa ovdje i izgradnju trajnih veza. Budućnost je neizvjesna, ali ostajemo predane stvaranju i dijeljenju umjetnosti.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The Lakers had little choice Sunday night in their return to Los Angeles, a style of play chosen for them instead of them choosing it.
LeBron James, upgraded to probable earlier in the day, was suddenly on his way out of the lineup, his sore foot severe enough that his dream of an 82-game season ended Sunday evening.
Without James and still without Austin Reaves, Lakers coach JJ Redick said his team would need to play with distinct characteristics.
“We’re going to have to move,” Redick said before the game. “We’re going to have to cut. We’re going to have to pass. We’re going to have to play in transition.”
If this sounds familiar it’s because it’s how Redick has said he wants the Lakers to play with James on the court.
Without him Sunday night in a 107-98 win against Portland, the Lakers didn’t need one hero to take over. The stars of the game changed by the moment — Anthony Davis dominating the paint early. Cam Reddish and Gabe Vincent’s defense triggering the Lakers’ first great run. Rui Hachimura, in front of countryman Shohei Ohtani, efficiently carving up the defense. And D’Angelo Russell playing himself into rhythm first by doing the little things and then by doing the flashy things, hitting the crowd-igniting threes that helped carry the Lakers at times a season ago.
Lakers forward Anthony Davis drives to the basket against Portland Trail Blazers center Deandre Ayton in the first half Sunday.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
Davis finished with 30 points, 11 rebounds and five blocks. Russell had season highs with 28 points and 14 assists coming off the bench, giving the Lakers’ second-unit some desperately needed teeth. And Hachimura scored a season-high 23 on just 13 shots while getting four steals.
As the Lakers have entered into a bit of an early-season identity crisis, their offensive style has swung from Redick’s preferred motion-based system to more deliberate basketball. Part of that, of course, has to do with Reaves missing the last five games, the Lakers losing one of their primary half-court weapons. Part of it though, has been James admitted adjustments to the Lakers’ plans.
Lakers guard Dalton Knecht hangs on the rim after dunking against Portland on Sunday.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
The team’s struggles trying to find the right compromise was a guaranteed challenge, the early-season buy-in and execution were sure to suffer once old habits resurfaced. The challenge now for Redick and the players is to recapture who they were early and reinforce that it’s who they should be moving forward.
A game such as Sunday’s, even against the third-worst team in the West, can have some utility for the team as it gets healthier and the challenges increase.
The Lakers now have four days off before they play the Timberwolves in Minnesota, time they need to rest, to recover and to reconsider what kind of basketball they should be playing.
In what can be termed as a bid to make people healthy and active, Zooper and HDFC Ergo have collaborated on a new programme called ‘India Gets Moving’ which will allow users to get an
Apple Watch for free by just walking 15,000 steps daily. Here are the details on how you can get an Apple Watch for free.
Steps to get Apple Watch for free
• Users will need to complete a walking target for a year to get an Apple Watch for free.
• To participate in the competition, users will be required to purchase an Apple Watch and sign up for Zopper Wellness Programme, which is free of cost.
• After the sign up process is completed, users will become members of HDFC Ergo’s insurance programme. Solvy Tech Solutions will act as the master policyholder.
• Participants will be required to sync their Apple Health Kit data with the HDFC Ergo app.
• Once the setup is complete, users will qualify for a refund of up to even 100 per cent of the cost of the Apple Watch. The refund will be based on the number of daily steps they take.
• According to the website, if any user walks for 15,000 steps daily for a full year, they will be eligible for a full refund.
• The offer is applicable to several models, which include the Apple Watch Series 10 and Apple Watch Ultra.
In related updates, Apple’s iPhone production in the country has reached $10 billion in the seven months of this fiscal (FY25). Exports alone account for $7 billion which is a record.
The tech giant manufactured/assembled $14 billion of iPhones in India in the last fiscal (FY24), exporting more than $10 billion worth of iPhones.
Amid the growing demand for its iPhones in India, Apple achieved a 36 per cent increase in its operating revenue in India, surpassing Rs 66,700 crore (about $8 billion) in FY24.
Video games have changed a lot since I was a kid. It used to be that you bought a new game, popped the cartridge in your console and started playing.
Now you’ve got pre-order bonuses, day-one updates, Battle Passes, online multiplayer and a whole lot more. It’s a lot to take in, especially if you don’t know your Fortnite from your Five Nights at Freddy’s.
To help you make sense of it all, Daily Express recently spoke to Virgin Media Gamepad game expert Blake Manchester about how to keep your children safe online.
Most modern games have some kind of in-game purchasing option. Games like Fortnite are free to download and play, but have Battle Passes and outfits that can be purchased for real cash.
Then there are full-priced games like Cyberpunk, Elden Ring and Street Fighter 6, which offer additional content such as new missions, characters and stories for extra money.
Blake Manchester recommends talking to your children about in-game purchases to ensure they don’t accidentally spend your money on extra content.
“Certain games might be free to play at first but include in-game purchases,” Manchester explains.
“To ensure your child doesn’t accidentally spend money whilst playing, we recommend talking to them about the cost of in-game extras and actively monitoring your bills to ensure there are no unexpected costs coming through.”
Likewise, Manchester also recommends reading up on console controls to limit your child’s access to games and in-game purchasing.
“Each console comes with a suite of parental controls available which can limit things like access to certain titles and screen time,” Manchester continues.
“Manuals can be found online, or we’re always happy to help at Virgin Media Gamepad which is open seven days a week.”
Speaking of checking the manuals and settings, the same goes for in-game chat functions, especially when playing online multiplayer.
“Certain games allow gamer-to-gamer communication which parents may want to consider when understanding who has contact with their child.
“Settings can be accessed to turn off or limit chat functions if desired or required. Encourage open conversation about your child’s interactions online and consciously watch out for any behaviours which might require addressing head-on.”
In terms of what actually to buy for your children this Christmas, popular games at the Virgin Media Gamepad include EA Sports FC 25 (which is the new name for the FIFA series), free-to-play shooter Fortnite, Xbox exclusive racing game Forza Horizon 5 and Minecraft.
Manchester recommends shopping around for the best prices, either via digital storefronts that connect directly to your console, or for physical games.
“High street stores like GAME and CEX offer great deals and sell physical copies of games as well as second-hand options, which remain popular and are a joy to unwrap,” Manchester continues.
“However, it’s also worth shopping around online as video games can often be bought for a cheaper price digitally, via the official store off your console of choice.
“If you don’t want – or feel able – to buy a game on their console before the big day, consider a voucher to the official store for the same value. This can be redeemed 24/7 – including Christmas morning.”
Almost every model sold by Mitsubishi Australia is being offered with financial incentives until the end of the year, while the Triton ute has received drive-away pricing for a limited time.
The new-generation Triton arrived in Australia earlier this year, and its lineup has since been expanded to include six dual-cab variants, with Club Cab and cab/chassis body styles yet to launch.
Until December 31, 2024, the Mitsubishi Triton will have nationwide drive-away pricing for private and ABN buyers, reducing the overall price for all buyers.
Model
Price before on-road costs (resumes Jan. 1, 2025)
Private drive-away price (until Dec. 31, 2024)
ABN drive-away price (until Dec. 31, 2024)
2024 Mitsubishi Triton GLX 4×2 dual-cab ute
$43,690
$43,990
$42,990
2024 Mitsubishi Triton GLX 4×4 dual-cab ute
$50,940
$50,990
$49,990
2024 Mitsubishi Triton GLX+ 4×4 dual-cab ute
$53,290
$52,990
$51,990
2024 Mitsubishi Triton GLX-R 4×4 dual-cab ute
$56,740
$56,490
$55,490
2024 Mitsubishi Triton GLS 4×4 dual-cab ute
$59,090
$60,990
$59,990
2024 Mitsubishi Triton GSR 4×4 dual-cab ute
$63,840
$65,990
$64,990
Deals are available on new Mitsubishis through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now or call our concierge team on 1300 587 992.
Mitsubishi is also offering a “loyalty bonus” for Triton buyers who already own a Mitsubishi vehicle, which is either $1000 or $2000 depending on the variant.
This is redeemable as a reduction to the final negotiated transaction price, and customers will need to show proof of ownership of their existing Mitsubishi.
In addition to the Triton-specific offers, Mitsubishi is offering complimentary fuel cards worth between $1500 and $2500 with the purchase of a Triton, Pajero Sport, Eclipse Cross or Outlander.
The Eclipse Cross PHEV (plug-in hybrid) is treated as a separate model, and is available with a bonus offer of $1000.
Across all model lines, the offers are only valid on 2024-plate vehicles, and excludes used, novated lease and demo vehicles.
Eligible customers must take delivery by December 31, 2024 for the offer to be valid.
Separately, Mitsubishi is offering certain ASX models with nationwide drive-away pricing.
ASX
It’s currently advertising the following private-buyer pricing on its website:
Model
Private drive-away pricing
ABN drive-away pricing
ASX GS
$28,490
$28,290
ASX MR
$31,490
$31,290
These offers are in addition to the brand’s offer of a $1000 bonus to anyone who trades in their Holden, a campaign which began in May 2023 and was slated to end in March 2024, but now runs until April 2025.
If you refer someone who owns a Holden and they end up trading in their vehicle for a new Mitsubishi, the brand will also give you a $250 referral bonus.
Only 16 per cent of businesses surveyed claimed that they always managed to get work done without paying a bribe
75 per cent of the bribes were paid to officials of departments such as legal, metrology, food, drug, health, etc. (Representative image)
Approximately 66 per cent of business firms surveyed across 159 districts admitted to paying bribes in the past 12 months, according to a report released on Sunday by the online platform LocalCircles.
Extent of Bribery Among Businesses
The LocalCircles survey, which received 18,000 responses, found that 54 per cent were forced to pay bribes while 46 per cent paid voluntarily to expedite the process.
Bribery as a Way of Life
“As many businesses would vouch anonymously, bribes remain a way of life when wanting to get government departments to speed up the permit or compliance process, even getting duplicate copy of the authority license or anything to do with property matters. 66 per cent of businesses surveyed paid a bribe in the last 12 months,” the LocalCircles report said.
Businesses Avoiding Bribes
Only 16 per cent of businesses surveyed claimed that they always managed to get work done without paying a bribe and 19 per cent said they “did not have a need” to do so.
Bribery as Extortion
“Of businesses that paid bribes in the last 12 months, 54 per cent were forced to do so, while 46 per cent paid it for timely processing. This kind of bribery amounts to extortion where permits, supplier qualification, files, orders, and payments are routinely held up when dealing with Government agencies,” the report said.
Bribery Despite Digitalisation
According to the LocalCircles report, bribery paid by businesses continues to take place despite computerisation in several places, and behind closed doors away from CCTVs.
Common Reasons for Paying Bribes
Businesses admitted to paying a bribe in the last 12 months to different types of entities for qualifying as a suppliers, securing quotations and orders and collecting payments.
Impact of Government Initiatives
“Though initiatives like the Government eProcurement marketplace are good steps to reduce corruption, there are still openings to engage in corruption for supplier qualification, bid manipulation, completion certificate and payments,” the report said.
Departments Receiving the Most Bribes
Business firms that participated in the survey conducted between May 22 and November 30, 2024, said that 75 per cent of the bribes were paid to officials of departments such as legal, metrology, food, drug, health, etc.
Other Departments Implicated in Bribery
“Many also reported paying bribes to GST officials, pollution department, municipal corporation and power department,” the report said.
Decline in Bribery Transactions
Business entities in the survey shared that the number of bribery transactions and the aggregate value of bribes paid by businesses surveyed reduced in the last 12 months.
Need for Robust Anti-Corruption Programmes
Commenting on the issue of anti-corruption, Deloitte India, Partner, Aakash Sharma said that many organisations tend to believe that maintaining the bare minimum in terms of policies and procedures could result in no regulatory scrutiny and penal actions.
Call for Stronger Compliance Frameworks
“While this approach may have been sufficient in the past, recent upward trends in corruption cases, combined with the changing regulatory landscape require organisations to relook at their compliance framework and establish a robust anti-corruption programme,” Sharma said.
(With PTI inputs)
News business LocalCricles Survey: 66% Businesses Paid Bribes, Food, Legal, Health Agencies Lead In Corruption
After raking in massive gains Solana (SOL) and Ripple (XRP) have entered a cool-off phase as selling pressure has stunted their momentum.
Savvy investors who took profits are now rotating capital into undervalued gems primed for explosive growth in 2025. One such project is Lunex Network, which has consistently gained traction throughout its viral presale, raising over $4.6 million in record time. Let’s delve deeper and discover why this newcomer could leave Solana and Ripple in the dust.
Solana Continues To Consolidate Just Below ATH
After reaching a new all-time high at $263, Solana corrected by about 11% and is currently ranging around $240 as it found rock-solid support at $230. At press time, Solana sells for $238 with a 2.1% intraday increase and a 43% decline in volume, with roughly $4.6 billion worth of SOL traded in the last 24 hours. However, holders are still decisively bullish on Solana as every dip has been bought up almost immediately.
According to on-chain readings from Lookonchain, whale activity has skyrocketed over the past few days, with large buyers acquiring massive quantities of Solana at discounted prices. Over the week, roughly $42 million, or 185,000 SOL tokens, has been withdrawn from Binance.
Ripple Fails To Reclaim $3 At First Try, What’s Next?
In November, Ripple (XRP) became one of the top performers with a 400% rally that saw it tear through resistance levels and reach a new peak at $2.80. As traders booked profits, a pullback followed, and today, Ripple trades at $2.44 with a 6.9% daily increase.
Between the reported settlement with the SEC and the incoming release of a Ripple stablecoin, major bullish catalysts are lining up for the XRP price. After months of intensive testing, the RLUSD stablecoin’s launch is inching closer. Many Ripple investors are positioning themselves to capitalize on this significant liquidity event that could see Ripple soar above $3 by the end of the year.
Lunex Network Is Spearheading The New DEX Revolution
Lunex Network is more than just another run-of-the-mill decentralized exchange. It’s a non-custodial protocol that integrates all major blockchains and allows for seamless swaps between more than 50,000 assets at the lowest possible fee without any of the liquidity issues typical of most DEXs.
Aside from providing an intuitive and frictionless DEX experience, Lunex Network boasts a wide array of features that could see its adoption skyrocket in the upcoming months.
Institutional investors and businesses will find an exclusive B2B payment bridge API. This means that they can easily integrate cryptocurrencies into their payment options and have them instantly converted into fiat. Developers will have access to 65 RPC nodes to build highly scalable, decentralized applications.
Users who want to take their trading to the next level can subscribe to Lunex Pro. This is a premium service that offers advanced trading tools, cashback on every transaction, and AML wallet checks.
Moreover, Lunex Network will also grant loyal holders the opportunity to earn passive income through its revenue-sharing mechanism. Every week, Lunex Network will reinvest part of its earnings to buy back $LNEX tokens on the open market and redistribute them as staking rewards.
During the ongoing presale, $LNEX tokens are priced at just $0.0038. This is the perfect entry point for buyers who want to be on the winning side of the upcoming DEX revolution led by Lunex Network.
You can find more information about Lunex Network (LNEX) here:
The Apple Watch Braided Solo Loop is an expensive band, but this lingering Cyber Week deal makes its purchase much easier to swallow. The $99 strap is currently on sale for just $30 at Woot. That’s a huge 70% savings. We consider the Apple Watch to be one of the best smartwatches around, but this is a great deal for those who aren’t interested in the band it comes with.
These Apple Watch Braided Solo Loops come in multiple colors, including midnight, starlight, beige and black unity. Depending on the color you choose, there are sizes ranging from 1 to 12 in several different models. If you’re unsure of your band size, Apple has a handy guide to help you find the right fit. And if you make a purchase of over $39, you can use the code APPLEBANDS at checkout for an extra 15% off. The Apple Watch Braided Solo Loop bands are only compatible with the Apple Watch Series 4 or later, Apple Watch SE and Apple Watch Ultra or later.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
Don’t have an Apple Watch yet? We’ve found the best Apple Watch deals for you to take advantage of, including the SE, Series 9, Series 10 and Ultra 2 models. Now’s a great time to snag one while sales are plentiful for the holiday season. For instance, right now you can get the Series 10 for $329, the lowest price we’ve seen for this new model.
Why this deal matters
Spending the usual $99 to stylize your watch can be hard to justify, especially for a simple watch band. But at $30, it’s a much easier decision to make. When you’re likely going to be wearing an Apple Watch for long periods of time, you’ll want a band that’s comfortable on your wrist and sleek like the Braided Solo Loops.
CNET is always covering a wide array of deals on tech products and much more. Start with the hottest sales and discounts on the CNET Deals page, and sign up for the CNET Deals Text to get daily deals sent straight to your phone. Add the free CNET Shopping extension to your browser for real-time price comparisons and cash-back offers. And peruse our gift guide, which includes a full range of ideas for birthdays, anniversaries and more.
Black Friday is behind us, but holiday shopping season is still in full swing.
Winter holiday spending is expected to grow between 2.5% and 3.5% compared to 2023, according to the National Retail Federation.
“That equates to between $979.5 billion and $989 billion in total holiday spending in November and December, compared with $955.6 billion during the same timeframe last year,” the same source said.
In addition to having to navigate crowds, consumers can face some health challenges during the hectic retail season.
6 WAYS TO PREVENT HOLIDAY ILLNESS: ASK A DOCTOR
To help ensure safety during long shopping stints, Fox News Digital asked a medical doctor for tips on shopping without dropping. Here are six.
1. Eat before you go
It’s never a good idea to go anywhere when you’re hungry, and Christmas shopping is no exception. Experts recommend packing some healthy snacks to sustain your energy.
Winter holiday spending is expected to grow between 2.5% and 3.5% compared to 2023, according to the National Retail Federation. (iStock)
If you don’t eat something a few hours after your last meal, energy levels and blood glucose levels could dip, according to Harvard University.
“I always recommend a combination of nuts, seeds and fruit as snacks, since they are filling and healthy for everybody,” Matthew Badgett, M.D., a primary care physician at Cleveland Clinic in Ohio, told Fox News Digital.
4 HOLIDAY NUTRITION TIPS FROM DR. NICOLE SAPHIER
“Also, plan to also eat a healthy meal before you hit the road.”
Packing healthy snacks is a better option than grabbing fast food at the food court, he said.
If you plan to take a break during shopping to grab lunch or dinner, Badgett recommends planning ahead to explore eating options and possibly making a reservation.
2. Know your physical limits
If you aren’t accustomed to being on your feet for extended periods of time, a long shopping trip could prove to be strenuous.
Packing healthy snacks is a better option than grabbing fast food at the food court, one expert said.(iStock)
“If you aren’t regularly on your feet, limit how long you are walking — otherwise you could find yourself quite sore the next morning,” Badgett said.
“If you normally only walk 3,000 to 4,000 steps per day, I wouldn’t walk more than 10,000 steps in a day of shopping.”
3. Refrain from lugging packages
Carrying a few packages is OK, but lugging around several heavy packages is not advised.
“Don’t carry too much weight and injure yourself,” Badgett warned.
“If you normally only walk 3,000 to 4,000 steps per day, I wouldn’t walk more than 10,000 steps in a day of shopping.”
Some stores may have shopping carts to reduce the load.
Yet if that’s not an option, it’s worth heading back to the car or even home to drop off some of the weight, he recommended.
It’s recommended to stay up to date on vaccines and wear a mask if you are in a high-risk group, a doctor advised.(iStock)
“Carrying too much, especially when you aren’t used to it, can place a strain on the arms, shoulders, neck and back and lead to injuries,” the doctor said.
“Try to carry manageable weights, balanced between both arms, and take breaks and drop off stuff as needed.”
4. Take proactive health measures
It’s recommended to stay up to date on vaccines and wear a mask if you are in a high-risk group.
“I recommend N-95 masks over surgical masks, as they are better at preventing germs from getting through,” Badgett told Fox News Digital.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
For those who are sick, the doctor recommends staying home or wearing a mask while out in public.
Use hand sanitizer, try to social distance and wash hands as needed, experts advise.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Some of the germiest spots at shopping venues include elevator buttons, handrails, escalators, public water fountains, ATMs, shopping carts, door knobs and the restroom, according to WebMD.
5. Dress appropriately
Experts caution against wearing a heavy coat and accessories while shopping indoors.
Overdressing is “uncomfortable and sweaty,” a doctor told Fox News Digital. Instead, dress in layers to stay as comfortable as possible while shopping.(iStock)
Overdressing is “uncomfortable and sweaty,” Badgett told Fox News Digital. He recommends dressing in layers to stay as comfortable as possible while shopping.
6. Limit the duration of shopping trips
Breaking up shopping over multiple sessions may be better in terms of health outcomes, Badgett said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Not only will this allow you to maintain better stamina, but you can also take your time shopping and enjoy the experience more.
Overdoing it is a bad idea, said Badgett, “since many of us are not used to this much carrying and walking around.”
Erica Lamberg is a contributing writer for Fox News Digital.
Every parent knows the challenge of getting their kids to eat their veggies. The struggle is real! But what if there was a way to make vegetables not only tasty but also fun and exciting? One such clever solution is Gobi Gajar Ka Paratha – a dish that takes the humble paratha to a whole new level. This vibrant paratha, made with cauliflower (gobi) and carrots (gajar), isn’t just a sneaky way to include veggies in your child’s diet; it’s also a flavorful treat that adults will enjoy as well. Whether paired with curd, chutney, or raita, it’s the perfect addition to your meal plan. And if you’re sipping a warm cup of tea, these parathas are the ideal snack to go with it! This recipe was shared on the Instagram handle ‘meghnasfoodnagic’.
Also Read: 5 Different Styles Of Folding Lachha Paratha
Why Gobi Gajar Ka Paratha?
The beauty of Gobi Gajar Ka Paratha lies in its ability to combine nutritious vegetables with the comfort and familiarity of a paratha. The blend of cauliflower and carrots not only adds vibrant colour to the dish but also packs it with essential vitamins and minerals. Carrots are rich in vitamin A, which is great for eyesight, while cauliflower is high in fibre and antioxidants that promote overall health. Together, they form a powerhouse of nutrition that will delight both kids and adults alike.
This dish is also a great way to encourage children to eat their vegetables without them even realizing it. The sweetness of the carrots and the mild flavour of the cauliflower are perfectly balanced by the spices, making it a delightful experience for the taste buds. With a soft, fluffy texture, these parathas are sure to be a hit at the dinner table.
Also Read: 5 Signs You Are The Biggest Paratha Lover
How to Make Gobi Gajar Ka Paratha
The recipe for this delightful paratha is simple, and it comes together quickly with a few basic ingredients. Here’s how you can make Gobi Gajar Ka Paratha at home:
Prepare the Dough: In a large mixing bowl, combine the wheat flour, besan, shredded cauliflower, shredded carrots, coriander, onion, ginger, garlic, and green chillies. Add the cumin seeds (jeera), ajwain, haldi (turmeric), chilli powder, coriander powder, and salt. Mix everything together thoroughly.
Knead the Dough: Gradually add water as needed and knead the mixture into a soft, smooth dough. You won’t need much water because the vegetables will release moisture as you mix. If you find it a bit sticky, you can rub a little oil on your hands while kneading to make the process easier.
Roll the Parathas: Once the dough is ready, divide it into small portions and roll each portion into a ball. Flatten each ball slightly and roll it out into a round, flat paratha. Be careful not to press too hard so the vegetables inside don’t get squished.
Cook the Parathas: Heat a tawa or griddle on medium heat and brush it with a little oil or butter. Place the rolled-out paratha on the hot tawa and cook it on both sides until golden brown. Press gently with a spatula to ensure it cooks evenly.
Serve Hot: Once cooked, remove the paratha from the tawa and serve it hot with curd, chutney, or raita.
The Perfect Pairing Gobi Gajar Ka Paratha is incredibly versatile when it comes to what you serve it with. It pairs wonderfully with a variety of sides such as:
Curd: The coolness of yoghurt complements the warmth of the paratha, balancing out the spices and adding a refreshing element to the meal. Chutney: Whether it’s mint chutney, coriander chutney, or tangy tamarind chutney, these flavorful dips elevate the taste of the paratha and add a zing to every bite. Raita: A yoghurt-based raita, perhaps with cucumber or boondi, enhances the paratha’s flavour and makes for a more indulgent meal. Tea: For those cosy evenings, these parathas make the perfect accompaniment to a hot cup of masala chai. The tea’s warmth and the paratha’s flavour blend together for a comforting, satisfying experience.
Whether it’s a quick breakfast, a fulfilling lunch, or a cosy evening snack, these colourful parathas are sure to please everyone at the table. With the added bonus of being incredibly nutritious, they make a great addition to any meal. So why wait? Give this recipe a try and watch your family fall in love with this veggie-packed delight!
A compilation of discourses by Xi Jinping, general secretary of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, on upholding and improving the system of people’s congresses has been published by the Central Party Literature Press and is available nationwide.
Compiled by the Institute of Party History and Literature of the CPC Central Committee, the book features a collection of 37 important works by Xi expounding on the theme between December 2012 and October 2024. Some of these works are made public for the first time.
Since the 18th National Congress of the CPC in 2012, the CPC Central Committee with Xi Jinping at its core has comprehensively strengthened the Party’s leadership over the work of people’s congresses and vigorously promoted whole-process people’s democracy.
Xi has integrated the basic tenets of Marxism with China’s specific realities and fine traditional culture, systematically summarized the practical experience of the CPC in strengthening socialist democracy, continuously advanced theoretical and practical innovations of the system of people’s congresses, and put forward a series of new thinking, new ideas and new requirements, thus providing the fundamental guidance for upholding, improving and running well the system of people’s congresses.
(Cover: The Great Hall of the People in Beijing, China. /CFP)
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ZOE Kravitz i YSL Beauty surađuju već sedam godina. Bila je lica mnogih kampanja, a mnogi je pamte po kampanjama za Black Opium parfeme. Njihova suradnja se nastavlja, tako da je 36-godišnja Kravitz predstavila nadolazeći Black Opium Glitter parfem.
U intervjuu za Byrdie, Kravitz je rekla kako joj je velika čast biti ambasadoricom brenda: “To je brend koji volim već dugo i koji ima nevjerojatan nasljeđe. Oduvijek su poticali žene da budu neovisne, hrabre i snažne.”
Parfem stiže sredinom prosinca
Black Opium Glitter ima note bourbon vanilije, kave, sljeza, mošusa i cvijeta naranče. Kravitz je rekla da se, kad ga nosi, osjeća “zaigrano seksi i zavodljivo”, a posebno joj se sviđa što kombinira senzualne i slatke note.
“Kad ste mlađi, više volite vedre, odvažne i slatke mirise”, rekla je Kravitz u intervjuu. “Neko vrijeme sam jako voljela ulja, poput jasmina, ruže i vanilije, što je dosta zanimljivo jer Black Opium ima dosta ovih nota. Uvijek sam voljela kombinirati slatke i zemljane mirise.”
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kako već neko vrijeme radi s brendom, Kravitz je izjavila kako je Black Opium Glitter podsjeća na kampanje i ljude s kojima radi: “Kroz slike pokušavamo ispričati mračne, seksi i avanturističke priče.”
Parfem kreće u prodaju 18. prosinca, a cijena će mu biti 95 dolara (90 eura) naviše, ovisno o veličini. Bit će dostupan u odabranim parfumerijama.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
During a College Football Playoff Selection Sunday filled with drama, the undefeated Oregon Ducks had the luxury of sitting back and smelling the roses.
While other teams anxiously waited to see who was in, who was out and how first-round matchups would unfold, Ducks coach Dan Lanning and his players just needed confirmation of a long expected invitation to play in the 110th Rose Bowl in Pasadena on New Year’s Day.
“Just win,” Lanning said when asked how to cope with playoff uncertainty ahead of college football conference championship weekend. “They can’t deny you if you just win. You can’t complain if you just win.”
The Ducks delivered, clinching a 45-37 victory over No. 3 Penn State in the Big Ten championship game on Saturday. The win earned Oregon (13-0) an automatic first-round bye and the CFP top seed during its first season in the Big Ten.
Heisman candidate quarterback Dillon Gabriel leads Oregon’s high-powered offense, which ranks seventh in the nation in scoring with 36.9 points per game.
Gabriel has been one of the most efficient passers in college football, throwing for 3,558 yards, 28 touchdowns and six interceptions while maintaining a 73.2% completion rate.
Under the new College Football Playoff 12-team format, Oregon will wait to learn its opponent, facing the winner of No. 8 seed Tennessee versus No. 9 seed Ohio State.
The Ducks haven’t faced the Volunteers in more than a decade. They beat the Buckeyes 32-31 in dramatic and controversial fashion earlier this season.
Oregon may need to beat Ohio State (10-2) again to complete a perfect run to the first national championship in school history after two unsuccessful attempts in 2011 and 2015, including a 42-20 loss to the Buckeyes.
When the Ducks and Buckeyes teams faced off Oct. 12, Oregon scored a last-second victory, largely thanks to an intentional 12-man on the field penalty on third-and-25 with 10 seconds left while the Buckeyes were driving to attempt a game-winning field goal.
The penalty caused four seconds to run off the clock and on the ensuing play, Ohio State quarterback Will Howard was forced to scramble and slide as time expired, sealing Oregon’s dramatic win.
The Lanning loophole sparked national debate and an investigation by the NCAA Football Rules Committee, eventually leading to a new NCAA rule interpretation on handling 12-man penalties at the end of each half.
Tennessee (10-2) fell just short of playing for an SEC championship due to a loss to SEC rival Georgia, which earned a No. 2 seed. The Volunteers earned an at-large bid thanks to wins over ranked NC State, Oklahoma and Alabama, but they will have to fly to Columbus, Ohio, to play the Buckeyes at the Horseshoe.
A win over Ohio State would mark Tennessee’s first trip back to the Rose Bowl in 79 years.
OnePlus is set to unveil an exciting range of offers across its product segments. According to the company, the Community Sale will be live from December 6 to December 17, 2024. The company said that customers across India can get deals on OnePlus products, including flagship smartphones, foldables, Nord series and IOT devices.
Earlier this year, OnePlus introduced the popular OnePlus 12 series – OnePlus 12 and OnePlus 12R. While OnePlus 12 is powered Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 chip and comes with Trinity Engine, 2K 120Hz ProXDR display, 100W SUPERVOOC, 50W AIRVOOC wireless charging, and 4th Gen Hasselblad Camera for Mobile.
Customers can avail a sale-exclusive price drop of Rs 6,000 along with an instant bank discount of Rs 7,000 on ICICI Bank, OneCard & RBL Bank Credit Cards. Customers can also enjoy No-cost EMI of up to 9 months on select bank card.
Along with a price drop of up to Rs 6,000 on select variants, customers can also enjoy an instant bank discount of Rs 3,000 on ICICI Bank, OneCard & RBL Bank Credit Cards. Customers can also avail No-cost EMI of up to 6 months across select bank cards.
Customers who purchase the OnePlus Open Apex Edition can get an instant bank discount of Rs 20,000 on purchasing via ICICI Bank, OneCard & RBL Bank Credit Cards.
Customers can also purchase the foldable flagship at no-cost EMI up to 12 months on select banks. OnePlus Open Apex Edition
OnePlus Nord 4, the only metal unibody smartphone in the 5G era, features a 5,500mAh battery, Snapdragon 7+ Gen 3 processor, up to 256 GB of storage, and 100W SUPERVOOC technology. Customers can enjoy a price drop of up to INR 3000 on select variants of the Nord 4. Additionally, customers can avail an instant bank discount of INR 2000 ICICI Bank, OneCard & RBL Bank Credit Cards along with No-cost EMI of up to 6 months on select bank cards.
The OnePlus Nord CE4 starts with the octa-core Qualcomm Snapdragon 7 Gen 3 chipset and 8GB of RAM. This is backed up by a 5,500mAh battery, which supports 100W SUPERVOOC charging, another first for the Nord series.
The community sale also kickstarts a price drop of Rs 2,000 on OnePlus Nord CE4.
Customers can also avail an instant bank discount of INR 1000 on ICICI Bank, OneCard & RBL Bank Credit Cards along with No-cost EMI of up to 3 months on select bank cards. Customers will get a pair of OnePlus Nord Buds 2R as part of a bundle deal, available across all channels.
Notre Dame reopened after the disastrous fire. Here’s all you need to know before planning your trip
Notre Dame dominated the Parisian skyline for ages, with its tall spire jutting into the sky. However, the devastating fire in April 2019 damaged the roof, upper walls and the iconic spire. It was particularly disheartening as the spire completely collapsed. The main building was saved from the fire. Since then, meticulous efforts have been underway to restore the 860-year-old landmark to its former glory. Finally, it reopens on December 7, throwing its gates open for the public since the fire. If you are visiting Paris, don’t forget to witness the rebirth of the centuries-old Gothic cathedral. Here’s a comprehensive guide to Notre Dame.
Spectators take snapshots outside France’s iconic Notre Dame Cathedral Saturday, December 7, 2024 in Paris during its formal reopening for the first time since a devastating fire nearly destroyed the 861-year-old landmark in 2019.((AP Photo/Bernat Armangue))
ALSO READ: Notre-Dame rises from the ashes in astonishing ceremony attended by world leaders | Photos
How to get to Notre Dame?
Notre Dame is right in the centre of Paris so navigating the path to the iconic landmark is not difficult. Cité is the nearest metro station, and it’s just a five-minute walk from the cathedral.
How to get ticket for Notre Dame?
Visitors can book free tickets through the cathedral’s official website. Reservations can be made either on the day of the visit or up to two days prior. Starting today, the first available slots for visits beginning December 9 will be open for booking. However, advance reservations are recommended. Otherwise, you’ll have to wait in a long queue at the security point. The entry ticket is free but a visit to a treasury costs €10 Euro. The treasury houses all the religious objects, ancient relics and manuscript books.
ALSO READ: Notre Dame reopening: Trump-Macron’s ‘17-second’ long handshake goes viral
What to see in Notre Dame?
Visitors traditionally enter through one of Notre Dame’s three grand arched doorways, specifically the central Portal of the Last Judgment. From there, they will follow a ‘symbolic path,’ as described by the cathedral, an ancient route traditionally taken by pilgrims since the Middle Ages.
There’s a lot to see in the ancient cathedral, from the stained glass windows and exquisite paintings from the 17th and 18th centuries to the Portal of the Virgin and the Our Lady sculpture depicting Mary, along with many other magnificent features. Every hallmark of medieval architecture, whether in fine sculpture, intricate design, or breathtaking paintings, can be found here. The cathedral is gilded with history and heritage.
ALSO READ: Notre-Dame to reopen today: 5 interesting facts about the iconic cathedral
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Notre Dame reopens after the devastating fire; complete travel guide to the Parisian gothic cathedral
Doctor Doom is once again returning to Fortnite, only this time in a futuristic new form.
According to an Epic Games post on social media, the Doom 2099 skin has been given a December 9 release date in Fortnite.
US players can grab the new skin when the item shop updates at 8pm ET on December 9, while UK fans can purchase the bundle at 1am GMT on December 10.
You can see the skin in the image above and the items in the tweet further down the page.
The news was announced by Epic Games on X: “A Rival in all realities…be prepared for his arrival 12.9.2024.”
As you can probably tell from the tweet above, the Doctor Doom variant is a crossover with newly launched hero shooter Marvel Rivals.
Doom 2099 is the main antagonist of Marvel Rivals, although he’s not actually a playable character. He’s likely to join the game as a playable character in a future season.
In the meantime, if you do want to play as Doom 2099, you’ll have to purchase his skin in Fortnite.
The skin will be joined by the 2099 Cape (Backpack), the Rivalled Sailer Glider, and the Galacta Staff Harvesting tool. Expect the bundle to cost around 2,000 V-Bucks.
Daily Express will update this article with prices and any other items when they inevitably leak in the lead up to launch.
The announcement of the Doom 2099 skin marks the start of a busy week in Fortnite.
Just days after the release of Fortnite OG Season 1, Epic Games is getting ready to launch another new game mode in the coming days.
Fortnite Ballistic is a new first-person shooter mode featuring 5v5 battles with ranked and unranked modes.
Described as a tactical game mode where teamwork is key, it will launch with the Skyline 10 map.
Epic explains more: “Ballistic is launching with the Skyline 10 map, a starting set of weapons, and a limited number of items. Adjustments will be made beyond launch based on player feedback, in addition to major updates such as new maps, weapons, and features.”
The game is a no-build mode where all presets from your Locker will carry over. It supports existing skins and items, except for Pickaxes, Contrails, Instruments, Vehicles and Jam Tracks.
A mid-spec, black on black Audi Q5 is one of the most understated premium SUVs you can buy right now.
The second-generation Q5 was revealed back in 2016, and eight years on renewed rivals like the BMW X3 and Mercedes-Benz GLC make it a reminder of what mid-sized luxury SUVs used to be.
Under the bonnet of this 45 TFSI Sport sits a 2.0-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine without any form of electric assistance. The cabin centres around a pair of modestly-sized screens. All very familiar, then.
That’s all about to change. When Audi brings the next generation of Q5 to Australia late next year, it’ll feature “innovative lighting” as well as the latest infotainment tech from the Q6 e-tron.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2022 Audi Q5 Sportback 45 TFSI
Audi also expects to bring its new mild-hybrid plus engines for the next generation of what was once Australia’s top-selling medium luxury SUV.
It leaves potential buyers with a bit of a dilemma – wait and then embrace change and the associated teething issues that may come with it, or snap up a current Q5 now and enjoy its familiar simplicity?
How does the Audi Q5 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Audi Q5 against similarly sized vehicles.
Audi
Q5
How much does the Audi Q5 cost?
On test here is the cheapest petrol-powered variant in the current Q5 lineup.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Audi Q5 35 TDI
$73,400
2025 Audi Q5 40 TDI Sport quattro
$87,000
2025 Audi Q5 45 TFSI Sport quattro
$88,315
2025 Audi Q5 Sportback 40 TDI quattro S Line
$89,769
2025 Audi Q5 Sportback 45 TFSI quattro S Line
$96,515
2025 Audi Q5 55 TFSI e quattro S Line
$105,984
2025 Audi Q5 Sportback 55 TFSI e quattro S Line
$113,984
To see how the Audi Q5 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What is the Audi Q5 like on the inside?
What the interior of the Q5 45 TFSI Sport lacks in showroom appeal, it makes up for with utilitarian user-friendliness.
Instead of colourful ambient lighting and a sea of multimedia screens, you’re greeted by a traditional dashboard layout trimmed in fifty shades of black. It’s not as claustrophobic as you might expect though, as the Sport trim brings a panoramic sunroof.
Textured silver trims scattered throughout the cabin come the closest to what I’d call design flair.
Wow factor may be absent, but there’s no mistaking that the Q5 is a high-end product.
Soft-touch finishes adorn the doors and dash, while the steering wheel, gear selector and centre console are all trimmed in smooth, supple leather – the real stuff, smells and all.
Audi’s functional approach extends to the seats, which accommodate all body types in supreme comfort. The textured leather-clad pews are fully power-adjustable with supportive side bolstering and an extendable thigh cushion.
The base cushion is pretty comfy too, and three-stage heating is available for cold winter mornings.
Ahead of the driver sits a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster, which is similar in design to the units found in cars right across the Volkswagen Audi group portfolio.
It’s not quite cutting edge but the display houses plenty of information, all presented in easy to interpret ways.
To the left sits a 10.1-inch infotainment touchscreen featuring satellite navigation, DAB+ digital radio and wireless smartphone mirroring.
Despite the inclusion of the aforementioned mod cons, the infotainment screen dates the Q5 compared to its rivals. Plonked upon the top of the dash, the system is plain in design with old-school lower case fonts and an uninspiring colour scheme.
While it leaves a bit to be desired from a form standpoint, functionality is less of an issue. Audi has opted for the popular application grid layout – familiar to smartphone users and owners of cars from rival brands alike.
It’s nearly impossible to become lost in a maze of menus, as shortcut icons for home, navigation, phone and media are permanently situated to the right of the screen, even when using Apple CarPlay.
CarPlay itself displays with crisp graphics, and we never had any wireless connection issues. Touch inputs were likewise met with consistent, positive responses from the system.
In Sport trim, the Q5 comes with a powerful, crystal clear 10-speaker sound system – perfect for long road trips.
Other important functions (climate control, drive modes and audio controls) are spread across physical buttons and dials on the centre stack – another example of the Q5’s user-friendly nature.
That said, it could be a little more practical from a cabin storage perspective.
Aside from deep, wide door bins, there’s not much to work with. The centre console is shallow, as is the cubby under the centre stack. You won’t find a sunglasses holder, either.
Electronic devices such as phones can be stored in the centre console, which houses a USB-C outlet and a slidable wireless charging pad. A USB-A outlet and 12V socket are located below the centre stack.
In some ways, rear seat passengers are actually better off. There’s enough headroom and legroom back there for adults up to around 6’3″, and the seats themselves are comfortable with plenty of cushioning and even some side bolstering.
Big windows and a panoramic sunroof make it an inviting space, too. A protruding transmission tunnel eats into middle seat legroom, but you can rely on the second row to swallow a pair of adults or three kids with few complaints.
Amenities consist of a centre armrest with fold-out cupholders, two USB-C outlets, a 12V socket, dual air vents with fan and temperature adjustment, storage nets and wide door bins. In other words, it’s lovely back there.
All three rear seats are equipped with top-tether child seat anchor points for the little ones.
In the event that you need extra cargo room instead of additional seating, the rear bench folds completely flat in 60/40 fashion, upping capacity from 520L to 1520L.
Boot access from the rear of the car is straightforward – a hands-free powered tailgate makes the standard equipment list for the Q5.
The tailgate opens nice and high, revealing a large, square boot aperture devoid of an annoying load lip. Each side of the boot features a net to secure smaller items, while a space-saver spare wheel can be found under the boot floor.
To see how the Audi Q5 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The Q5 45 TFSI uses the venerable EA888 2.0-litre four-cylinder turbo-petrol engine as a base, which is augmented with a 12V mild-hybrid system.
Specifications
Audi Q5 45 TFSI Sport
Engine
2.0L 4cyl turbo petrol 12V MHEV
Power
183kW
Torque
370Nm
Transmission
7-speed dual-clutch automatic (DCT)
Driven wheels
All-wheel drive
Weight
1995kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
8.0L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
9.0L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
70L
Fuel requirement
95 octane premium unleaded
CO2 emissions
182g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked tow capacity
2000kg
To see how the Audi Q5 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How does the Audi Q5 drive?
All it takes is a short drive in the Q5 for all your worldly worries to simply evaporate.
Q5 55 TFSI e S line shown
From an NVH (noise, vibration, and harshness) perspective, the turbo-petrol example on test here is more than capable of holding its own against any premium SUV, from silent EVs to internal combustion luxury leaders.
The cabin of the Q5 is whisper quiet – wind and road noise are just about eliminated by excellent insulation, and the familiar EA888 engine rarely disturbs the peace.
With origins dating back to the 2000s, this 2.0-litre turbo four has continuously evolved to the point where it’s capable of robust performance while remaining smooth, linear, and quiet.
Known best for its exploits in Volkswagen hot hatches, the EA888 produces 183kW of power and 370Nm of torque in this application. Peak torque is on tap over 1600-4300rpm, so a significant chunk of the rev range.
As a result, the Q5 45 TFSI offers strong acceleration across a range of situations, especially with the assistance of all-wheel drive. Audi quotes a 0-100km/h sprint time of 6.2 seconds, making it swifter than the Lexus RX350h and Range Rover Evoque P250, and on par with the Mercedes-Benz GLC300.
Subsequently, the Q5 doesn’t feel like a cumbersome SUV around town. Rather, it’s relatively dynamic and has light yet accurate steering, and a nimbleness that belies its size.
It feels like you sit right over the front of the car, with a wide view of the road ahead and a clear understanding of where each corner of the vehicle is. That makes the Q5 an approachable SUV to drive, and great for stressed parents dealing with screaming kids in the back.
Now in its seventh year of production, the second-generation Q5 also boasts straightforward driving controls. You get two pedals, a steering wheel and a couple of stalks – no spaceage gear selectors or digital mirrors in sight here.
While the age of the Q5 dates it in some regards, it also flattens the learning curve for buyers coming from cars built in the 2010s or earlier.
That’s not to say that this Q5 is devoid of driver assistance technology. City slickers like myself are bound to appreciate the standard fitment of auto-hold, idle stop/start, and park assist.
A high resolution surround-view camera and both front and rear parking sensors come in handy too, although the Q5 never feels like a handful in tight shopping centre carparks. Both the front and rear of the vehicle feel easy to place, especially when making sharp turns.
But this version of the Q5 isn’t the most efficient SUV going around. It’ll consume a quoted 8.0L/100km on average, although we saw 9.0L/100km over the course of a week.
While the Mercedes-Benz GLC300 and Range Rover Evoque P250 are similar in this regard, hybrid options such as the Lexus RX350h (5.4L/100km) are considerably more efficient.
Out of town, the Q5 retains its quiet and composed character. Even at highway speeds, external noise is kept to a minimum, and the powertrain is more than happy cruising at 100km/h.
All Q5 variants are equipped with adaptive cruise control as standard, operated via a small stalk protruding from the lower left side of the steering column.
The controls are a little more fiddly to use than buttons on the steering wheel, and we found Audi’s system to be a bit behind the curve. When active, adaptive cruise struggled to maintain a consistent speed, dipping 5-10km/h below the set speed on several occasions.
It can also be slow to react to changes in the flow of traffic, prompting driver intervention. If you allow the Q5 to drive itself too close to surrounding cars, Audi’s pre-sense collision warning system displays an eye-catching visual warning, which thankfully isn’t accompanied by the overly sensitive alarms that are pervading new cars.
Indeed, none of the advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS) are overly intrusive in the Q5.
In keeping with its cosseting personality, the Q5 is underpinned by an accomplished suspension setup that smooths out coarse country roads effortlessly. Particularly nasty bumps and potholes occasionally make themselves known in the cabin, but ride comfort is never a point of concern.
A trio of drive modes allow you to tailor the driving experience, whether you’re tackling the city commute or touring cross-country. Eco and Comfort are best suited to maximising efficiency and smoothness, while Dynamic is there if you want sharper throttle and transmission mapping for some fun on a twisty road.
To see how the Audi Q5 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What do you get?
On test here is the Q5 45 TFSI Sport quattro.
Audi Q5 equipment highlights:
19-inch alloy wheels
235/55 tyres
Hill descent control
LED headlights and daytime running lights
Keyless entry and start
Hands-free power tailgate
Heated exterior mirrors
Tri-zone climate control
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Aluminium door sill plates
Floor mats front, rear
Ambient lighting
12.3-inch virtual cockpit plus digital instrument cluster
10.1-inch MMI touchscreen infotainment system
Satellite navigation
Voice control
DAB+ radio
Wireless Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
8-speaker sound system, 100W output
Wireless phone charger
Audi connect plus Navigation & Infotainment*
Online traffic information
Destination entry via myAudi, Google Maps
Parking information
Weather
Fuel prices
Google Services
Audi connect plus Security & Assistance*
Car finder incl. remote signal
Remote lock, unlock
Emergency call
Online roadside assistance
Electric front seats with four-way lumbar
Leather-appointed upholstery
*Audi connect plus service subscription valid for up to three years after delivery
Q5 Sport adds:
20-inch alloy wheels
Exterior mirrors with heating, folding, auto dimming, dipping
Panoramic sunroof
10-speaker 180W sound system
Driver seat memory
Heated front seats
Sport front seats
Semi-automatic parking assist
Is the Audi Q5 safe?
The Audi Q5 and SQ5 are currently unrated by ANCAP, after the five-star ratings for the pre-update models expired on January 1.
Standard safety features include:
8 airbags
Dual front
Dual front-side
Dual curtain
Dual rear-side
Active bonnet
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
up to 85km/h
Pedestrian detection
Blind-spot monitoring (side assist)
Collision avoidance assist
Exit warning
Automatic high-beam
Hill descent control
Lane-keep assist
Rear cross-traffic assist
Tyre pressure monitoring
Turn Assist
Swerve Assist
Predictive Efficiency Assistant
Driver attention monitoring
Reversing camera
Q5 Sport adds:
Park assist
360-degree cameras
How much does the Audi Q5 cost to run?
The Audi Q5 is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Running costs
Audi Q5 45 TFSI Sport
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
5 years
Service intervals
12 months or 15,000km
Capped-price servicing
5 years
Total capped-price service cost
$3520
CarExpert’s Take on the Audi Q5
The Audi Q5 in 45 TFSI Sport proves that an SUV doesn’t need to be glitzy to be premium.
It’s quiet, comfortable and well equipped, without needing an ultra-complex powertrain or supersized interior screens.
The Q5 is truly one of the most soothing cars I’ve driven, thanks to top-notch sound insulation and a low-effort driving experience.
However, buyers in the market for a $90,000 SUV expect a little more than that. And this mid-spec Q5 isn’t particularly efficient, nor is it especially cheap to run.
Then there’s the elephant in the room. The third-generation Q5 will hit Australian roads within 12 months, and it will move the game on considerably with enhanced looks, an overhauled cabin, fresh tech, and a selection of mild-hybrid engines.
We’d be hesitant to sink nearly six figures into an already aging model that’s soon to be replaced, especially when there are so many worthy alternatives.
The Genesis GV70 is every bit as luxurious as the Audi, and feels far more modern. The same can be said of the new BMW X3.
Both are in the same price bracket, and wear badges that command respect. With that in mind, unless you value simplicity and familiarity over all else in your mid-sized luxury SUV, it may be worth holding out until the all-new one comes around.
Interested in buying an Audi Q5? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
With the latest inflow, FPI investments have reached Rs 9,435 crore in 2024 so far, data with the depositories showed.
So far this year, FPIs invested Rs 1.07 lakh crore in the debt market.
After heavy selling in the past two months, foreign investors have staged a strong comeback to Indian equities with a net investment of Rs 24,454 crore in the first week of December amid stabilising global conditions and expectations of potential US Federal Reserve rate cuts.
This revival follows significant outflows in the preceding months, with foreign portfolio investors (FPIs) pulling out a net Rs 21,612 crore in November and a massive Rs 94,017 crore in October – the worst monthly outflow on record.
Interestingly, September had marked a nine-month high for FPI inflows, with a net investment of Rs 57,724 crore, highlighting the volatility in foreign investment trends.
With the latest inflow, FPI investments have reached Rs 9,435 crore in 2024 so far, data with the depositories showed.
Looking ahead, the flow of foreign investments into Indian equity markets will hinge on several key factors. These include the policies implemented under Donald Trump’s presidency, the prevailing inflation and interest rate environment, and the evolving geopolitical landscape, Himanshu Srivastava, Associate Director, Manager Research, Morningstar Investment Research India, said.
Additionally, the third-quarter earnings performance of Indian companies and the country’s progress on the economic growth front will play a crucial role in shaping investor sentiment and influencing foreign inflows, he added.
According to the data with the depositories, FPIs have made a net investment of Rs 24,454 crore this month (till December 6).
Trivesh D, COO, Tradejini, a stock trading platform, attributed the latest inflow to improving global conditions and the possibility of US Fed rate cuts.
Also, the recent correction in the market could have prompted FPIs to build some exposure, Srivastava said.
Additionally, uncertainty over Chinese equities on the back of proposed tariffs by US President-elect Donald Trump on China and other several nations could have prompted FPIs to look back at Indian equities, which offer much clearer long-term growth prospects, despite relatively high valuations, he added.
VK Vijayakumar, Chief Investment Strategist, Geojit Financial Services, said the shift in FPI strategy is evident in stock price movements, especially in large-cap banking stocks, where FPIs have been selling.
This segment still has upside potential as it remains fairly valued and continues to grow at a steady pace, with more domestic institutional and retail investments expected to flow in, he added.
Additionally, the IT sector is poised to perform well and attract increased FII interest.
On the other hand, FPIs pulled out Rs 142 crore in the debt general limit and invested Rs 355 crore in the debt Voluntary Retention Route (VRR) during the period under review.
So far this year, FPIs invested Rs 1.07 lakh crore in the debt market.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
News business » markets FPIs Return To Indian Equities With Rs 24,454 Crore Inflow In December First Week
Rexas Finance (RXS) is a rapidly emerging token that has positioned itself as a formidable rival to Ripple (XRP). From its present presale price of $0.125, Rexas Finance is expected to reach $10 in the next weeks, a startling increase because of its presale success and creative method of tokenizing real-world assets.
Rexas Finance’s (RXS) Meteoric Rise
With its outstanding presale performance, Rexas Finance (RXS) has drawn the interest of analysts and investors separately. Priced at $0.125, the coin is in its ninth stage and has already seen an amazing 317% price rise from the presale start. Rexas Finance’s expansion has surpassed forecasts and generated over $22.42 million, preparing the ground for its much-awaited offering.
Market analysts believe Rexas Finance is about to experience a big price increase; estimates place the token at $10 in the next weeks. Should this estimate be accurate, it would show an incredible 7,900% rise from its present presale-level pricing. Investors are assured almost a 2x return before reaching the $10 level when RXS lists its expected price of $0.20. With almost 392,000 entries recorded, the continuous $1 million prize on the Rexas Finance website has increased interest even further.
Provided they satisfy the entrance criteria—holding at least $100 worth of RXS tokens, accomplishing specific activities, and introducing others to the platform—this project will reward 20 lucky winners with $50,000 worth of RXS apiece. Along with increasing presale involvement, early adopters of this creative marketing strategy have developed a feeling of community and loyalty.
The Vision Behind Rexas Finance (RXS)
Rexas Finance distinguishes itself with novel technology that lets customers tokenize actual assets. RXS lets anyone easily own or fractionalize real estate, art, goods, or intellectual property from anywhere across the globe. Attractive to individual and institutional investors looking for creative investment prospects, the platform’s capacity to close the gap between physical and digital economies changes everything.
The convenience and flexibility provided by Rexas Finance are unmatched. Tokenizing assets at their speed and comfort allows users to usher in a new age of asset management and ownership. With Ripple (XRP), a token that has long dominated the cross-border payments and asset tokenization sectors, RXS is directly in rivalry with thanks for its exclusive value proposition.
Rexas Finance underwent a comprehensive assessment by top blockchain security company Certik to guarantee openness and security. This certification has greatly raised confidence among users and investors by ensuring the credibility and technological soundness of the platform. The Certik audit for Rexas Finance is a solid justification since when reliability and security are paramount.
Despite this, Ripple (XRP) has for long remained an active player in the crypto market, especially within cross-border payments. However, the rise of Rexas Finance offers a real threat to XRP’s hegemony. Unlike XRP, which mostly addresses payment solutions, RXS presents a more flexible method, allowing the tokenization of practically any real-world asset.
Rexas Finance’s wider use makes it a solid substitute for XRP, appealing to a wide spectrum of investors seeking next-generation blockchain solutions. By tokenizing and fractionalizing assets, RXS creates a distinct niche outside conventional cryptocurrency use cases.
The Path To $10
Several important elements help validate Rexas Finance’s forecast of $10 in the next weeks. First, its repeated price hikes and great presale momentum show clear investor interest. Second, the token has a competitive edge since it helps to tokenize actual assets, therefore addressing growing market demand.
Moreover, the worldwide trend toward asset digitalization and decentralization fit the objective of Rexas Finance. RXS is in a good position to profit from additional sectors using blockchain technology for asset management. The expected $10 milestone reflects the increasing acceptance and market usefulness of Rexas Finance rather than only a speculative aim.
Early players stand to benefit greatly as the token proceeds from presale to general trade. Rexas Finance (RXS) is a transforming tool in the blockchain realm, ready to reinvent our perspective and handling of real-world assets, not only another cryptocurrency. Its quick climb from below $1 to a projected $10 in the next weeks shows its great potential and expanding market impact.
For more information about Rexas Finance (RXS) visit the links below:
Apple users have certain expectations when it comes to using the company’s lineup of products. The same can be said for Apple TV Plus subscribers. The platform — which has been going strong for five years — is chock-full of sci-fi offerings that are engaging, thought-provoking and will surely leave you on the edge of your seat.
Apple TV Plus has felt like streaming TV’s best-kept secret since it launched in 2019. The tides are shifting. Hits like Ted Lasso and Severance have been a big draw for the platform. The streamer earned a record 72 Emmy nominations in 2024 and with their recent move to feature Apple TV Plus as an add-on subscription on Prime Video, it feels like the streamer has made some big plays to enter the playing field with heavy-hitters like Netflix and Disney Plus.
Highly conceptual and original in their storytelling, each genre show I’m highlighting below stays true to Apple’s sleek branding and “thinks different.” In turn, sci-fi shows like For All Mankind, Foundation and Dark Matter stand out from the crowded pack.
Below, you’ll find CNET’s guide to the best genre shows to watch on Apple TV Plus right now. You could be in the mood for a neo-noir mystery, an epic monster battle, a real-life fairy tale or something with a scientific flair. There are choices, choices, choices. So settle in and click play.
Read more: Apple TV Plus Review: Small Library but the Quality Is Top-notch
Apple TV Plus
Invasion is sort of like World War Z meets Independence Day. The series follows a collection of survivors around the globe who all respond differently to an alien invasion that threatens humanity’s existence. Invasion is an interesting new take on the subgenre, boasting a vast international cast.
Apple TV Plus
Rashida Jones stars as Suzie in Sunny, a series Apple TV Plus describes as a dark comedy. After Suzie’s husband and child mysteriously disappear, she is gifted a robot to help her grieve. As the show unfolds, Suzie begins to learn her husband’s secrets, leading the program to take a darkly dramatic turn. Presented in a sleek, near-future lens, Sunny feels very Black Mirror-y, which is a good thing.
Apple TV Plus
If Ted Lasso set the stage for quirky comedies on the platform, Severance has to be the title that cemented Apple TV Plus as a streamer devoted to high-concept genre programming. The series follows Mark (Adam Scott), who works for Lumon Industries, a biotech firm that has a unique (albeit terrifying) system to maintain its employees’ work-life balance. Ben Stiller executive produces and directs most of the first season’s episodes, proving once again he’s a stellar talent behind the camera.
Apple TV Plus
Hello Tomorrow! takes place in a retro-future where door-to-door salesmen sell real estate on the moon. The world-building is one of the biggest draws of the series, which unfortunately didn’t get a season 2 renewal. Billy Crudup, Allison Pill, Dawshane Williams, Hank Azaria and Susan Heyward make up the show’s strong cast.
Apple TV Plus
What would life be like if the space race never stopped? That’s the big question For All Mankind answers. The prestige sci-fi drama occurs in an alternate reality where America and the Soviets compete for outer-space dominance. Thanks to the always creative vision of show creator Ronald D. Moore and the committed performances of its epic ensemble cast, this is probably the best science fiction series you’re not watching.
Apple TV Plus
Elisabeth Moss has habitually picked complex characters to sink her teeth into, and that trend continues in Shining Girls. The series, which takes inspiration from the book by Lauren Beukes, follows Kirby (Moss), a troubled woman who believes a recent murder connects to a crime from her past. The mystery reveals an array of twists and turns as she partners up with a downtrodden investigative reporter (played by Wagner Moura) to find answers. This unpredictable thriller should’ve gotten more attention when it premiered in 2022.
Apple TV Plus
What if we did things differently? We’ve all asked ourselves that question at least once throughout our lives. That question comes to life in Dark Matter, a high-concept twisted series based on Blake Crouch’s book. The series stars Joel Edgerton as Jason, a college professor who suffers a strange assault that alters his life and reality. Jennifer Connelly, Jimmi Simpson and Alice Braga co-star alongside him in a show that’ll keep you guessing until the season’s finale.
Apple TV Plus
Monarch: Legacy of Monsters
The Godzilla universe finally came to TV in this Apple TV Plus series. Monarch: Legacy of Monsters seeks to reveal the organization’s secrets as they connect to the monsters who leveled San Francisco. Kurt Russell stars in his first role in a TV series in nearly five decades. Here, he and his son Wyatt play Army officer Lee Shaw in the 1950s and present day. The monsters and Russell’s star power alone are reasons enough to tune in.
Apple TV Plus
The Last Days of Ptolemy Grey
Samuel L. Jackson pivots away from the superhero genre to bring topics of age and dementia to the forefront. Here, he plays Ptolemy Grey, an aging man with Alzheimer’s. Thanks to the support of an orphaned teen and the progressive research of an extraordinary doctor, Ptolemy can regain his wits to get closure in his own life while also looking for answers to his nephew’s sudden death.
Apple TV Plus
Using Hugh Howey’s book trilogy as inspiration, Silo explores a dystopian future world where humanity’s survivors live in an underground structure. Varied classist drama permeates the underground city. Population control, a murder mystery and the potentially lethal world outside keep the show humming. Rebecca Ferguson, Common and Tim Robbins lead the ensemble cast.
Apple TV Plus
Apple TV Plus did the unthinkable in adapting Isaac Asimov’s epic sci-fi book series. But the streamer pulled it off. Jared Harris plays Hari Seldon, an exiled math professor, for predicting the fall of the Galactic Empire. Lee Pace delivers a formidable performance as Brother Day. The space drama follows Seldon and his followers as they fight to save humanity.
Apple TV Plus
Jason Momoa flexes his acting chops in See. The program, created by Peaky Blinders mastermind Steven Knight, explores a dystopian future where humanity has lost the ability to see. The loss of sight doesn’t slow down people’s ability to battle, and it surely is a spectacle to see blind warriors wield weapons for war. Momoa’s charisma and passion shine through, which makes the show enjoyable, even if it is a hard-to-believe concept.
Apple TV Plus
Mark Protosevich, the writer responsible for movies like Thor, I Am Legend and The Cell, created Sugar — a series that wears its love for the film noir genre on its sleeve. Visually, Sugar is a delight. Add Colin Farrell’s soft-spoken, empathetic private investigator to the mix, and you’ve got a stylish murder mystery with patience and compassion. An unexpected twist flips the show on its head later in the series, transforming the story into something else entirely.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Lead exposure in the 20th century may have led to mental health issues in Americans, a new study suggests.
Researchers from Duke University and Florida State University studied the impact of lead in gasoline, which was first added in 1923 to help keep car engines healthy. (It was later banned from all U.S. vehicles in 1996.)
People born from the mid-1960s to mid-1970s are thought to have had the highest exposure.
GIVING THANKS CAN MAKE YOU HAPPIER AND HEALTHIER, EXPERTS SAY
The findings revealed that childhood exposure to car exhaust from leaded gas resulted in an imbalance of mental health in the U.S., which made “generations of Americans more depressed, anxious and inattentive or hyperactive,” according to a Duke press release.
The study, published in the Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, attributed an estimated 151 million cases of psychiatric disorders over the past 75 years to leaded gas exposure in American children.
“The generation with the greatest lead exposures, Generation X (1965-1980), would have seen the greatest mental health losses,” according to the researchers.(iStock)
Americans born before 1966 experienced “significantly higher rates of mental health problems as a result of lead, and likely experienced changes to their personalities that would have made them less successful and resilient in life,” the researchers wrote.
‘No safe level’
Lead is “neurotoxic” and can erode brain cells and alter brain function – therefore, there is “no safe level of exposure at any point in life,” according to Duke.
While young children are especially vulnerable to the effects, the researchers noted that “no matter what age, our brains are ill-equipped for keeping lead toxicity at bay.”
“Lead has played a larger role in our mental health than previously thought.”
Lead study author Aaron Reuben, PhD, wrote in a statement that humans are “not adapted to be exposed to lead at the levels we have been exposed to over the past century.”
He added, “We have very few effective measures for dealing with lead once it is in the body, and many of us have been exposed to levels 1,000 to 10,000 times more than what is natural.”
Researchers say anyone born before 1966 had “concerningly high lead exposures as children.”(iStock)
‘Clinically concerning’
The researchers analyzed historical data on childhood blood-lead levels, leaded gas use and U.S. population statistics, determining that more than 170 million Americans had “clinically concerning levels” of lead in their blood as children as of 2015.
Lead exposure resulted in greater rates of mental disorders like depression and anxiety, but also more “mild distress that would impair quality of life.”
ULTRA-PROCESSED FOODS MAKE UP 60% OF AMERICA’S DIET, WHO’S AT BIGGEST RISK
“We saw very significant shifts in mental health across generations of Americans — meaning many more people experienced psychiatric problems than would have if we had never added lead to gasoline,” co-author Matt Hauer said in a statement.
This likely resulted in lower IQs, mental health problems and other long-term health complications, such as cardiovascular disease, the study suggests.
Exposure to lead can impair brain development and health, especially in children, experts say.(iStock)
In an interview with Fox News Digital, Reuben reiterated that mental health in America was “likely significantly influenced by Americans’ exposure to lead over the past century.”
He said, “Declining lead exposures were likely met by improving mental health. Lead has played a larger role in our mental health than previously thought.”
LIFE EXPECTANCY IN HUMANS NOT LIKELY TO INCREASE MUCH MORE, STUDY SUGGESTS
While the researcher said he was not surprised to find that lead caused harm, he was surprised by the “magnitude” of its effect.
“We assume that our ‘lead problem’ was solved in the 1970s and 1980s, but that was just the start of solving the problem,” he said.
“Lead has played a larger role in our mental health than previously thought,” a researcher (not pictured) told Fox News Digital.(iStock)
“There are millions of Americans alive today who had extremely high lead exposure as children. How have those exposures influenced the trajectories of their lives? This is one thing we set out to answer.”
Reuben pointed out some limitations of the study, including that it only included two cohorts and that it did not study exposures from other sources besides gasoline.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“As time goes on, we hope that more lead-mental health studies become available for us to improve our estimates based on better lead-harm curves,” he said.
“Future studies should ideally be able to incorporate lead exposure from water and paints.”
“We are coming to understand that lead exposures from the past – even decades in the past – can influence our health today,” a researcher wrote in a statement.(Getty Images)
The expert urged the public to take lead exposure seriously by removing hazards that still exist in some paint, fuel, batteries and other mediums.
“There are millions of Americans alive today who had extremely high lead exposure as children.”
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) issued a regulation in Oct. 2024 giving cities 10 years to replace any remaining lead plumbing.
The agency also took action in Jan. 2024 to lower the levels of lead in soil at residential homes across the country.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
In an interview with Fox News Digital, child psychologist Dr. Michele Borba noted that the current youth mental health crisis in America has been largely attributed to social media, but that this new study on lead exposure explores a “new realm” of what could be behind deteriorating mental health.
Experts may be “overlooking” the long-lasting impacts of lead exposure on the mental health of today’s adults, one expert said.(iStock)
“It’s an unusual and fascinating reason that most of us have never been prepared for or even thought of – but it isn’t just children’s mental health and well-being at stake,” she said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“We may be overlooking other generations and the long-lasting impact of lead exposure.”
Borba said that while more research is required on the topic, she recommends that other mental health experts take lead exposure into consideration when treating patients.
The year 2024 was filled with innovative ideas that made cooking and food storage more accessible and less wasteful. As the year draws to a close, it’s time to reflect on some of the ingenious and viral food hacks that took the internet by storm. From simplifying everyday kitchen tasks to enhancing the quality of your meals, these tricks captured the attention of millions worldwide. These nine viral food hacks not only amazed the internet but also inspired countless people to experiment in their kitchens. We have listed nine of the most fascinating food hacks that you should try in your kitchen:
Here Are 9 Viral Food Hacks That Impress The Internet In 2024:
1. Removing Excess Oil from Sabzi
Adding too much oil to sabzis is a common mistake that can leave your dish overly greasy. A viral video by digital creator Deepti Kapoor demonstrated a simple yet effective solution. Place a small bowl (katori) in the centre of the pan when the sabzi is nearly cooked. Cover the pan with a lid and let it sit for about 10 minutes. The excess oil collects in the bowl, leaving your sabzi healthier and guilt-free. Click here to watch.
2. Mess-Free Oil Transfer
Transferring oil from packets to jars often results in spills and sticky countertops. A creative hack involves using a spoon to guide the oil smoothly into the jar. This viral method is a game-changer for anyone looking to avoid messy clean-ups. Here’s the video of the hack.
3. Perfect Round Puris Without a Rolling Pin
Making perfectly round puris can be a challenge, especially without a rolling pin. A clever hack shared online involves using a plastic sheet or parchment paper and a flat-bottomed object like a small chopping board or plate. Simply press the dough ball between the sheets with the object, and voila – perfectly round puris every time. Click here to see how to do it.
4. Quick Garlic Peeling
Peeling garlic can be tedious, but a viral Instagram hack using a tong-like tool makes it effortless. First, remove the bottom and central portions of the garlic bulb and peel off the outer layer. Then, use the tool to separate and peel individual cloves. This method received mixed reactions but gained over 54 million views, proving its widespread intrigue. Here is the complete video of the hack.
5. Flour Sifting Without the Mess
Sifting flour can often lead to a messy countertop. A brilliant hack to keep things clean involves placing the flour in a strainer or sieve directly over a large mixing bowl. This method ensures no spillage, saving both time and effort. Click here to learn more.
6. Preserving Fruits and Vegetables
Preserving fresh produce can be tricky, but food vlogger Armen Adamjan shared hacks to extend their shelf life:
Store watermelons in the fridge to keep them fresh for up to a month.
Place grapes in a perforated ziplock bag in the fridge.
Wrap lettuce in foil for freshness lasting up to four weeks.
Cover banana stems with a paper towel and foil to keep them fresh for 10 days. These tips are simple yet incredibly effective for reducing food waste. Click here to read more.
7. Keeping Curry Leaves Fresh for Six Months
Curry leaves are an essential ingredient in many Indian dishes, but they tend to spoil quickly. Instagram user @twinsbymyside shared a hack to store curry leaves for up to six months. Remove the leaves from the stems, rinse them, and place them in an ice cube tray. Add water to submerge the leaves, freeze the cubes, and store them in a ziplock bag. Just pop a cube into your dish whenever needed. Click here for more.
8. Cooking Mushrooms Perfectly
Mushrooms are over 90% water, making them prone to becoming soggy when cooked. A viral hack shows how to retain their texture and flavour. Dry the mushrooms in a hot pan to release moisture, then add oil or butter. Avoid salting until the end of cooking, as salt draws out moisture and can make them mushy. Here is the video for the hack.
9. DIY Village Refrigerator for Chilled Water
In an ingenious hack from an Indian village, a plastic bottle was turned into a self-cooling device. The bottle is wrapped in a wet cloth and hung in a breezy area, such as from a tree branch. In just 10-15 minutes, the water inside becomes cool, offering a sustainable and electricity-free way to chill drinks. Click here to see it yourself.
Why These Hacks Went Viral: These food hacks gained popularity for their practicality and creativity, addressing common kitchen problems with simple solutions. Whether you’re a novice or a seasoned cook, these tricks can make your time in the kitchen more efficient and enjoyable. Happy cooking!
South Korea’s parliament is expected to vote down President Yoon Suk-yeol’s impeachment motion on lack of quorum, caused by the refusal of the ruling People Power Party lawmakers to cast ballots, TV footage showed Saturday.
Robert F. Kennedy Jr., President-elect Trump’s choice to lead the Department of Health and Human Services, has repeatedly showed off his physique on social media.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
AKO planirate ići u kupovinu, prvo provjerite koji su šoping-centri, trgovine i pekarnice otvoreni.
Većina je zatvorena nedjeljom, ali ima iznimaka. Da sve stignete na vrijeme, sastavili smo popis radnog vremena trgovina, šoping-centara i pekarnica za ovu nedjelju, 8. prosinca. Pogledajte popis u nastavku.
Radna vremena trgovina možete provjeriti i na stranici radne-nedjelje.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
How many times in West Coast high school basketball have two players committed to Harvard faced off?
It happened on Saturday night in Bellflower, where Elzie Harrington of St. John Bosco and Douglas Langford Jr. of St. Pius X-St. Matthias put on quite a show, which should make their future coach at Harvard, Tommy Amaker, quite pleased.
Harrington, taking charge of an offense that was missing the injured Brandon McCoy, scored 41 points to help the No. 1 Braves (6-0) withstand a strong challenge to win 85-77. Langford contributed 22 points for the Warriors (5-2).
What a night for the future Harvard teammates. 41 points for Elzie Harrington. 22 points for Douglas Langford Jr. Bosco won 85-77. pic.twitter.com/gaqVmpDMD4
There were other strong individual performances. Jaden Erami of St. Pius X-St. Matthias had 23 points. Chris Komin of St. John Bosco finished with 17 points, including 10 in the fourth quarter when the Braves were finally able to pull away. Christian Collins added 14 points.
Inglewood 93, Bakersfield 77: Jason Crowe Jr. scored 50 points for Inglewood.
Crespi 66, Rolling Hills Prep 52: Peyton White and Carter Barnes each scored 19 points for Crespi.
Harvard-Westlake 74, Idaho Owyhee 51: The Wolverines (7-0) turned it on in the second half after leading by three at halftime. Nikolas Khamenia had 21 points, 10 rebounds and seven assists. Joe Sterling scored 18 points.
Eastvale Roosevelt 70, Riverside Poly 56: Brayden Burries finished with 25 points and 10 rebounds and Issac Williamson added 16 points for 5-1 Roosevelt.
Long Beach Poly 74, Bishop Montgomery 55: Jovani Ruff scored 31 points for the Jackrabbits.
Oxnard 78, Atascadero 50: David Giron made eight threes and finished with 26 points for 3-2 Oxnard.
DePaul Prep 57, Mater Dei 50: Luke Barnett had 14 points for 3-2 Mater Dei.
Windward 51, Ariz. Highland 40: Jeremiah Hampton scored 15 points, Louis Bond 13 and JJ Harris 11 for Windward.
Moorpark 73, Oaks Christian 68: Freshman Logan Stotts and sophomore Levi Oaks each had 20 points for Moorpark. Isayah Garcia led Oaks Christian with 19 points.
JSerra 65, La Costa Canyon 38: BJ Davis-Ray finished with 20 points for JSerra.
Loyola 83, Marina 65: The Cubs (9-0) won the El Rancho tournament championship. Mattai Carter scored 18 points. Quincy Watson was chosen tournament MVP.
Crescenta Valley 70, Marshall 55: Vaughn Zargarian scored 34 points and Mike Sahagian had 20 in the championship game of the North East Valley tournament.
Brentwood 75, Las Vegas Democracy Prep 58: Shane Frazier scored 20 points for the Eagles.
Redondo Union 85, Corona Centennial 44: Brayden Miner had 17 points for Redondo Union.
Etiwanda 60, Rancho Cucamonga 58: Aaron Glass had 25 points for Rancho Cucamonga.
Campbell Hall 89, El Camino Real 57: Isaiah Johnson had 24 points for Campbell Hall.
Girls basketball
Hart 65, Palisades 53: Andrea Aina had 31 points and Morgan Mack finished with 28 points, 14 assists and 11 rebounds for Hart.
Windward 69, St. Anthony 52: Laila Hughes led St. Anthony with 24 points. Olivia Lagao had 19 points for Windward.
Ontario Christian 66, Mater Dei 58: With wins over Eitwanda and Mater Dei, the Knights (9-0) have established themselves as the team to beat in Southern California. This was the championship game of the Troy Classic. Freshman Tatianna Griffin scored 20 points to lead five players in double figures. Kaleena Smith had 15 points.
Flipkart has officially revealed the launch date of Moto G35, with a dedicated microsite mentioning key specifications. The smartphone made its debut in global markets in August last year, alongside the Moto G35. The listing indicates that the specifications of the Indian version have remained unchanged.
The launch date of the Moto G35 is December 10, and users can purchase it on Flipkart. The microsite reveals that the smartphone, featuring the vegan leather design, will be available in multiple colour options, including Black, Green, and Red.
Specifications of the Moto G35 are as follows:
• Design: Weighing just 185g, the Moto G35 5G has a thickness of 7.79mm.
• Display: According to the microsite, the Moto G35 5G will feature a 6.7-inch FHD+ display with up to 1000nits of brightness and a refresh rate of up to 120Hz. The display is protected by Gorilla Glass 3.
• Memory: The device will be available with 4GB of RAM and 128GB internal storage. The RAM can be expanded to 8GB.
• Cameras: The Moto G35 will feature a camera setup, including a 50MP primary sensor and an 8MP ultra-wide angle lens. For selfies, the device gets a 16MP selfie shooter.
• OS: The Moto G35 5G will run on Android 14 out of the box, with the company promising one year of OS update and two years of security patches.
• Processor: The smartphone is powered by the Unisoc T760 chipset.
• Battery: According to the listing, the device packs a 5,000mAh battery with 20W fast charging support.
• Other features: The device will feature an IP52 rating for dust and water resistance. It will come with dual stereo speakers with Dolby Atmos.
Supporting 12 5G bands, the handset was launched at a price of €199, approximately Rs 17,700.
Tickets for a voyage on board Walt Disney Co.’s first Asia-based cruise ship go on sale next week, as the entertainment giant takes advantage of a tourism boom in Singapore to realise ambitious goals for its cruise business.
Disney Cruise Line’s newest ship, The Treasure, arrives at dawn Port Canaveral, Florida.(Photo by Joe Burbank/Orlando Sentinel via AP)
Bookings for the Disney Adventure will open to the general public on Dec. 10, a full year before the ship makes her maiden voyage from Singapore. However, early bookings started earlier in the week for Disney’s cruise loyalty members.
“The ship is set to be a game-changer,” said Sarah Fox, regional general manager for Southeast Asia at Disney Cruise Line. “Every aspect of the ship has been thoughtfully crafted”.
Singapore is hoping the new ship will help cement its place as a tourist beacon in Southeast Asia and reinvigorate its post-Covid recovery. The number of visitors to Singapore in the third quarter rose 14% compared to the same time last year to 4.4 million, according to government data, on track for the most annual arrivals since 2019.
The Disney Adventure, by far the company’s largest cruise ship, is scheduled to set sail from Singapore on Dec. 15, 2025. It can hold around 6,700 passengers and measures 208,000 gross tons, about 44% larger than the Disney Treasure, which starts service this month in the US.
The ship will be homeported in Singapore for at least five years. Jacqueline Ng, director of the Singapore Tourism Board’s cruise development group, expects the cruise to attract several million local and foreign passengers during that time. Singapore last year saw a record two million cruise passengers, over half of whom were from overseas.
There is already strong demand for the cruise, according to Edmund Ong, Trip.com’s Singapore general manager. Traffic to the booking platform’s cruise page jumped more than 50% when the prices were released and sign-ups for the cruise’s wait list climbed 60% in November compared to October.
Disney is also positioning itself to take advantage of the post-Covid 19 rebound in global travel. It plans to double spending on its parks and cruise lines over the next decade. The company aims to expand its current fleet of five cruise ships to 13 by 2031.
Unlike Disney’s other cruise ships, the Adventure was not built by the company. The theme-park operator acquired it for a hugely discounted €40 million from Genting Hong Kong after it filed for bankruptcy in 2022, according to reports in Germany, where the ship was built. It has seven themed areas based on Disney, Pixar and Marvel films and will feature rides, live stage shows, restaurants and shops similar to one of the company’s theme parks.
Although Mickey Mouse is still a fan favorite, Marvel superheroes such as Spider-Man and Iron Man resonated strongly with focus groups in Asia, according to Disney’s Fox. The upper deck of the ship was transformed into a Marvel-themed area with three attractions, including a 250-meter Iron Man-themed rollercoaster — a first for a Disney cruise and the world’s longest on a ship. A live stage show featuring Marvel superheroes and villains will also be added.
The dining options aboard will largely feature Asian cuisines, ranging from Indian, to Japanese to bubble tea.
Guests can opt for stays of between three and five nights, which start from around $1,564 for two adults on the maiden voyage, while a three-night cruise for a family of four in an ocean-view room costs around $3,400. For those looking for a further upgrade, two Frozen-themed suites are available.
PS Plus subscribers will be hoping for some festive cheer courtesy of the Extra and Premium games for December 2024.
The final batch of PlayStation Plus Extra and Premium games will be unveiled by Sony on the afternoon of December 11. The PS4 and PS5 games will be available to download and play the following week.
While it’s been something of a mixed bag in terms of PS Plus Extra games this year, some of the more optimistic subscribers are predicting big things for December.
With the November PS Plus Extra line-up headlined by Dying Light 2 and the returning GTA 5, fans will certainly be hoping for something better in December.
In the monthly predictions thread over on Reddit, some fans believe the likes of Hogwarts Legacy, God of War Ragnarok and Resident Evil 4 Remake could join PS Plus Extra in December.
God of War Ragnarok certainly feels like a contender for PS Plus Extra, especially if Sony wants to end 2024 with a bang.
Resident Evil 4 Remake also feels like a realistic pick, although I’m not so convinced that we’ll be seeing Hogwarts Legacy anytime soon.
Other popular picks include Forspoken, Atomic Heart and Suicide Squad, as well as climbing adventure game Jusant and first-person shooter Robocop Rogue City.
Ubisoft games always feature prominently in the predictions thread, with the likes of Assassin’s Creed Mirage, Avatar Frontiers of Pandora, Prince of Persia The Lost Crown and The Crew Motorfest all appearing in the predictions thread.
We’re also seeing regular picks for games such as Mortal Kombat 1, as well as superb Soulslike Lies of P and Like a Dragon Gaiden: The Man Who Erased his Name. With a new Like a Dragon game launching early next year, Like a Dragon Gaiden might get fans and new players suitably hyped.
Elsewhere, there’s one pick for first-person horror game Still Wakes the Deep, another for South Park Snow Day, and predictions for the Crysis series.
Sony first-party games like Horizon Forbidden West and Spider-Man Remastered make an appearance, although no picks for Gran Turismo 7 following the release of My First Gran Turismo earlier this week.
Other games featured in the predictions thread include Sherlock Holmes, EA Sports WRC 24, Everspace 2, Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun, Pacific Drive, Lonely Mountain Downhill, Sonic Frontiers, Valkyrie Elysium, One Piece Odyssey, No Man’s Sky, Wrestlequest, Hitman World of Assassination and Bluey.
That’s on top of Gear Club Unlimited 2, Star Wars Jedi Survivor, Shadow Gambit: The Cursed Crew, High on Life, Atlas Fallen, Spyro Trilogy, Hades, Granblue Fantasy: Relink, Citizen Sleeper, Viewfinder, Harold Halibut, Hi Fi Rush, Lost Judgement and Cocoon.
Some of the more unrealistic choices include Cyberpunk 2077, Alan Wake 2 and the remastered Red Dead Redemption.
Daily Express will be back with the full line-up when the games are announced on December 11. It’s also worth checking back for any leaks and additional information ahead of the official reveal later this week.
Australia’s 10 best-selling brands are just that because they have a range of affordable cars that appeal to mass-market buyers.
But we’re sure you’ve wondered how expensive things can get, especially when talking about brands that aren’t known for luxury products and steep price tags.
So to satisfy that itch, we’ve taken a look at the current top 10 brands in Australia and compiled a list showing off each of their single most expensive models.
We’ve also only listed the specific variant of each, because only one can be ‘the most’ expensive.
MG Cyberster
Mazda CX-90 Azami
Isuzu D-Max Blade
Kia EV9 GT-Line
For this list, we’ve based our top 10 manufacturers on year to date (YTD) standings in the latest November 2024 VFACTS sales charts, as those are the most up-to-date figures we have for how each brand is performing.
You’ll notice a fair few electric vehicles (EVs) in this list, as well as a handful of American pickups and large SUVs. If you’re interested, the average price of the 10 cars on this list is a whopping $106,978.
Be sure to check out our article from last week too, where we looked at the cheapest models from a selection of Australia’s more luxury-oriented manufacturers.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Click on a car’s name above to jump directly to its information on this page, or continue scrolling for the full list
Toyota Tundra Limited
Toyota’s newest and current most expensive vehicle in Australia may well be one of its priciest ever, as the American-bred Tundra pickup costs $155,990 before on-roads.
The pickup is shipped from the US to Australia and converted to right-hand drive by Walkinshaw Automotive Group in Melbourne, where it’s fitted with a new steering rack, brake pedal, instrument panel, firewall, headlights, and wiring harnesses.
It’s launching in Limited trim only, and is powered by Toyota’s i-Force Max powertrain. That comprises a 3.4-litre twin-turbo V6 petrol engine mated with an electric motor-generator, with power sent through a 10-speed automatic transmission to a part-time four-wheel drive system.
The big rig weighs just shy of 3.0 tonnes, and standard equipment includes 20-inch alloy wheels, a 14.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system, synthetic leather upholstery, as well as heated, ventilated, power-adjustable front seats.
As standard, the Tundra is covered by Toyota’s five-year unlimited-kilometre warranty, with servicing required every six months or 10,000km.
Interested in buying a Toyota Tundra? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Ford’s rival to the Tundra is the F-150, and in its Lariat long-wheelbase guise it’s the Blue Oval’s most expensive vehicle in Australia at $140,945 before on-roads.
Unlike the Tundra the F-150 is sold here in four variants, the cheapest of which is the XLT SWB at $106,950 before on-roads. All are powered by a 3.5-litre ‘EcoBoost’ twin-turbo V6 petrol, mated with a 10-speed automatic transmission that sends power to a full-time four-wheel drive system in the Lariat.
Standard equipment the Lariat gains over the XLT includes chrome exterior accents, dual 12.0-inch screens for the digital instrument cluster and infotainment system, leather-accented upholstery, and 12-way power-adjustable front seats.
On top of that, customers get heated and ventilated front seats with heated outboard rear seats, as well as an 18-speaker Bang & Olufsen sound system. Like the Tundra it’s also converted to right-hand drive locally, only in the Ford’s case by RMA Automotive in Mickleham, Victoria.
The F-150 is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, with logbook servicing required every 12 months or 15,000km.
Interested in buying a Ford F-150? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Mazda’s flagship seven-seat SUV is not only large, but also the most expensive car it currently has in local showrooms. It costs $94,630 before on-roads, and that’s before you get into the options.
Once it’s fully optioned up you’ll be paying more than $100,000 for your CX-90, but it’s loaded with plenty of features to keep you entertained. Such options include the $5000 SP Package, which adds Tan Nappa leather upholstery and captain’s chairs for the second row.
Over the two cheaper variants in the CX-90 range, the Azami gains 21-inch black alloy wheels, ambient lighting, a semi-autonomous Cruising and Traffic Support driver assistant, and front ventilated seats. For context, the range reaches as low as $74,550 before on-road costs for the base petrol Touring.
It’s also available with a pair of 3.3-litre inline six powertrains with 48V mild-hybrid assistance – one petrol, one diesel. The petrol G50e is the dearer of the two in Azami spec, and it’s the most powerful series-production Mazda engine ever made.
The CX-90 is covered by Mazda’s five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, with servicing required every 12 months or 15,000km for petrol models, and every 10,000km for diesels.
Interested in buying a Mazda CX-90? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
As seems to be a trend so far with this list, the EV9 is Kia’s most expensive model ever offered in Australian showrooms. In top-spec GT-Line guise, it costs $121,000 before on-roads.
The GT-Line gets an dual-motor AWD setup, with a 0-100km/h time of just over 5.0 seconds. It’s powered by a 99.8kWh li-ion battery and is capable of a claimed WLTP range of 505km, though it is significantly pricier than the other two variants in the range.
Bringing up the bottom is the EV9 Air, priced at $97,000 before on-road costs. The GT-Line gains upgraded standard tech equipment like parking collision avoidance, 21-inch alloy wheels, digital side mirrors, a dual sunroof, augmented reality head-up display, as well as heated, ventilated outboard rear seats.
Additionally, you gain a black suede headliner and two-tone GT-Line synthetic leather upholstery, as well as a V2L exterior outlet.
As with the wider Kia line-up, the EV9 is covered by a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, while the high-voltage battery and motor are covered for seven years or 150,000 kilometres. Maintenance is required every 12 months or 15,000km.
Interested in buying a Kia EV9? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Mitsubishi’s largest SUV is also currently its most expensive vehicle in Australia, and its top-spec plug-in hybrid (PHEV) GSR variant is priced at $73,790 before on-roads.
The Japanese brand offers a fairly expansive Outlander line-up, which is at its cheapest with the base-spec non-hybrid ES at $37,740 before on-road costs. All Outlander PHEVs are powered by a 2.4-litre four-cylinder petrol engine, mated with dual electric motors and a 20kWh li-ion battery.
There’s a lot to be gained by moving up the range though, with features like adaptive cruise control, a panoramic sunroof, tri-zone climate control, and a nine-speaker BOSE sound system only coming on the more expensive variants.
Enhancements to the GSR are aesthetic-only, with features like 20-inch black alloy wheels, gloss black exterior accents and badging, and silver interior stitching added.
The Outlander is covered by a five-year, 100,000km warranty which can be extended to 10 years, 200,000km if you service within Mitsubishi’s dealer network. PHEV batteries are covered by an eight-year, 160,000km warranty, and maintenance is required every 12 months or 15,000km.
Interested in buying a Mitsubishi Outlander? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Hyundai’s most expensive car in Australia is the Ioniq 5 N hot EV, which rings up at $110,383 before on-road costs.
The Ioniq 5 N sits in a class of its own, powered by a dual-motor AWD powertrain with nearly 450kW of power and 750Nm of torque. All of that is good for a standard 0-100km/h time of 3.5 seconds, which can be trimmed to 3.4 seconds with N Grin Boost activated.
As it sits at the top of the range, standard equipment is expansive. Highlights include 21-inch forged wheels, sizeable brakes, launch control, a dual 12.3-inch infotainment and instrument cluster screens, Alcantara and leather upholstery, and metal pedals – just to name a few.
For context, the standard Ioniq 5 lineup ranges in price from $69,800 to $88,800 before on-roads. They boast considerably less power but a claimed WLTP EV range of up to 570km, compared to the N’s 448km.
The Ioniq 5 lineup is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre vehicle warranty and an eight-year, 160,000km battery warranty. Maintenance is required every 24 months or 30,000km.
Interested in buying a Hyundai Ioniq 5? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
The first thoroughbred MG sports car under Chinese ownership is the marque’s most expensive vehicle ever, while being Australia’s first convertible EV since the Tesla Roadster. It’s priced at $115,000 before on-road costs.
With its 375kW/725Nm dual-motor AWD setup, the MG Cyberster is claimed to be capable of zipping from 0-100km/h in a blistering 3.2 seconds. Powering it all is a 77kWh li-ion battery, and it’s claimed to be capable of travelling 443km on a charge based on WLTP testing.
It’s only available here in one trim level, which packs 20-inch alloy wheels, Brembo brakes, Alcantara and synthetic leather upholstery, launch control, four driver-oriented interior displays, dual-zone climate control, and four regenerative braking modes – but no wireless smartphone mirroring.
The Cyberster is backed by MG’s 10-year, 250,000km warranty, as well as a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre anti-perforation and paint warranty.
Interested in buying an MG Cyberster? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Isuzu’s newest D-Max variant is currently its most expensive in Australian showrooms at $78,900 before on-road costs. You may have seen a previous price for the Blade of $76,990 drive-away, but that was an introductory offer.
The Blade is coincidentally the second vehicle with Walkinshaw involvement on this list, only this time no conversion from left- to right-hand drive was necessary. It’s based on the run-of-the-mill D-Max LS-U+, which means it gets the same 3.0-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel and six-speed automatic transmission.
It also benefits from off-road gear like a rear differential lock and selectable low-range gearing, with Walkinshaw’s mods focusing on protection and aesthetics. These include 17-inch black alloy wheels with Goodyear all-terrain tyres, a 29mm suspension lift, 3mm bash plate, black exterior accents and decals, 8.0-tonne rated recovery points, and a black one-piece sports bar.
On the inside, it maintains gear like a 9.0-inch infotainment system, dual-zone climate control, heated front seats, leather-accented upholstery, and powered front seat adjustment. The standard LS-U+ is priced at $65,500 before on-roads, while the cheapest D-Max costs $32,700 before on-roads.
Isuzu backs the D-Max with a six-year, 150,000km warranty, with servicing required every 12 months or 15,000km.
Interested in buying an Isuzu D-Max? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
There are three Patrol variants currently on sale, and the most expensive is the Australian-fettled Warrior at $105,160 before on-roads.
Instead of the two Australian organisations involved in three of the previous cars, the Patrol and Nissan’s Navara ute, are both modified into their Australian-specific Warrior forms by Premcar in the Melbourne suburb of Epping.
Under the Patrol’s bonnet is a 5.6-litre petrol V8, which is mated with a seven-speed automatic transmission with four-wheel drive and selectable low-range gearing. All models feature tech like adaptive cruise control, a 10.1-inch infotainment system, leather-accented upholstery, a sunroof, powered tailgate, and 18-inch alloy wheels.
Premcar’s additions include a unique front bumper and bash plate, bi-modal exhaust with side exit pipes, rear recovery points, Alcantara door and dash trim, and gloss black interior accents.
The cheapest Patrol is the Ti, which costs $88,900 before on-roads. All Patrols are covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, with servicing required every 12 months or 100,00km.
Interested in buying a Nissan Patrol? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
GWM’s answer to the Toyota Prado is the Tank 500, and its top-spec Ultra Hybrid variant is the Chinese brand’s most expensive vehicle currently on sale in Australia. At $73,990 drive-away, it also works out to be the cheapest on this list.
The body-on-frame SUV is powered by a 2.0-litre four-cylinder 48V hybrid powertrain, mated with a nine-speed hybrid automatic transmission and full-time four-wheel drive. It has a suite of off-road tech too, including an All-Terrain Control System with 11 drive modes, selectable low-range, and an electronic rear differential lock.
Equipment on the the Ultra Hybrid includes 18-inch alloy wheels, a sunroof, Nappa leather upholstery, a 14.6-inch touchscreen infotainment system, wireless Apple CarPlay, power side steps, adaptive cruise control, and an electronic front diff lock.
The Tank 500 range is priced as cheap as $66,490 drive-away for the base Lux, but buyers of the lower-grade model won’t be missing out on too much standard equipment apart from a handful of the interior gear.
GWM backs the Tank 500 with a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Interested in buying a GWM Tank 500? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Check gold prices in different cities on December 08, 2024; (In Rs 10/gram)
Gold Rate Today In India On December 08, 2024
Gold Rate Today In India: As of December 8, gold prices in India remained high. The price of 24-carat gold, known for its high purity, was Rs 77,620 per 10 grams, making it popular with investors. Meanwhile, 22-carat gold, often used in jewellery because it is stronger, was priced at Rs 71,150 per 10 grams and remained a top choice for jewellery buyers.
Silver Rate Today
Silver, on the other hand, was trading at Rs 92,000 per kilogram.
Today Gold Rate: Retail Gold Price On December 08
Check gold prices in different cities on December 08, 2024; (In Rs 10/gram)
City
22 Carat Gold Rate Today
24 Carat Gold Rate Today
Delhi
71,300
77,770
Mumbai
71,150
77,620
Ahmedabad
71,200
77,670
Chennai
71,150
77,620
Kolkata
71,150
77,620
Pune
71,150
77,620
Lucknow
71,300
77,770
Bengaluru
71,150
77,620
Jaipur
71,300
77,770
Patna
71,200
77,670
Bhubaneshwar
71,150
77,620
Hyderabad
71,150
77,620
Retail Cost of Gold in India
What Is The Retail Price Of Gold Per Gram?
The retail price of gold per gram reflects the amount consumers pay for a gram of gold, typically quoted in Indian Rupees. This rate fluctuates daily, driven by global economic trends, geopolitical events, and the interplay of supply and demand.
Gold Price Depends On Which Factors In India?
In India, the price is influenced by international gold market rates, along with factors such as import duties, taxes, and currency exchange fluctuations.
Gold holds immense cultural and financial importance in India. It is not only a preferred investment but also a vital part of celebrations, especially weddings and festivals.
As market dynamics shift, both traders and investors keenly track these changes. Staying updated is crucial for effectively navigating the evolving trends.
Bitcoin is currently trading above the historic and crucial $100k level and is up by more than one percent in the last 24 hours. According to analyst Josh of Crypto World, Bitcoin is forming a new pattern in the short term that we should keep an eye on. Here’s a breakdown of his analysis:
Bitcoin’s Bullish Market Overview
The analyst said that Bitcoin is clearly still in a bull market. The weekly RSI is signaling a strong bullish trend, which has led to major bull runs in the past. The MACD is also showing bullish signs, similar to last year when it predicted a major rally that lasted for months. Based on these indicators, it’s likely that the bull market could continue into 2025.
Resistance and Price Targets for Bitcoin
Currently, Bitcoin is facing resistance level at around $102,000, which is the 1618 Fibonacci extension level. If Bitcoin can break above this, we could see a move towards $113,000. The next key price target is $113,000, but it’s still a while before Bitcoin might reach $300,000, which could take a few more years and possibly the next bull market.
For support, Bitcoin is holding at around $89,000. Short-term, the price is consolidating around $100,000, and we might see sideways movement for a while as the market cools off.
Bitcoin is forming a symmetrical triangle pattern, with support around $99,000 and resistance around $102,000. A breakout above $102,000 could push the price towards $108,000, while a break below support could lead to a move down to around $93,000.
Bitcoin Liquidity Heat Map
The Bitcoin liquidation heat map shows significant liquidity building around $104,000 to $105,000. If Bitcoin breaks above this level, we could see a short squeeze, pushing the price higher. There are also other liquidity levels between $102,000 and $105,000, which could play a role in future price action.
Bitcoin Dominance Drops, Altcoin Season Begins
The Bitcoin dominance chart is showing a decline, currently at around 55%, after breaking a key support level at 57%. This confirms that altcoins are likely to outperform Bitcoin in the near future, hinting at a start of a major altcoin season.
After the cabinet approved the opening of 85 new Kendriya Vidyalayas (KVs), Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Saturday said that this decision will benefit a large number of students and create many employment opportunities.
Talking to social media X, PM Modi wrote, “Our government has taken another big decision to make school education as accessible as possible. Under this, 85 new Kendriya Vidyalayas will be opened across the country. While this step will benefit a large number of students, it will also create many new employment opportunities.”
On Friday, the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs, chaired by PM Modi approved the opening of 85 new Kendriya Vidyalayas (KVs) under the Civil/Defence sector across the country.
It also decided to expand KV Shivamogga in Karnataka to facilitate increased number of Central Government employees by adding two additional Sections in all the classes under the Kendriya Vidyalaya Scheme.
The total estimated requirement of funds for the establishment of 85 new KVs and expansion of 01 existing nearby KV is ₹5872.08 crore (approx.) spread over a period of eight years from 2025-26. This includes a capital expenditure component of ₹2862.71 crore (approx.) and operational expenditure of ₹3009.37 crore (approx.), according to an official release.
As on date, there are 1256 functional KVs, including 03 abroad viz. Moscow, Kathmandu and Tehran and a total number of 13.56 lakh (approx.) students are studying in these KVs.
The administrative structure for implementing the project will require creation of posts at par with the norms fixed by the Sangathan for running of one full-fledged KV with a capacity of approximately 960 students. Hence, 960 X 86 = 82560 students would benefit.
As per norms in vogue, a full-fledged Kendriya Vidyalaya provides employment to 63 persons and accordingly, approval of 85 new KVs and the expansion of one existing nearby KV, which will add 33 new posts, a total of 5,388 direct permanent employment opportunities will be created.
Construction and allied activities associated with augmentation of various facilities in all KVs are likely to generate employment opportunities for many skilled and unskilled workers.
Cyber Monday is over, and if you didn’t get a chance to grab your favorite products at a discount, don’t worry, you still have time. Many major sleep brands, including Brooklinen, Purple, Avocado and Buffy, are still running extended deals on their products, albeit for a very limited time. Whether you’re trying to find a sleep-related holiday gift for someone on your list or want to upgrade your own bedding, these are the best extended Cyber Week bedding deals to shop before the discounts disappear.
Our CNET sleep team has tested mattresses, sleep products and bedding for years. We know the difference between worthwhile deals and ones to pass on. We’ve used all that knowledge and experience to find the extended Cyber Monday deals you can still shop on pillows, sheets, comforters and more, listed below.
We continue to update this list regularly as Cyber Monday sales end or new holiday deals arise, so be sure to check back for more.
Cozy Earth
This holiday season, you can save up to 35% on Cozy Earth’s premium bedding, bath collection and apparel. If you’re looking for an affordable bamboo sheet set, Cozy Earth’s is 30% off, bringing the price from $389 to $272 for a queen set. As part of Cozy Earth’s extended Cyber Monday promotion, you can get free shipping on orders over $50.
Tuft & Needle
During its Cyber Monday sale, Tuft & Needle is offering up to 20% off pillows, mattress protectors, toppers, duvet inserts, bedding, quilts and more. That brings the price of its high-quality queen-size mattress protector from $90 to $72 and its soft, breathable quilt from $154 to $123 for a queen.
Caroline Igo/CNET
Brooklyn Bedding’s mattresses and bedding accessories frequently appear on CNET’s best lists. The brand’s Luxury Cooling Pillow was named the best cooling memory foam pillow by our sleep experts and, right now, you can save $32 and get one for $97. Brooklyn Bedding also offers frames, foundations and adjustable power bases that you can save hundreds on this holiday season. All you have to do is use code CYBER25 to get 25% off at checkout.
Brooklinen
Brooklinen’s Cyber Monday sale is over, but you can still get savings of up to 25%. The sale also includes savings of up to 60% on select bedding bundles, which include a sheet set, a duvet cover and pillowcases. This deal will take the price for a queen-size bundle from $313 to $211 (depending on your chosen material).
If this is your first order on the site, you can also score 15% off your order. Brooklinen’s Down Comforter earned a spot on our Best Comforters of 2024 list, and right now you can get a queen size for $322 (typically $379).
Sheets & Giggles
Sheets & Giggles is offering up to 70% off select items. This sale includes its Eucalyptus sheet set, which includes sheets our experts chose as the best for hot sleepers. This holiday season, you can save a large chunk of change and get a queen-size set of these 100% eucalyptus lyocell sheets for $130 rather than $190.
Sleep Number
This Black Friday, bedding such as sheets, pillowcases and pillows at Sleep Number are buy one, get one 50% off, and blankets are up to 30% off retail price. You can bring home two of the brand’s popular ComfortFit Pillows for $100 rather than $200. This pillow comes in three different shapes, and the ultimate model has removable inserts so you can customize it to your personal support and height needs. Similarly, Sleep Number’s Create Your Perfect Comforter was given a 2024 CNET Editors’ Choice Award for its customizable ability to accommodate couples with differing sleep preferences.
Crane & Canopy
Crane & Canopy is offering free shipping on orders over a total of $100 with the code JOY24 at checkout. If you want to add texture to your bedroom setup, check out the brand’s luxurious and lightweight waffle blanket. Crane & Canopy’s duvet covers, comforters and sheets come in a variety of fun patterns and color options, such as the adorable striped French blue Larkin duvet cover. The items aren’t discounted anymore post Cyber Monday, but the free shipping is still a decent value.
Aly Lopez/CNET
I rest my head on the Cloud Cirrus Pillows from Bear every night, and I absolutely love them. Using code CYBER35, you can save $52 and get a two-pack of these fluffy and comfortable pillows for $98. In addition to beds, Bear’s bedding, including mattress protectors, toppers and sheets, is also 35% off this Black Friday.
Caroline Igo/CNET
Buffy
Buffy’s extended Black Friday bedding sale offers savings of 25% or more on everything on its site. I sleep on the Buffy Breeze sheet set, and I’m impressed by how silky and soft these luxurious cooling sheets are. They’re currently marked down to $146, so you’ll save nearly $50 on a queen set. Buffy’s sheets also come in a ton of fun colors, so there’s a design to match any bedroom. The light and fluffy Buffy Cloud comforter, chosen as CNET’s best overall comforter of 2024, is also marked down, from $195 to $146 this holiday season.
Leesa Sleep
Leesa Sleep’s Cyber Monday sale will save you 25% on bedding and bases. The brand’s breathable and chunky 10-pound hand-knit weighted blanket is currently $50 off, marked at $149, and its hypoallergenic and machine-washable duvet comforter is now $141, rather than $189, for a queen.
Nest Bedding
Nest Bedding offers some of our favorite eco-friendly bedding, such as comforters, sheets and pillows. Nest even appeared on our best dog beds of 2024 list after Louie, one of our resident furry sleep experts, tested and approved the brand’s dog bed. With its Cyber Monday sale, you can get 20% off select bedding, including the popular shredded foam Easy Breather pillow, which is priced at $95 rather than $119. To adjust the pillow to your perfect size, all you have to do is add or remove some of the filling.
Purple
Purple, another brand on many of our best lists, is offering up to 20% off its bedding and pillows. Dillon Payne, sleep expert and CNET director of video production, says the Purple SoftStretch sheets are his all-time favorite. Right now you can take home a set for $183 rather than $229. The Purple Harmony pillow, typically $199, is now $179. You can add the Purple SoftStretch sheets and save 20%, taking the bundle price from $428 to $320.
My Sheets Rock
Our experts crowned the Regulator sheet set from My Sheets Rock the best bamboo bed sheets. Made of 100% bamboo rayon, they’re light, stretchy, breathable and great at wicking moisture away if you tend to sleep hot. You can currently share your email to unlock 10% off your order. This means you’ll get a queen-size set for $179 rather than $199 and its Regulator comforter — also made with high-grade bamboo rayon fill — for $224 rather than $249. The brand is no longer running Black Friday and Cyber Monday sales, but the 10% off is still a decent discount if you want to shop for bedding.
Amazon
Avocado
Avocado is known for its high-quality, natural and organic mattresses and bedding. Its luxurious Organic Cotton Sheets are made with GOTS-certified organic cotton and are available in 400 or 600 thread counts. A queen set is currently $161, marked down from its usual price of $179. In addition to regular pillows, Avocado has organic, nontoxic Throw Pillow Inserts for 10% off. Avocado offers great company policies, such as a 100-night trial period, 365-day warranty and free shipping.
Caroline Igo/CNET
From the Layla Hybrid mattress to the company’s down alternative comforter to the Kapok pillow, Layla Sleep’s products have been topping our best lists for years. The Kapok pillows are BOGO 50% off, meaning you can get two for $164 rather than $218, and the down alternative comforter is $179 for a queen, rather than $229. Layla’s silky-soft bamboo sheets are $70 off, and its therapeutic weighted blanket is $100 off this holiday season.
Ettitude
If you’re looking to revamp your entire bedding setup, check out Ettitude. The brand’s extended Black Friday sale offers high-quality sheets, comforters, pillowcases, blankets, duvet covers and mattress protectors for up to 40% off. Ettitude’s plant-based CleanBamboo Signature sateen sheet set comes in various fun colors and is now $202 instead of $289 for a queen. Its CleanBamboo comforter comes in two different densities and is currently offered for $262, down from $374.
Helix
For more holiday shopping sleep sales, check out the best extended Cyber Week mattress deals.
There’s reliable evidence that laughter improves various aspects of mental, emotional and physical health.
If you’re experiencing stress, pain or challenges to your immune system, finding ways to incorporate laughter into your daily life could be an effective remedy.
DO WOMEN NEED MORE SLEEP THAN MEN? HERE’S WHAT EXPERTS THINK
Health experts say humor and giggles can be good medicine — and that’s no joke.
Why laughter matters
Simple and actionable steps to add more smiles to your life can make a difference.
“People often overlook the benefits of laughter,” said one doctor. “Research shows that laughter can reduce stress, boost the immune system and even help alleviate pain.” (iStock)
“When considering lifestyle changes to improve health, people often overlook the benefits of laughter,” Michael Richardson, M.D., a family physician with Carbon Health in Boston, told Fox News Digital.
“Research shows that laughter can reduce stress, boost the immune system and even help alleviate pain.”
As a primary care doctor, Richardson encourages patients to prioritize joy in their lives; he said laughter is an excellent way to do so.
‘LAUGHTER THERAPY’ IS SHOWN TO REDUCE HEART DISEASE RISK IN BRAZILIAN STUDY: ‘EXCITING TO SEE’
“Just as you may set aside time each week for exercise, it may be worth scheduling moments of laughter in your daily or weekly routine,” the doctor said.
“Making this a regular habit could have a protective effect on overall health.”
How does laughter positively impact the body?
The body is receptive to laughter — here’s how it works.
There are two parts of the nervous system — the sympathetic and the parasympathetic, said Beth Oller, M.D., a family physician with Rooks County Health Center in Stockton, Kansas.
The sympathetic nervous system is responsible for fight-or-flight responses, “which are activated all too often in many of us, with all the things to worry about in our world today.”
Over-activation of the sympathetic nervous system can increase the risk of heart disease, cancer, obesity and other illnesses, an expert said.(iStock)
Over-activation of the sympathetic nervous system can increase the risk of heart disease, cancer, obesity and other illnesses, Oller said.
“On the other hand, our parasympathetic nervous system is the one that calms our body down — and exercise, meditation, deep breathing and laughing can activate this system,” the doctor continued.
“Laughing decreases the stress hormone cortisol, which helps reverse the stress response.”
“Laughter is free, lacks side effects, and has psychological and physical benefits.”
Some early research has found that laughter decreases stress hormones, reduces artery inflammation and increases HDL, which is the “good cholesterol,” said Oller.
“Laughter has been associated with a lower prevalence of cardiovascular disease by increasing blood flow and oxygen intake,” the doctor added. “Laughter promotes vasodilation, which leads to improved blood flow and enhances circulation.”
FATHER OF THE BRIDE FORGETS HIS OWN DAUGHTER IN WEDDING-DAY ‘FUMBLE’
It has also been shown that laughter can help alleviate pain by releasing endorphins, stimulating circulation and relaxing the muscles, Oller added.
Laughing can even add years to your life, the expert noted: “It has been found that regular laughing is associated with reduced all-cause mortality.”
The role of laughter in mental health
The psychological benefits of laughter have been researched for some time, according to Sara Brides, a licensed clinical social worker who treats patients at Novant Health Cancer Institute in Winston-Salem, North Carolina.
“Laughter can reduce stress,” she told Fox News Digital. “Our brains can cope with stress; however, remaining in a stress response for prolonged periods of time is not healthy.”
“One way to increase spontaneous laughter is to intentionally spend time with those you enjoy and who naturally make you laugh.”
When someone laughs — particularly when it’s spontaneous or genuine laughter — endorphins are released, cortisol (the stress hormone) decreases, and dopamine and serotonin (the happy hormones) increase.
“Dopamine is associated with a sense of reward, pleasant sensations and motivation, and serotonin is associated with happiness, decreased depression and anxiety, and learning and motivation,” Brides added.
“Watch shows that make you laugh, and don’t be afraid to laugh out loud,” an expert advised.(iStock)
Lightheartedness and joy can also be a bridge to better social outreach.
“One way to increase spontaneous laughter is to intentionally spend time with those you enjoy and who naturally make you laugh,” Brides said.
Long-term benefits
A quick dose of humor is a good start, but consistent laughter could have the following long-term benefits, according to Mayo Clinic.
Immune system boost
Negative thoughts may manifest into chemical reactions that can affect the body by bringing on more stress, according to the Mayo Clinic, which means laughter could be a remedy for better health.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Improved outlook
Laughter can also make it easier to cope with difficult situations and to reach common ground with others, stated the same source.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Lighter mood
Laughter can help lessen stress, depression and anxiety, and may make you feel happier by boosting your self-esteem, per Mayo Clinic.
Finding ways to add humor
Like many things in life, humor is a skill, said physician Oller in Kansas — and to develop a skill, practice is key.
She suggested surrounding yourself with people who are positive and make you laugh — or finding your own way to humor.
Going to a comedy show is a great way to boost “laughter therapy,” experts say.(iStock)
“Simple ways include watching or reading something funny,” the therapist said. “There is now even a practice called laughter yoga, focused on breathing and simulating laughter.”
“Watch shows that make you laugh, and don’t be afraid to laugh out loud. Go to a funny movie or a comedy show,” Oller suggested. “My favorite way to guarantee a lot of laughing out loud is playing funny board games with friends and family.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Brides, the therapist, also stressed the importance of finding ways to insert joy and laughter into life.
“Laughter is free, lacks side effects, and has psychological and physical benefits.”
Erica Lamberg is a contributing writer for Fox News Digital.
Food trends come and go, but some recipes manage to capture our taste buds. Anna Paul, the latest internet sensation, has taken the spotlight from Gigi Hadid’s famous vodka pasta with her spicy, flavourful Turkish pasta recipe. If you haven’t tried it yet, now’s the time, with a few tweaks to suit Indian taste buds, this dish is sure to delight. A vlogger and food creator, Anna Paul, has gained widespread attention for her recipes. Her Turkish pasta, with its perfect blend of warm spices and tangy richness, has taken social media by storm, and it’s easy to see why. Simple, delicious and ready in no time, this recipe is ideal for anyone looking to add a bit of kitchen adventure without the fuss.
Watch The Recipe Video Below:
First things first – this pasta may have originally used ground beef, but chicken mince works just as well. The real magic is in the layers of flavour that make every bite irresistible. It’s a hearty dish with strong spices that remind you of Indian cuisine, but with a twist. The recipe is simple and perfect for cooks of any skill level. “For this one, eyeball the spices and the butter and don’t forget to have fun,” says Anna. This relaxed, playful approach makes the dish so appealing that even beginners can’t resist trying it.
The real joy of this dish comes from how its ingredients seamlessly meld together. You’ll need:
Ingredients
Chicken mince
Salt and pepper
Curry powder
Garlic powder
Onion powder
Paprika
Chopped onions
Butter (salted)
Greek yoghurt
Minced garlic
Your choice of pasta (spaghetti or penne)
Chopped tomatoes for garnish
Chives
Method
Begin by browning the chicken mince in a pan with salt, pepper, curry powder, garlic powder, onion powder and paprika. The aim here is to get the chicken crispy on the outside while keeping it juicy on the inside.
Melt your salted butter in a separate pan and add as much paprika as your taste buds can handle.
Combine hung curd, minced garlic and a pinch of salt to create a smooth and tangy base that balances the heat from the spices.
While the chicken and sauces are coming together, boil your pasta until al dente.
Combine the cooked pasta with the chicken mixture, drizzle the butter sauce over it, and add generous spoonfuls of the yoghurt sauce.
Finish with a sprinkle of chopped tomatoes and chives for that extra touch of freshness.
For those of you who like your food with an added layer of heat, this is where the dish’s flexibility shines. You can amp up the spice level with a touch of red chilli flakes or a squeeze of lemon juice to bring out more zesty notes. And if you’re a fan of bold, savoury notes, consider tossing in a few finely chopped green chillies.
Whether you’re cooking for friends, family or just for yourself, this Turkish pasta is as easy to make as it is delicious. So, when will you be trying it? Share your Turkish pasta experience in the comments section.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-07/news-1z8WZI5rJ5u/img/85905140692444e58ed25b9c4af090d6/85905140692444e58ed25b9c4af090d6.jpeg' alt='A TV screen showing the live broadcast of South Korean President Yoon Suk Yeol's announcement at the Seoul Railway Station in Seoul, South Korea, December 7, 2024. /CFP'
South Korean President Yoon Suk Yeol survived an impeachment motion in the opposition-led parliament on Saturday over his brief declaration of martial law this week, after members of his party boycotted the vote.
The motion did not meet the required quorum after his party boycotted the vote. “With a total of 195 votes, the number of members who voted did not reach the required two-thirds majority of the total members. Therefore, I declare that the vote on this matter is not valid,” National Assembly speaker Woo Won-shik said.
The FDA based the Priority Review designation on results from the Phase III NIAGARA trial, which found that Imfinzi reduced the risk of disease progression, recurrence, or death by 32% in patients with muscle-invasive bladder cancer.
Real estate attracted the highest share of alternative investment funds (AIFs) till the first half of FY25, marking the largest share since the inception of AIFs in 2013.
According to SEBI data compiled by ANAROCK, real estate accounted for 17 percent of total AIF investments, amounting to nearly ₹75,468 crore, a 10 per cent increase from ₹68,540 crore recorded at the end of FY24.
Other sectors that received AIF investments included IT/ITeS, financial services, NBFCs, banks, pharma, FMCG, retail, renewable energy, and others.
Also read: November property registrations in Mumbai up 5% YoY
Explaining the trend, Anuj Puri, Chairman – ANAROCK Group said, “The surge in AIF activity is largely driven by Category II AIFs, which include a mix of real estate funds, private equity, debt funds, and fund of funds (FoF).”
Over the last five years, Category II AIFs have accounted for nearly 80 percent of total AIF commitments, highlighting the dominance of these flexible and tailored investment vehicles, he added.
Between FY13 and FY24, the commitment raised in the AIF sector had a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 83.4 percent.
Additionally, foreign portfolio investors (FPIs) are stepping up their contributions. Traditionally, domestic investors have been the primary source of AIF funding. However, FPIs are now playing a significant role, particularly in Category II AIFs.
Also read: Demand for retail space in malls, high streets in top 8 cities up nearly 5% in Jan-Sep: C&W report
According to ANAROCK Capital, the real estate sector raised ₹28,560 crore through private equity investments during the first nine months of CY24, apart from AIFs.
Real estate accounted for 17 percent of total sectoral investments this year. During the same period, ₹12,801 crore was raised via Qualified Institutional Placements (QIPs).
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
MANJI, odnosno kompaktniji flagship telefoni nisu česti u ponudi brendova, ali čini se da postaju sve popularniji. Ne mislimo na uređaje s malim ekranima, već na one koji su manji od današnjih, često (pre)ogromnih vodećih modela.
Na primjer, iPhone 16 Pro, Pixel 9 Pro, Xiaomi 15, vivo X200 Pro mini i drugi imaju ekran od oko 6.3 inča. Najnovije glasine iz Kine tvrde da se i OnePlus želi pridružiti tom trendu.
Ekran od 6.3 inča i s 1.5 K rezolucijom te kamera od 50 MP
Tvrtka navodno radi na uređaju pokretanom Snapdragon 8 Elite čipsetom, s ekranom od 6.3 inča i 1.5 K rezolucijom te glavnom kamerom od 50 MP koja koristi Sony IMX906 senzor, piše GSM Arena. Uređaj, navodno, neće imati periskopski zoom, a dizajn kamere bit će horizontalan, slično kao što je slučaj s kamerama na Google Pixel telefonima.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Trenutačni prototip navodno ima optički senzor otiska prsta ispod ekrana, a izvor navodi da OnePlus razmatra hoće li umjesto toga koristiti ultrazvučni senzor. To također vjerojatno znači da lansiranje ovog uređaja neće biti tako skoro.
“Svaki flagship koji je manji od 6.4 inča je dobrodošao”
Pojavile su se spekulacije da će ovaj telefon biti dio serije Ace 5, bilo kao Ace 5 mini ili Ace 5 Pro mini, no to još uvijek nije potvrđeno.
“Napokon”, “Zvuči dobro, kupit ću ga da zamijenim svoj trenutačni Android telefon”, “Zvuči kao dobar uređaj za zamijeniti Asus Zenfone”, “Napravite ga još manjim”, “Svaki flagship manji od 6.4 inča je dobrodošao. Moćan i jednostavan za korištenje”, “Zainteresiran sam”, “Ne, hvala”, neki su od komentara ljudi na glasinu o novom OnePlus telefonu.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Acaciawood 69, Magnolia Science Academy 55 AGBU 59, Santa Monica Pacifica Christian 54 Aliso Niguel 73, Upland 52 Alliance Ted K. Tajima 62, Aspire Ollin 39 Aquinas 68, Carter 63 Arcadia 78, Maranatha 56 Artesia 67, Marquez 40 Baldwin Park 67, Mountain View 50 Banning 65, Tahquitz 46 Bell 43, L.A. Roosevelt 42 Bellflower 54, El Segundo 41 Bernstein 94, Mendez 15 Beverly Hills 76, L.A. Hamilton 50 Bishop Alemany 63, Sun Valley Poly 54 Bishop Amat 54, L.A. Wilson 50 Bishop Diego 73, Nordhoff 33 Blair 74, Aveson Global Leadership 48 Bloomington 36, Granite Hills 28 California 71, Irvine University 67 California Lutheran 76, Bethel Christian 53 Cajon 52, West Torrance 41 Camarillo 70, Rio Mesa 32 CAMS 52, Harbor Teacher 35 Canyon Country Canyon 65, West Ranch 62 Canyon Springs 88, Vista del Lago 56 Capistrano Valley Christian 76, San Dimas 62 Carpinteria 65, Cate 64 Cerritos 83, Servite 81 Chaffey 55, Ontario 25 Channel Islands 87, Malibu 49 Chino Hills 66, Walnut 51 Clovis East 63, Thousand Oaks 60 Clovis North 83, Santa Barbara 58 Coastal Christian 77, Coast Union 32 Colton 69, Rubidoux 66 Corona del Mar 57, Irvine 56 Corona Santiago 66, Arlington 60 Crescenta Valley 83, Canoga Park 22 Cypress 86, Indian Springs 71 Desert Christian 69, Immanuel Christian 32 Desert Mirage 40, Palm Valley 24 Dorsey 55, Los Angeles 52 Eastside 57, Highland 43 East Valley 49, Fremont 42 Etiwanda 64, Summit 44 Flintridge Prep 93, EF Academy 14 Foothill Tech 53, Santa Clara 44 Foshay 61, Middle College 55 Fresno Christian 76, Simi Valley 68 Fullerton 52, Brea Olinda 41 Garden Grove Pacifica 36, Godinez Fundamental 31 Garey 64, Eastside Christian 23 Gateway 58, Corona 47 Glendora 71, San Marino 54 Granada Hills 50, Granada Hills Kennedy 42 Great Oak 74, Apple Valley 42 Hacienda Heights Wilson 62, Western 48 Hawthorne 72, Lennox Academy 51 Hemet 67, Elsinore 61 Heritage 51, Redlands 49 Highland 67, Crossroads 55 Hoover 71, Northridge Academy 27 Huntington Beach 67, Incline (Nevada) 22 International School of LA 56, Southwestern Academy 50 JSerra 63, Millennium (Arizona) 61 Knight 82, Highland 51 La Costa Canyon 52, Linfield Christian 43 La Habra 68, Churchie (Australia) 64 L.A. Jordan 98, Hawkins 17 Lakewood 79, San Pedro 75 L.A. Leadership Academy 30, School of Los Angeles 20 Lancaster 83, Palmdale Academy Charter 37 L.A. Lincoln 66, Torres 27 La Palma Kennedy 52, Oxford Academy 41 Legacy Christian Academy 74, Lynwood 40 Liberty 70, Paloma Valley 40 Locke 51, Port of L.A. 43 Loyola 90, Los Altos 71 Los Alamitos 67, Corona Centennial 65 Los Amigos 55, Downey 54 Lucerne Valley 55, Trona 18 Manual Arts 77, USC Hybrid 22 Maricopa 43, Cuyama Valley 11 Marina 76, South Torrance 64 Mary Star of the Sea 52, Wilmington Banning 35 Math & Science College Prep 85, Horace Mann UCLA 26 Mesrobian 51, San Gabriel 41 Millikan 60, Palos Verdes 57 Mira Costa 78, Culver City 63 Newport Harbor 57, Warren 43 Newport Park Adventist 51, Grace 48 Norco 73, Eisenhower 55 Norton Science & Language Academy 44, Grove School 37 Orange County Pacifica Christian 61, Spanish Springs (Nevada) 52 Orange Vista 68, Grand Terrace 54 Orthopaedic 52, Gertz-Ressler 27 Oxnard 63, Buchanan 60 Palmdale Aerospace Academy 75, Lone Pine 46 Palm Desert 64, Northview 37 Pasadena 49, Chula Vista Mater Dei 44 Pasadena Poly 60, Sierra Vista 57 Patriot 75, Jurupa Hills 64 Peninsula 50, Chadwick 40 Pioneer 69, Duarte 43 Placentia Valencia 86, Anaheim 49 Point Loma 78, Dos Pueblos 47 Providence 83, Compton Centennial 11 Quartz Hill 62, Temple City 40 Rancho Christian 85, La Jolla Country Day 56 Rancho Cucamonga 71, Redlands East Valley 44 Rancho Mirage 66, Hillcrest Christian 54 Redlands Adventist Academy 57, Nuview Bridge 37 Riverside King 75, Ramona 59 Riverside Notre Dame 61, San Jacinto 57 Riverside Poly 62, Damien 54 Riverside Prep 65, University Prep 26 Riviera Prep (Florida) 68, Southern California Academy 57 RFK Community 87, Belmont 47 Royal 62, Sanger 58 San Clemente 71, Woodbridge 24 San Jacinto Valley Academy 56, California Military Institute 48 Santa Margarita 68, Sage Creek 49 Santa Rosa Academy 86, St. Jean de Lestonnac 47 Savanna 62, Saddleback 56 Sherman Oaks Notre Dame 75, Village Christian 65 Silver Valley 53, Academy for Academic Excellence 31 South East 55, Huntington Park 46 South Gate 60, Legacy 51 St. Bernard 56, Rolling Hills Prep 48 St. Bonaventure 75, Galena 47 St. Francis 56, Renton (Washington) 44 Taft 98, Compton 60 Temecula Prep 66, Lakeside 54 Tesoro 55, Edison 54 Thousand Oaks 67, River City 45 Torrance 79, Santa Fe 43 Trabuco Hills 66, Chaparral 62 Tustin 40, Sunny Hills 38 VAAS 88, Central City Value 41 Valencia 58, Saugus 55 Valley Christian Academy 62, San Luis Obispo Classical 34 Valley View 60, Yucca Valley 27 Villa Park 90, Konawaena (Hawaii) 62 Vistamar 67, New Roads 43 Vista Murrieta 59, Hillcrest 47 Webb 58, Mesa Grande Academy 39 West Adams 67, Maywood CES 34 Whittier 69, Montebello 35 Woodcrest Christian 78, Jurupa Valley 45 Workman 61, Katella 38 Yorba Linda 57, Bonita 46 Yucaipa 64, Silverado 57
GIRLS
Alliance Ted K. Tajima 26, Aspire Ollin 24 Anza Hamilton 37, Marlborough 33 Apple Valley 52, Don Lugo 15 Arleta 47, Glendale 39 Arrowhead Christian 52, California Lutheran 14 Arroyo 42, Mountain View 12 Arroyo Grande 45, Corona del Mar 27 Bell 47, L.A. Roosevelt 4 Bishop Amat 60, Colony 47 Calvary Baptist 25, Pomona Catholic 23 Campbell Hall 67, Oak Park 29 Canoga Park 60, VAAS 13 Cantwell-Sacred Heart 40, Fountain Valley 35 Canyon Country Canyon 71, West Ranch 21 Carter 77, Pacific 13 Castaic 46, Golden Valley 43 Corona Centennial 62, Orange County Pacifica Christian 40 Century 33, Capistrano Valley Christian 24 Chaffey 32, Webb 17 Charter Oak 59, Edgewood 29 Clovis 66, Birmingham 54 Coastal Christian 68, Coast Union 8 Cobalt Institute of Math & Science 37, Rancho Mirage 10 Crescenta Valley 56, Granada Hills 43 Cypress 51, La Serna 48 Diego Rivera 52, Elizabeth 24 Dos Pueblos 69, Oaks Christian 64 Eagle Rock 63, Muir 43 Eastvale Roosevelt 66, Beaumont 62 Edison 45, Mayfair 39 Esperanza 82, Brea Olinda 47 Fillmore 31, Cate 10 Fontana 46, Montclair 30 Glendora 66, Compton Centennial 33 Godinez Fundamental 48, Irvine 36 Granada Hills Kennedy 51, Grant 20 Grove School 42, Norton Science & Language 8 Harbor Teacher 50, Fremont 14 Harvard-Westlake 45, Westlake 31 Hawkins 69, L.A. Jordan 33 Hawthorne 42, Lennox Academy 14 Heritage 54, Corona 52 Hollywood 46, Contreras 20 Holy Martyrs 63, Bishop Diego 29 Hoover 43, Northridge Academy 34 Huntington Beach 45, Whittier 44 Huntington Park 36, South East 32 Inglewood 51, Compton 33 Jurupa Hills 37, Kaiser 27 Jurupa Valley 31, Bloomington 30 La Canada 35, Village Christian 32 Lakewood 62, Torrance 35 Lakewood St. Joseph 68, El Segundo 54 La Salle 59, Oakwood 43 Lawndale 56, Valley Christian 45 Legacy 76, South Gate 16 Linfield Christian 63, Lakeside 26 Locke 22, Port of LA 16 Lompoc Cabrillo 37, Taft Union 20 Long Beach Cabrillo 59, CAMS 34 Long Beach Jordan 54, Gardena 30 Lucerne Valley 42, Trona 14 Manual Arts 33, USC-MAE 16 Maranatha 35, Simi Valley 30 Marina 57, McFarland 24 Math & Science College Prep 59, Horace Mann UCLA 9 Mira Costa 65, South Pasadena 50 Murrieta Mesa 35, Mission Vista 19 Newbury Park 62, Santa Paula 27 Oak Park 67, Campbell Hall 29 Ontario 37, Alta Loma 33 Ontario Christian 79, Fairmont Prep 62 Orange 37, Fullerton 36 Orcutt Academy 49, San Marcos 28 Oxford Academy 31, La Mirada 24 Palisades 56, Sherman Oaks Notre Dame 51 Palm Springs 31, Marymount 28 Paramount 72, Garfield 41 Pasadena 66, Blair 12 Pasadena Poly 74, Azusa 15 Providence 36, Westridge 24 Quartz Hill 69, Victor Valley 38 Rancho Christian 66, Francis Parker 57 Rancho Verde 47, Yucca Valley 43 Redondo 63, Pioneer 54 RFK Community 49, Belmont 12 Riverside King 63, San Clemente 47 Riverside Poly 61, Serrano 28 Riverside Prep 55, University Prep 46 Sage Hill 60, JSerra 52 San Jacinto 58, Eisenhower 36 San Jacinto Valley Academy 46, California Military Institute 26 Santa Ana Mater Dei 57, Moreno Valley 42 Santa Maria 50, Paraclete 27 Santa Maria St. Joseph 55, Oxnard 30 Santa Monica 47, Notre Dame Academy 35 Santa Ynez 51, Santa Barbara 28 School of Los Angeles 19, L.A. Leadership Academy 12 Segerstrom 67, Mission Bay 33 Shadow Hills 75, Chaparral 30 Sherman Oaks CES 64, Reseda 37 Silver Valley 47, Academy for Academic Excellence 34 South Hills 49, West Covina 43 St. Margaret’s 53, Long Beach Poly 33 Taft 40, Van Nuys 35 Tahquitz 81, Colton 74 Temecula Prep 58, Garey 28 Trinity Classical Academy 55, Santa Clarita Christian 14 Upland 53, Silverado 50 Valencia 55, Saugus 43 Venice 49, Lakeview Charter 24 Ventura 60, Camarillo 52 Villa Park 46, San Juan Hills 36 Vistamar 57, New Roads 9 Westminster 67, Avalon 24 Whitney 55, Gregori 35 Woodbridge 43, Garden Grove 19
Probuds, the audio sub-brand of smartphone manufacturer Lava, has introduced Probuds T24. According to the company, these buds will come with features like multi-device connectivity and good battery life. Available in five colour variants, the product will be introduced in phases starting today i.e. December 05, 2024.
Probuds T24 Price
Probuds T24 is priced at Rs 1,299 and will be available in five colour variants- Herb Green, Venom Black, Dope Blue, Trippy Macaw and Snake White.
Probuds T24 Features
10mm drivers: Probuds T24 is powered by 10mm drivers with a polyurethane diaphragm speaker. The buds are equipped with quad-mic ENC.
Jieli JL7006F8 Bluetooth chipset IC: The Probuds T24 is equipped with the Jieli JL7006F8 Bluetooth chipset IC and company claims that it ensures robust performance and reliable connectivity.
Bluetooth V5.4: These buds have the latest Bluetooth V5.4 that ensures stable pairing with devices.
Low Latency: The buds also have a low latency of 35ms which is good for gaming.
Play Time: According to the company, the Probuds T24 offers up to 45 hours of playtime with its 500mAh battery and fast charging capabilities. “A quick 10-minute charge delivers an impressive 150 minutes of playtime, ensuring minimal downtime,” the company said.
Dual Device Pairing: For multitaskers, dual device pairing can be a good feature. It provides seamless connectivity between laptop and mobile, allowing you to stay connected and entertained without interruption.
Meanwhile, Lava has added one more smartphone under its Yuva series – the Yuva 4. According to the company, the device has been designed to cater to the evolving needs of first-time smartphone adopters.
The smartphone is available in storage variants of 4GB+64GB and 4GB+128GB at a starting price of Rs 6,999. Also, the smartphone is available in three colour variants – Glossy White, Glossy Purple, and Glossy Black.
The Yuva 4 features a 6.56-inch HD+ punch-hole display with a 90Hz refresh rate. The smartphone is powered by the UNISOC T606 chipset and has a 5000mAh. The device runs on the Android 14 and offers a clean and intuitive user interface.
Known as ‘island of the gods’, Bali was named #2 in the top destinations in the world, according to TripAdvisor Travellers’ Choice Awards of 2024.
Often called the ‘island of the gods’ and ‘surfer’s paradise’, Bali is one of the most fascinating holiday destinations in Asia. With its ancient temples, splendid rice terraces, thundering waterfalls, wild jungle swings and great food, it is not surprising that Bali is on everyone’s must-visit list. However, sprawled over 2,230 sq.miles, Bali’s size can be daunting, specially for first timers. The best thing to do is set an itinerary for your 5-6 day holiday so that you see more and spend less time commuting. Also read | Bali travel guide to best beaches, resorts, cuisine spots, religious sites, caves, volcanoes and more
If you choose budget accommodation and eat in warungs (local restaurants), you can happily have a memorable Bali trip for less than ₹1.30 lakh.(Pexels)
If you choose budget accommodation and eat in warungs (local restaurants), you can happily have a memorable Bali trip for less than ₹1.30 lakh.
Must see/do:
Banyumala Twin Waterfall: Perhaps one of the most Instagrammable spots in Bali, the twin waterfalls fall in the same pool from a height of roughly 26 meters. Also, go to Sekumpul Waterfall, the tallest waterfall in Bali.
Ulun Danu Beratan Temple: Also called Pura Ulun Danu Beratan, this temple sits right on Lake Beratan. Built in 1633, the temple is used for offerings and ceremonies dedicated to the Balinese water, lake and river goddess Dewi Danu.
Handara Gate: This can be extremely crowded but if you can find a moment alone, it makes for a great photograph.
Tegallalang Rice Terraces: Comprising a series of cascading rice fields, this UNESCO World Heritage site is one of the most picturesque spots on the island. The best time to be there is sunrise & sunset.
Pura Lempuyang: Called the Gate of Heaven, the complex includes several smaller temples. This is always crowded with tourists – photography queue times can be as long as 3 hours.
Do a sunrise hike to Mount Batur.
Breakfast with orangutans in Bali zoo.
Visit the Monkey Sacred Forest.
Try one of the iconic Bali jungle swings.
Go surfing in Nusa Lembongan near Nusa Penida.
The best dive spots are in Menjangan island full of reef flat, anchor wreck, eel garden and caves to explore. Also read | Bali’s new tourism rules: What they mean for your next vacation to Indonesia’s tropical island
Must eat:
Vegan: Kynd Community
All-day breakfast & brunches: Milk & Madu
Italian: Cantina Classe
Indonesia’ first natural wine bar: Mosto
Traditional French: Bar Vera
Burgers: Bossman
Whole roasted suckling pig: Babi Guling Pak Malen
Indian food: Red Gunpowder
Visa: E-VOA (Visa on Arrival) can be obtained before departure at molina.imigrasi.go.id/ Indian nationals can obtain a VoA for a maximum stay of 14 to 30 days which can be extended for an additional 30 days.
Flight: Vistara has direct flights into Bali from Delhi and Bengaluru. Return Economy flights start at around INR 42,000. Flight duration: Delhi to Bali: 7 hours; Bengaluru to Bali: 6 hours 35 minutes. One/two stop flights are much cheaper but it will take more than 10 hours to reach Bali.
Accommodation: Air BnB is a good budget option, you can get rooms starting at INR 3,500 a night for two adults (no children). Around third week of November, Ramada Encore by Wyndham is available for less than INR 3,000 per night while Hilton Garden is INR 3,800 per night (excluding taxes & fees; 2 adults, no children). Check hostel options on hostelworld.com and explore homestay options to save on accommodation cost.
Currency: Indonesian Rupiah (IDR). 100 INR = 18,755 IDR
Getting Around: Opt for Bluebird taxis, they are reliable, reasonably priced. If you are hiring a scooter, remember, you need an International Driving Permit to legally drive a scooter in Bali. Gojek and Grab provide a slew of transport services, download their app before boarding the flight to Bali because it requires SMS verification. Bali does not have a robust shuttle or long-haul bus system. Also read | Want to escape festive rush? India to Bali, here are 10 offbeat destinations for peaceful scenic getaway
Sprawled over 2,230 sq.miles, Bali’s size can be daunting, specially for first timers.(Pexels)
Money saving tips:
Avoid fancy eateries and eat in warungs (local restaurants), you’ll pay at least 50% less.
Eat in early morning & night markets.
There will be plenty of people standing in front of most tourist attractions willing to drive you to wherever you need to go. They can be expensive. Rent a scooter to get around.
Heading to the beach? Save a few hundred Rupiahs by carrying beach towels from the hotel – hiring beach recliners for a few hours can be expensive.
Buy 5 litre water gallons from a supermarket and refill your flask/bottles. Hotels usually provide only two 330mL water bottles for the day for two adults. Carry water with you – most restaurants do not serve water.
Hotels usually serve breakfast up to 11 am. Have a late breakfast, that way you can save on lunch expense.
Hotel taxis can be at least 20% more expensive than Uber or Bluebird.
Haggling is the norm, don’t hesitate to begin with 70% less than the quoted price.
Dos & Don’ts:
Do not drink tap water.
You should use the service of a local licensed guide when you are visiting temples and sacred sites as well as other tourist attractions.
Only use officially authorised money changers.
Don’t enter or trespass into sacred territory. This includes holy spots, and for women, it’s considered polite not to enter these sites when menstruating.
Don’t defile any sacred place in Bali or take nude or indecent photos there.
Don’t take part in illegal activity, including drug use or trading in endangered species or cultural artefacts.
You should only stay in licensed accommodation.
Most tourists’ resorts have money changer facilities; however, if you are traveling to more remote areas it is advisable to exchange your money before getting there.
The legal drinking age in Bali, as in the rest of Indonesia, is 21 years old. Do not break this rule.
If you are planning to spend a lot of time at the beach, do not forget the sunscreen with SPF 50+.
Keep a bug spray handy.
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Budget travel guide: How to vacation in Bali in less than ₹1.30 lakh
Two people, Amina, 34, and Pene, 38, go to New Zealand when they are young, meet on a training programme for opera singers where their “relationship blossomed”, and now they’re set to make their Covent Garden debut in La Boheme as Rodolfo and Musetta.
It’s even a fluke they got into opera in the first place.
Amina first studied engineering before secretly taking up music, while Pene only joined the choir at school so he could play rugby in a rugby mad country.
Meeting them over Zoom, they are a very happy couple.
If it’s not an opera plot, it’s certainly a Disney-style fairytale which has its latest chapter on the hallowed stage at Covent Garden.
“I know it sounds strange,” begins Pene Pati, “but it feels like I’ve been here before, like it’s part of my home. I don’t know what, but it doesn’t feel like a foreign opera house.”
Adds Amina Edris: “Growing up as singers in New Zealand, the house we looked forward to singing in the most or like we see as the pinnacle, the ‘dream house’ was Covent Garden.
“For American singers, they all dream of the Met, but for New Zealand singers or Australian singers often it’s the Royal Opera house here. It’s awesome! It’s extra-special.”
She added: “It’s great individually for each one of us as artists, but the fact that we get to do it together is extra special, you know.”
This is their seventh production together, including Romeo & Juliet, and Faust.
Said Pene: “In fact, we didn’t have the same agents for a long time. We wanted to go out and pursue things on our own merit and becoming solidified, you know, as a bona fide artist in our own right.
“And I think that was the perfect choice, otherwise we would have been labelled as, ‘Your only singing because the other person is singing’.”
He added: “But when we started rehearsals here, even the conductor didn’t know we were married.”
Asked if performing as a married couple brings them closer — or further apart, Pene replied: “I think when we sing together, it brings us pleasure, for sure.
“But there’s some roles in operas when we don’t sing together. We don’t meet each other on stage at all. We do here, but we’re not each other’s love interest in this story.”
But being a couple does have advantages if you have a massive wardrobe malfunction.
Said Amina: “We were doing a production of The Elixir of Love in New Zealand, and we were eating a lot of junk food.
“Towards the end of the run, the costumes were getting tighter and tighter because we were both putting on so much weight.
“On the last night, in the last scene he declares his love for me and picks me up and spins me around. When he did that, my dress zip broke at the back!
“He was whispering to me, ‘Your dress is split, your dress is split!!’
“Pene held the dress together as we sang facing the audience, and I never turned around. It was pretty funny, and the audience never knew.”
La boheme runs at the Royal Opera House from 16 Dec 2024 – 17 Jan 2025.
Is there a market for US-style dual-cab 4×4 ute that’s bigger than a Ranger and smaller than an F-150, but more comfortable and less expensive than both?
Cue the GWM Cannon Alpha, the latest 4×4 offering in the Cannon dual-cab ute range. It’s bigger, more luxurious and better appointed, so let’s take a test drive and see if the Alpha lives up to the name and the hype.
Wow! It’s familiar! And that’s not because it looks the same as the Cannon from the outside (it doesn’t) or that it’s no bigger than the standard Chinese dual-cab (is it). It’s because the bonnet looks like the one on Tank 500 and that connection becomes even more apparent when you open the door.
When you climb in, it’s clear this is the Tank 500 interior in a ute. The cabin is spacious, comfortable, and the front seats feel like a business class pod in a plane. A bit like a full-size US pickup, it’s encapsulating in a warm and comforting manner that provides a deep sense of safety, security and serenity.
Identical to the Tank 500, bar a few additional extras (like the front diff lock switch, which we will discuss later), it oozes with the same luxury, style and comfort that’s almost too much for a tradesman’s utility!
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the GWM Cannon Alpha Ultra Diesel
While it also comes with a bigger 2.4-litre turbo-diesel than the regular Cannon, here we’re driving the 2.0-litre petrol-electric hybrid variant, which has a more powerful version of the same powertrain available in both the Tank 300 and 500.
The hybrid delivers smooth and positive power. It’s no race car but the torque curve feels flat and carries well through the rev range, offering decent enough acceleration and outright performance (click it over to Sport mode and all that steps up a noticeable notch).
The dash display and controls are pleasing to look at, functional and easy to access, but the indicator stalk is a little quirky and appears to get stuck on. It takes a little time to get used to as it has a touch sensitive partial mode for lane changing.
On the downside, and possibly the only real downer when it comes to the on-road experience, the Alpha has the same hum and vibration as the Tank 500, but possibly not as bad. It is amplified in the back seat, however.
The brakes are phenomenal, almost to the point you’d call them high-performance. They are calibrated perfectly, since they don’t grab unexpectedly yet the firmness in pedal application when pulling up is outstanding. Definitely one of the best braking systems I have experienced in a modern vehicle.
But there’s more when it comes to the Cannon Alpha’s stopping power! There is a noticeable amount of off-throttle deceleration, thanks to the magnetic load of the electric motor that forms part of the energy regeneration system, which is a very efficient use of the driveline and a very positive addition for off-roading, where autos typically ‘run away’ on steep descents.
Ride quality on the freeway and other blacktop is generally smooth and comfortable, but a couple of small and quirky things did get my attention when it comes to the chassis. The hum and vibration mentioned above is one of them, but I also found that the steering is a touch heavy.
It’s not that it is so much worse than many other new vehicles, but it’s worth noting as it could be taxing on long-distance drives. Overall though, the steering is generally quite good and it does offer a decent level of feel without being overly sensitive.
The head-up display showing the speedo is a nice touch. It’s an excellent safety feature and just one of many smart additions that give an ‘above and beyond’ feel to this vehicle’s design.
Fortunately, the driver assist systems had been dialled down before our test drive via an upcoming software upgrade, so the usually lane keeping and centring functions were far more bearable. Yet we still got to enjoy the frequent and intrusive verbal reminders to ‘please concentrate while driving’ and ‘take a break’.
The rear seat is spacious and really takes advantage of the larger size of the Alpha. They are also adjustable, which is another nice addition, but best of all the seats themselves are very comfortable.
To see how the GWM Cannon Alpha lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Off-road
Hitting the dirt, it’s immediately apparent the Cannon Alpha is stable and easy to control. You can select a 4H mode via the centre console dial and in this setting the vehicle handles like an all-wheel drive at speed on unsealed roads.
Based on the information available and my actual drive experience, the Alpha’s nine-speed auto is attached to a part-time transfer case to provide permanent four-wheel drive, and the transfer becomes locked when 4H is selected (as well as in 4L).
Off-road at speed the cabin vibrates a little, but aftermarket suspension would go a long way to improve that. Slipping into 4L is intuitive and seamless once the vehicle is parked and the transmission is in neutral. It’s true low-range gearing that gives plenty of control with the normal benefits of the associated lower ratios.
Traction control works okay but is a somewhat agricultural. The system creaks, growls and groans with a loud clashing sound from the front-end as the traction control engages and disengages the brakes in an attempt to maintain traction.
It actually sounds like the drive plates on the end of the stub axles are only partially engaged. The noise is pretty harsh and I see plenty of uninitiated owners returning the vehicle to their dealer and complaining it is broken!
There is a quick and simple fix though, and the problem disappears completely when the factory-fitted front and rear locking differentials are activated.
This, understandably, transforms the Alpha into an almost unstoppable off-road beast. In fact, the only real limiting factor in its capability at this point is the clearance of the side steps. As with most new off-road vehicles, they are not going to last long if the vehicle is driven anywhere near its actual potential in the bush.
And given the standard front and rear diff locks, some off-road enthusiasts could argue it would have been better to leave the traction control system out of this model all together because, like the Tank 500, the Alpha’s system is awkward and unnerving.
While the Tank 500 comes with only a rear diff lock, the fitment of lockers at both ends of the Alpha negates any real need for traction control to assist it in off-road conditions at all. So my suggestion to GWM is either make the traction control system smoother and more user-friendly, or remove it altogether in the models with front and rear diff locks.
Off-road in low range and with both diff locks on, the Alpha is a beast! It climbs cleanly and smoothly, walks confidently through large wombat holes, and handles uneven and broken terrain with ease.
With the addition of aftermarket suspension, the removal of the factory side steps and the fitment of a more aggressive light-truck 4WD tyre like the Geolandar MT G003, the Alpha could well be the king of the hill when it comes to off-road capability.
While the interior design and fit-out is well beyond that of a normal utility vehicle, the back of this 4WD is all business. The bed is appropriately fitted with a tub liner and the dual-activation tailgate is a real winner.
The tailgate has clean panel lines and no visible handle, but a simple press of a button in the centre of the GWM logo opens the long side of the rear door, allowing for horizontal side opening of the 60/40-split tailgate. And pressing the same button for a longer period automatically drops the entire tailgate in one smooth motion.
It’s a clever touch of technology that may well prove convenient, but could also be just another thing to go wrong in remote locations.
The off-road camera system in the Alpha is well worth mentioning too. It comes on automatically when in low range and does a great job of assisting the driver.
It’s not so much that the camera system itself is better than anything else on the market, but it is the large central display screen on the dash that makes the system so much more functional.
When you take into account the solid fundamental off-road ability of the Alpha and consider the additional extras like the camera, diff locks, hill start assist and more, this really is a decent off-road rig.
To see how the GWM Cannon Alpha lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The GWM Cannon Alpha was Australia’s first hybrid 4×4 ute. The top-shelf Ultra Hybrid combines a 2.0-litre petrol engine and an electric motor to deliver impressive combined outputs of 255kW of power and 648Nm of torque. As standard, there’s a GWM-developed nine-speed auto and a Borg Warner transfer case. It also offers a healthy 3500kg braked towing capacity.
While all this will cost you just $64,990 drive-away, at the lower end of the Alpha range are the Lux and Ultra, priced even more sharply at $51,990 and $57,990 drive-away respectively and powered by a 135kW/480Nm 2.4-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel, offering lower outputs than the most popular mid-size utes but more than the standard GWM Cannon’s 120kW/400Nm 2.0-litre turbo-diesel.
To see how the GWM Cannon Alpha lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Mod-ability
It is definitely early days as far as aftermarket mods and accessories are concerned here.
GWM doesn’t list any genuine accessories for the Cannon Alpha itself, so as usual we will defer to Savage Tech Auto in southeast Queensland as the authority on what is available for the Alpha in Australia and, at this early stage, the answer is not much at all.
However, Savage Tech says to watch this space and we’ve heard rumours that bullbars, suspension and plenty more is already in transit!
To see how the GWM Cannon Alpha lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the GWM Cannon Alpha
All up, the Alpha is a big step up from the Cannon, but while it shines in so many areas it could still do with some refinement. That said, alongside a comparable Ford Ranger or Toyota HiLux, the Alpha offers plenty of bang for your buck.
Whack on a bullbar, a suspension lift kit, and a good set of all-terrain tyres, then replace the factory side steps with some neatly ticked away rock sliders, and you’ve got yourself a seriously capable, comfortable and very well appointed dual-cab 4×4 ute.
Get over the badge on the grille and the brand name, and this vehicle certainly has a lot to offer and is well worth a look, because when you look beyond the luxury and comfort this is in effect a work ute.
With the Cannon first launched in Australia over three years ago, and both the Tank 300 and 500 off-road SUVs now also proving popular in the market, the Alpha makes it four clean hits in a row for GWM here.
Has GWM now got your attention and do you understand it’s a serious player in local the market yet, or are you still stuck on the failures of the early Great Wall offerings and the fact its vehicles are made in China? Let us know in the comments below.
Interested in buying a GWM Cannon Alpha? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
The winners of the CNBC-TV18 India Business Leader Awards were announced in Mumbai Under Different Categories.
IBLA 2024: Check Full List Of Winners of the India Business Leader Awards 2024
IBLA 2024: The winners of the India Business Leader Awards were announced on Saturday, celebrating visionary leaders who drive innovation, growth and transformation across industries with bold actions and unwavering commitment.
Now in its 20th edition, CNBC-TV18 India Business Leader Awards have become a hallmark of excellence, honoring trailblazers whose courage, vision, and impact are redefining success.
Below are the categories and winners of the India Business Leader Awards 2024;
CATEGORY
WINNER
1
Brand Campaign Of The Year
Ariel
2
Young Turk Of The Year
Noise
3
Young Turk Startup Of The Year
The Sleep Company
4
Breakout Brand Of The Year
Blissclub
5
Outstanding Contribution To Climate Consciousness
Batx Energies
6
Disruptor Of The Year
Blinkit
7
Most Promising Company Of The Year
PI Industries
8
Outstanding Business Leader Of The Year
Vellayan Subbiah
9
Outstanding Company Of The Year
Bajaj Auto
10
In Memoriam
Narayan Vaghul, Vineet Nayyar, Ranjit Shahani, Fali Nariman
11
Outstanding Contribution To Public Service
Sunita Narain
12
Outstanding Contribution To Indian Economy
IIT Madras (Special Recognition)
13
Entertainment Leader Of The Year
Rajkummar Rao
14
Sports Leader Of The Year- Indian Chess Team
Tania Sachdev
15
Lifetime Achievement Award
Dr Cyrus Poonawalla
16
Outstanding Contribution To Brand India
Nita Ambani
17
Hall Of Fame
KP Singh
Under the theme ‘Leadership in Action,’ this prestigious event celebrated leaders who exemplify conviction, innovation, and purposeful disruption.
CNBC TV18 India Business Leader Awards Jury
Jury Chair
Babasaheb N Kalyani, Chairman & MD, Bharat Forge Limited
Jury Members
Zarin Daruwala, CEO, India & South Asia, Standard Chartered Bank
Challa Sreenivasulu Setty, Chairman, State Bank of India
Ashok Vaswani, MD & CEO, Kotak Mahindra Bank
Suneeta Reddy, MD, Apollo Hospitals Enterprise
KVS Manian, MD & CEO, Federal Bank
R Shankar Raman, President, Whole-time Director & CFO, L&T Ltd.
Lately, the flagship cryptocurrency has been gaining widespread traction with institutions and governments intensifying their efforts to own Bitcoin. Recently, Fed Chief Jamie Powell and other analysts shared that Bitcoin is not a competitor to the dollar; rather, it is a competitor to gold. Bitcoin exhibits numerous similarities to gold, including its enduring nature, scarcity, and mining difficulty.
BRICS nations have also intensified their efforts to introduce their own currencies as part of a de-dollarization initiative. The decentralized finance, which is inclined toward Bitcoin, has been taken into account.
China, however, has not been convinced about legalizing crypto entities. The nation has opted to take small steps, like virtual tokens regulated by the stablecoin bill in Hong Kong, most recently. China has opted for gold as its reserve asset; in fact, in 2023, the PBOC was the world’s largest official sector consumer of gold.
In a recent development, China’s central bank expanded its gold reserves in November, ending a six-month pause in purchases after the prices for the precious metal rose to a record, official data by the People’s Bank of China (PBOC) revealed on Saturday.
In 2023, the People’s Bank of China (PBOC) was the world’s largest official buyer of gold. After pausing its 18-month buying streak in May, the PBOC may resume purchases, which could boost gold demand among Chinese investors. Notably, by the end of November, China’s gold holdings increased to 72.96 million fine troy ounces, up from 72.80 million the previous month.
“The resumption will send a signal that the PBOC has grown accustomed to these record high price levels and is prepared to build reserves regardless,” noted Ole Hansen, head of commodity strategy at Saxo Bank as per a Reuters report.
Gold hit an all-time high in October, driven by increasing haven demand amid tensions in the Middle East and Ukraine and the uncertainty surrounding the recent US presidential elections. The metal has erased some of the gains after a Trump victory and geopolitical tension in the Middle East showed signs of de-escalating.
In addition, China’s consumers have decreased their demand for bullion as prices have increased by nearly 30% thus far this year. Although gold bars and coins have maintained their value for the first three quarters, retail sales of discretionary items such as jewelry have dropped as investors seek to safeguard their wealth from a weakening economy.
Unacademy CEO and co-founder Gaurav Munjal said the edtech company is not looking for ‘any sale or M&A’ reaffirming its commitment to long-term growth.
“We are not doing any Sale or M&A. Ignore the rumors,” Munjal said in his LinkedIn post. This statement comes amid reports of Unacademy being in advanced discussions with Allen Career Institute for a potential $800 million deal.
He said that 2024 will be the company’s best year in terms of growth in the offline business and overall unit economics.
He outlined that the company’s offline test preparation segment saw 30 per cent growth, accompanied by substantial improvements in unit economics.
While the online test preparation business experienced degrowth, the company successfully enhanced its unit economics, signalling a shift toward operational efficiency, he noted.
Unacademy’s group-level cash burn has decreased by 50%, a critical step in aligning the business towards profitability.
The company reported healthy cash reserves of $170 million, with no debt and a runway exceeding four years, positioning it strongly in the competitive edtech market.
Munjal also highlighted growth in its other business arms. Graphy, a creator-focused platform, achieved a 40 per cent increase in business while remaining profitable. Additionally, Airlearn, a recently launched US-based venture, has surpassed an annual recurring revenue (ARR) of $400,000 within just a few months of its launch.
Founded in 2015 by Gaurav Munjal, Hemesh Singh and Roman Saini, Unacademy started as an online test preparation platform. Since then, it has expanded to offline or hybrid learning. The company laid off 250 employees earlier this year as part of a restructuring exercise to become profitable.
Shure Aonic 50 Gen 2: A lot of us liked Shure’s original Aonic 50 headphones, but they had pretty middling noise cancellation. Well, the 2nd-gen version addresses that issue — the noise canceling is much improved — and Shure has more than doubled the the battery life to around 45 hours (they now have a quick-charge feature) and also shrunk the headphone’s carry case a bit, though it’s still not that compact. Those upgrades make the Aonic 50 Gen 2 a top noise-canceling headphone. While the Aonic 50 Gen 2s are pretty heavy at 334 grams, they’re built sturdily and are also comfortable to wear, with nicely padded ear cups. They feature excellent sound quality with very good clarity and well-defined bass. Shure call them a “studio headphone,” so the sound profile is fairly neutral, but you can add more bass in the EQ settings in Shure’s companion app for iOS and Android (engaging the Spatializer setting in the app expands the soundstage slightly but doesn’t make a big difference).
Bang & Olufsen’s Beoplay HX: Bang & Olufsen’s Beoplay HX headphones are the successor to the company’s H9 series headphones (the X is the Roman numeral for 10) and, like those earlier H9 models, the HX headphones carry a list price of $599 (some colors are discounted at Amazon). That price makes it a direct competitor of Apple’s AirPods Max, which are heavier at 385 grams versus the HX’s 285 grams. I don’t know if the HX headphones are more comfortable than the AirPods Max, but I found the two models pretty equal in the comfort department over longer listening sessions, and these do feature the usual swanky B&O lambskin-covered memory foam earpads. Their sound measures up well to the AirPods Max’s sound — overall, it’s well-balanced, with deep, well-defined bass, natural-sounding mids (where vocals live) and inviting detail in the treble.
V-Moda M-200: V-Moda’s M-200 is one of the few wired headphones on this list. Released in late 2019, these clean- and detailed-sounding over-ear headphones have excellent bass response, and the cushy earcups mean they’re also comfortable to wear. Featuring 50mm drivers with neodymium magnets, CCAW voice coils and fine-tuning by Roland engineers — yes, V-Moda is now owned by Roland — the M‑200 is Hi‑Res Audio-certified by the Japan Audio Society. Other V-Moda headphones tend to push the bass a little, but this set has the more neutral profile that you’d expect from studio monitor headphones. They come with two cords, one of which has a built-in microphone for making calls. It would be nice if V-Moda offered Lightning or USB-C cables for phones without headphone jacks. Note that last year V-Moda released the M-200 ANC ($350), a wireless version of these headphones that includes active noise canceling. They also sound great, but their noise cancellation, call quality and overall feature set don’t match those of the AirPods Max.
Mark Levinson No. 5909 (Currently on backorder): These are premium audio brand Mark Levinson’s first headphones and, yes, they’re really expensive at $999. But they’re also really good. They have a sturdy design without managing to feel hefty on your head (read: they’re substantial but not too heavy) and they’re comfortable to wear over long periods, thanks to their nicely padded and replaceable leather-covered earcups and headband. Read our Mark Levinson No. 5909 hands-on.
OneOdio A10: The OneOdio A10s deliver more than you’d expect for their relatively modest price, which is why they’re featured on several of our best lists. They’re built better than you think they would be for around $90 and are pretty comfortable to wear. They have a dual-hinge design and feel sturdy, weighing in at 395 grams, making them perfect headphones for a workout. They sound surprisingly decent and have reasonably good noise canceling with a transparency mode (which has a slight audible hiss, however). The headphones also have very good battery life. No, they’re not as comfortable as Bose’s and Sony’s models (they do feel a tad heavy) and their sound lacks that extra bit of clarity, bass definition and depth that more premium headphones tend to deliver. But they did exceed my expectations and come with a decent carrying case, even if the OneOdio logo splayed across it is a bit garish.
Technics EAH-A800: There’s a bit of an old-school vibe to the Technics EAH-A800 — and it’s not just the Technics brand, which Panasonic resurrected in the last few years. Their design is something of a throwback, but these headphones are comfortable and both fold up and fold flat. They feature a big, energetic sound with powerful bass and good detail, although they take a day or two to break in.
Two paramedics tied the knot recently with an unusual backdrop for their marriage ceremony.
Wayne Marshall, 37, of Castle Douglas Station, and his new bride, Sarah Marshall, of Newton Stewart Station, wed at the Creebridge House Hotel with an ambulance behind them.
The couple both work for the Scottish Ambulance Service in Dumfries and Galloway in Scotland.
THE 6 MOST COMMON HEADACHE TYPES — AND WHEN TO SEE A DOCTOR
Said Wayne Marshall of the couple’s experience, “It was a fantastic day and great to spend it with friends, family, co-workers, both past and present,” as news outlet SWNS reported.
He said that “the whole day was amazing.”
Wayne and Sarah Marshall during their wedding ceremony. They used a non-operational ambulance as a backdrop.(SWNS)
For one thing, the couple “managed to trick our guests into thinking we had lost the rings, only for one of them to find them under her chair,” he said.
Wayne Marshall has been with the health care service for over eight years — five as a technician, three as a paramedic, the same source reported.
FAMILY OF CHILD WITH DOWN SYNDROME WENT FROM SHOCK TO GRATITUDE: ‘LOST THE AIR IN MY CHEST’
“As we met through the service, it felt only right to have an ambulance there for some photos,” he said.
The wedded couple were able to make use of a non-operational ambulance in the background, SWNS also noted.
“It was a fantastic day and great to spend it with friends, family, co-workers, both past and present,” groom Wayne Marshall said.(SWNS)
“Thankfully, an off-duty colleague was happy to oblige to bring a non-operational vehicle up for the occasion,” said Marshall.
“We each have a deep understanding of the job and [its] challenges.”
The pair became friends quickly once they met on the job.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Speaking about sharing their relationship and the same job, Sarah Marshall said, “We each have a deep understanding of the job and the challenges that we may face during difficult shifts.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
She added, “Our friends and colleagues weren’t surprised and have been supportive of our relationship.”
She said they are “both equally at home at each station and are pleased that as many colleagues came to the wedding as possible.”
Wayne and Sarah Marshall were accompanied on their wedding day by Archie, their cockapoo.(SWNS)
They were not only joined on their happy day by family and friends, but by their cockapoo, Archie — who was appropriately dressed for a Scottish wedding, said SWNS.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Among the comments that have come in on social media about the wedding is this one-word reaction: “Beautiful!”
Maureen Mackey is managing editor of lifestyle at Fox News Digital.
Vada pav is one of those snacks that we simply can’t get enough of. Ask any Mumbaikar, and they’ll tell you how much value it holds. A flavourful aloo bonda sandwiched between soft pavs and paired with spicy chutney – it’s a snack that just hits the spot every time. While you may have tried vada pav multiple times, have you ever tried it in a sandwich form? At first, the idea of a vada pav sandwich may sound bizarre, but trust us, it tastes incredibly delicious. This unique snack is perfect for elevating your snack time and will also pair perfectly with your evening cup of chai. The recipe for this vada pav sandwich was shared by MasterChef Kriti Dhiman on her Instagram. Also Read:Love Vada Pav? Enjoy Its Flavours Like Never Before – In A Crispy Wrap
What Makes Vada Pav Sandwich A Must-Try?
Vada pav sandwich gives an interesting twist to the classic vada pav. Imagine relishing a similar flavour of vada pav, but in a sandwich form. It’s a great option for times when you’ve run out of pavs or simply wish to try something different. Plus, this sandwich has besan (gram flour) as its key ingredient, making it high in protein. It’s tasty, healthy, and super easy to make – what’s not to love about it?
What To Serve With Vada Pav Sandwich?
This vada pav sandwich tastes best when paired with pudina chutney or garlic chutney. For maximum flavour, we recommend that you make both from scratch at home. However, if you have a low tolerance for spice, feel free to relish the sandwich with some tomato ketchup – it’ll taste just as good!
How To Make Vada Pav Sandwich At Home | Vada Pav Sandwich Recipe
Start by adding besan, salt, ajwain, haldi, and fruit salt to a bowl. Gradually add water to form a smooth batter. Next, heat mustard oil in a pan and add hing, mustard seeds, curry leaves, garlic-chilli paste, turmeric, and boiled potatoes. Squeeze the juice of a lemon and add salt to taste. Now, apply some oil over a sandwich maker and pour the prepared besan batter into it. Shape the aloo mixture into a tikki and place it over the batter. Top it with some more batter and cook until fully done. Your vada pav sandwich is now ready to be savoured! Also Read: Craving Vada Pav? Try These Irresistible Cheesy Vada Pav Sliders This Weekend!
Watch the complete video here:
So, try this lip-smacking vada pav sandwich and treat yourself to a delightful snack. Don’t forget to let us know how much you loved it!
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-06/Russian-FM-Lavrov-warns-of-nuclear-escalation-risks-in-Ukraine-media-1z737s27wBy/img/a0392a38cf3540e995345e72d4960cbe/a0392a38cf3540e995345e72d4960cbe.jpeg' alt='Russia's Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov attends the plenary session of the 31st Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe ministerial meeting in Ta'Qali, Malta, December 5, 2024. /CFP'
Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov has warned of nuclear escalation risks in Ukraine, reaffirming that Russia remains open to dialogue.
In an interview video released Friday by American reporter Tucker Carlson on social media platform X, Lavrov discussed Russia-U.S. relations, the Ukraine crisis and the broader geopolitical landscape.
Lavrov expressed grave concerns over certain rhetoric by some officials in the Pentagon and NATO about potential limited nuclear strikes on Russia without getting U.S. territories involved in nuclear conflicts, emphasizing that any such actions could spiral into uncontrollable escalation.
The foreign minister said, “Russia’s military doctrine says that the most important thing is to avoid a nuclear war,” and referred to the Joint Statement of the Leaders of the Five Nuclear-Weapon States in January 2022, which stated that “a nuclear war cannot be won and must never be fought.”
He reiterated Russia’s long-standing opposition to NATO’s eastward expansion, blaming the West for ignoring Russia’s security concerns.
Lavrov urged U.S. policymakers to abandon the so-called “rules-based order” that prioritizes U.S. dominance over multilateralism.
Russia remains open to dialogue under equitable terms, he added.
Days after the Gujarat government proposed a revision of “jantri” rates — benchmark land rates decided by the government — real-estate developers associated with Credai on Tuesday said the new rates would push the prices of new housing projects in Gujarat by 30-40 per cent. “Our preliminary analysis shows that the Gujarat government raised Jantri rates on an average between 200-2,000 per cent of what was in existence. This hike does not look scientific or rational and such a sudden hike will adversely affect ongoing projects and cause a 30-40 per cent price increase in new projects,” said Dhruv Patel, president of Credai-Ahmedabad, on Tuesday.
Jantri rates in Gujarat are ready reckoner rates decided by the state government and applicable to any property bought or sold in the state. The government sets the rates based on periodic assessments of property values, market conditions, and other factors.
“The proposed hikes are more in rural areas and less in urban areas. If the prices of houses and other real-estate go up by 40 per cent all of a sudden, how will people afford them,” he added. On November 20, the Gujarat government placed the draft “Annual Statement of Rates 2024”, commonly known as Jantri, in the public domain and invited suggestions and objections. December 20 is the last date for feedback on the draft rates.
Pointing out how the Gujarat government has already doubled jantri rates in March 2023, Patel said, “We are not against the government raising the rates. But it cannot be sudden. Just 18 months ago, the government had increased the rates. Any future increase has to happen in phases.” Credai members said that the proposed hike in rates will affect ongoing projects as customers will have to pay higher stamp duty rates. Real-estate developers also said that the projects under redevelopment in urban areas like Ahmedabad will also be “unviable.”
“Real-estate projects will come to a stand-still as long as there is no clarity on the new jantri rates from the State government side,” Patel said seeking more time from the State government.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
NATAŠA JANJIĆ MEDANČIĆ pohvalila se na Instagramu “prvim Bobijem u rukama”. Glumica je, naime, na 13. Bobijevim danima smijeha u Histrionskom domu primila nagradu za najbolju glumicu festivala.
“Uvijek biram projekte tako da budu oni koje i sama želim gledati, iza kojih stojim svim bićem, koji nešto poručuju, a kad u njima još i uživam igrati, pa kad ih publika, a onda i struka prepoznaju, onda je to valjda apsolutna pobjeda!” napisala je povodom dobivanja ove nagrade na Instagram profilu.
Oduševio nas je outfit
Nataša je za dodjelu nagrada izabrala jedan trendi komad koji nam je zapeo za oko – čizme iznad koljena. Glumica je od glave do pete bila odjevena u crno, a outfit joj se sastojao od crnog sakoa, upečatljivog Bottega Veneta remena, crnih tajica i spomenutih crnih visokih čizama. Izgled je upotpunila zlatnim oversized naušnicama, koje su dodale dašak glamura i sofisticiranosti cijelom stajlingu.
Nataša je dokazala da kompletno crni outfit nipošto nije dosadan. Naprotiv, pokazala je kako crna boja uz upečatljive detalje, poput dizajnerskog remena i trendi čizama, može stvoriti moćan i nezaboravan dojam.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ako vam se svidio njezin outfit, u nastavku možete pronaći komade kojima ga možete postići.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
St. Bernard coach Bernard McCrumby decided to return to his alma mater as basketball coach this season after being head coach at Gardena Serra. So far, so good, especially after St. Bernard knocked off previously unbeaten Rolling Hills Prep 56-48 on Friday night.
St. Bernard is off to an 8-0 start behind guards Joshua Palmer and Caleb Versher. Palmer finished with 13 points and Versher 12. Kawika Suter had 18 points for Rollings Hills Prep.
Boys basketball
Cypress 86, Indian Springs 71: Kingston Birdsong made seven threes and finished with 27 points for Cypress.
Loyola 90, Los Altos 71: Quincy Watson finished with 26 points for Loyola.
Crescenta Valley 83, Canoga Park 22: Vaughn Zargarian finished with 40 points.
Tesoro 55, Edison 54: Tesoro improved to 7-1 in a Woodbridge Classic win.
Chinese smartphone manufacturer OnePlus has announced an annual investment of Rs 2,000 crores over the next three years – i.e. the company has planned a total investment of Rs 6,000 crore in India under the name Project Starlight.
The Project Starlight investment focuses on three key areas – making even more durable devices, exceptional customer service, and developing India-specific features.
The Project Starlight investment focuses on three key areas – making even more durable devices the creation of the world’s first DisplayMate A++ display and the rolling out of OnePlus’s Green Line Worry-Free Solution.
“The new display is set to premiere in an upcoming flagship device and is designed to excel in the harsh sunlight of India, redefining clarity, brightness, and colour vibrancy. The 2K 120Hz ProXDR Display’s peak brightness of 4500 nits allows for clear visibility even under the brightest sunlight, ensuring that colours remain true and images remain vivid without any washout,” the company said.
To address the ‘Green Line’ concerns seen in mobile devices across the industry, the company is adding a new protective layer to all AMOLED displays and is extending its new lifetime warranty program to all OnePlus devices against the green line on display issues.
The smartphone manufacturer will also focus on elevating the overall user experience through enhanced service quality. To ensure this, the company aims to expand its service centres by 50 per cent by mid-2026.
OnePlus has increased its service centres by 22 per cent this year, including an 11 per cent rise in exclusive service centres directly owned by the brand.
To accommodate a growing and diverse user base, OnePlus is enhancing its online service offerings, which include hotline support, WhatsApp assistance, and live chat options.
Improved training programs for technical staff will ensure prompt and effective support, while a more transparent repair process will allow users to track the progress of their service requests. Additionally, OnePlus is upgrading half of its flagship retail stores to provide a better in-store experience and is empowering third-party stores with enhanced service capabilities. All of these initiatives aim to make service more accessible and satisfying for Indian users.
Bhutan, the only country in the world that measures its GDP in happiness, is an easily accessible quick getaway. Forget visa, as an Indian national, you do not even require a passport to enter Bhutan – a Voter Identity Card will suffice. Indian currency is accepted throughout the country and you can have an unforgettable 5-6 day holiday for less than ₹1.25 lakh. Also read | Bhutan travel: How to visit the Land of Happiness on a budget in 2024
You can have an unforgettable 5-6 day holiday in Bhutan for less than ₹1.25 lakh. (Pexels)
Must see/do:
Tiger’s Nest: A must-do on every hiker’s list and perched 3,120m (10,240ft) above sea level, Tiger’s Nest (Paro Taktshang) is a revered temple and monastery built in 1692.
Get a phallic blessing: Chhimi Lhakhang is a ‘phallic’ village and in the Temple of the Divine Mad Monk (Temple of Fertility), get blessed with a consecrated wooden phallus.
Golfing on the Roof of the World: Royal Thimpu Golf Club, a 9-hole golf course, is one of the highest in the world.
Visit: Pungtang Dechen Photrang Dzong (The Palace of the Great Happiness), National Museum of Bhutan in Paro, Buddha Dordenma in Thimpu, Dechen Phrodrang, Changlimithang Stadium and Archery Ground, National Memorial Chorten, Tashicho Dzong, Dochula Pass, Punakha Dzong.
Pay attention to the hilarious road signs by Bro (Border Road Organisation). Also read | Ultimate guide to planning a trip to Bhutan for Indian tourists: Travel documents required and much more
Must eat:
Ema Datshi: A traditional Bhutanese stew made with Yak cheese and lots of chillies
Shakam Paa: Made with ground beef, dried chilies, and radish.
Jasha Maru: Very spicy dish made with chicken, garlic, onion, ginger, tomato, and onions.
Phaksha Paa: A gravy or a stew made using pork.
Zow Shungo: Made with leftover vegetables
Shakam Datshi: Made with dry ground beef and served with red rice
Puta: Buckwheat noodles
Goen Hogey: Salad
Suja: Tea made from fermented Yak butter and Yak milk.
In Paro: For traditional Bhutanese food, head to Hotel First Floor (budget), Tshernyoen’s Café for cakes, cookies, brownies; order ginger potato and pumpkin curry in Sonam Trophel Restaurant; go for a drink and dinner to Zhiwa Ling.
In Thimpu: Budget Bhutanese meals at Cypress Restaurant, Norzinn Fine Dining; order pizzas with Bhutanese toppings in Druk Pizza; for Swiss rolls, omelette, pies, doughnuts, go to Swiss Bakery; head to Bhutan Kitchen for authentic Bhutanese dinner, order an arra (local drink); have a drink in The Hub which also has live music. For Indian food, go to The Royal Dhaba.
Visa: Indian nationals can apply for a permit but are required to hold an Indian passport or an Indian voter ID card. For Indian nationals under the age of 18, a passport or a birth certificate can be used to enter and they must be accompanied by a legal guardian.
Travel insurance: The requirement for mandatory travel insurance was lifted on April 23, 2024. However, buying a travel insurance is highly recommended.
Sustainable Development Fee: The Sustainable Development Fee (SDF) is a daily levy paid by visitors to support Bhutan’s development. Indian nationals (showing a valid Indian passport or Voter ID card) pay a daily SDF of Ngultrum 1,200 (or the equivalent amount in Indian rupees) per person, per night. Children aged between 6-11 years pay INR 600 per night while children under 5 years do not pay any SDF.
Flight: Paro is the only international airport in Bhutan. Druk Air Delhi-Paro-Delhi direct Economy return flight starts at ₹49,000. Flight duration: 2hours 20 minutes.
Arriving by road: There are four official entry points by road from India: Samtse and Phuentsholing (in western Bhutan), Gelephu (in central Bhutan), and Samdrup Jongkhar (in eastern Bhutan).
Accommodation: Stay in guesthouses, they are reasonably priced. Remember, most guesthouses do not have lifts and the top floor of a guesthouse costs less than lower floors.
A guesthouse room per night costs between BTN 3,500 and BTN 8,000 while a 5-star Le Meridien Paro Riverfront in Paro will cost BTN 51,000 + taxes per night and Pemako Hotel in Thimpu is BTN 59,000 + taxes per night.
Currency: Bhutan’s currency is called Bhutanese Ngultrum (BTN). 1 BTN = 1 INR.
Getting Around: The most convenient way to travel in Bhutan is to hire a vehicle and driver from a car rental company or a tourism service provider. Use the Druk Ride app. Self-drive car rentals are not available.
The Royal Bhutan Helicopter Services Limited (RBHSL) is available for private hire. Note that helicopters only fly in clear and calm weather conditions. Also read | Year-end travel 2023: Have ₹1 lakh? Go to Bhutan
Visit Bhutan, one of the happiest countries in the world.(Pexels)
Money-saving tips:
Travel in a large group, you’ll save big on guide fee (usually BTN 2,000 a day).
Buses are much cheaper than a shared taxi between cities that will cost about BTN 500 per person; bus ride will cost one-third of that.
If you are travelling in a group of six, a full taxi hire for sightseeing or travel averages around BTN 3,500 for up to 100kms.
Buy from street vendors or directly from the source, you’ll save at least 50% as compared to the Emporium prices.
You’ll save a lot if you enter Bhutan through land (convenient from Bagdogra, Guwahati) but the journey is arduous.
Dos & Don’ts:
Maintain silence when visiting any sacred site.
Seek permission if you want to photograph those praying or participating in holy festivals. Ensure you do not stand between religious observers and an altar.
Remove caps and hats when visiting sacred sites or meeting elders. If seated on the floor with a monk, nun, elder or host, it’s advisable to sit cross-legged.
When visiting a temple, wear long-sleeved dress and cover your legs.
Remove your shoes upon entering sacred sites and refrain from taking photos inside holy sites.
Do not sit on the lamas’ sacred thrones inside temples, or touch any religious items or paintings.
Hunting and fishing are illegal in most of Bhutan.
Do not venture into the wild without an accredited guide.
Smoking is strictly prohibited all over Bhutan and it is illegal to sell or buy tobacco products in Bhutan.
The export of all antiques is strictly prohibited and monitored.
After six official outings across 12 years, Roger Moore starred in his final James Bond movie in 1985.
Named after Ian Fleming’s short story From a View to a Kill, the 57-year-old 007 starred opposite Christopher Walken’s Max Zorin.
The Bond villain’s dastardly plan saw him plotting to destroy his company’s competition in Silicon Valley by triggering a massive earthquake in the San Andreas Fault and causing a flood.
Originally, Walken’s Bond villain was actually set to be played by David Bowie, who was announced as Zorin during early publicity for A View to a Kill in 1984.
Having initially accepted the role, he later turned it down despite the script being written with a pop star in mind.
The Ziggy Stardust singer told NME in 1984: “Yes, I was offered that. I think for an actor it’s probably an interesting thing to do. But I think that for somebody from rock it’s more of a clown performance. And I didn’t want to spend five months watching my double fall off mountains.”
Nevertheless, Bowie’s contemporary pop star Grace Jones was cast as Bond girl May Day. She later shared in her autobiography how both Sting and Mick Jagger were offered Zorin too, but turned down the villain, so the role finally went to Walken.
If that wasn’t enough, Elvis’ ex-wife Priscilla Presley was originally set to play Bond girl Stacey Sutton. However, the mother of Lisa Marie Presley couldn’t get around her contract for the TV show Dallas and so the role went to Tanya Roberts. Additionally, A View to a Kill’s script saw The Spy Who Loved Me Bond girl Barbara Bach reprising her role as Major Anya Amasova. However, Sir Ringo Starr’s wife decided not to return, so the part was rewritten for the new character, Pola Ivanova, played by Fiona Fullerton.
Arise Racing GT made its first visit to Australia’s greatest racetrack – Mt Panorama in Bathurst – in November and claimed the Fanatec GT World Challenge Australia championship in its debut season.
Now Arise has confirmed it’ll head back to ‘The Mountain’ in January in the search for more trophies.
The West Australian-based team, which has the factory blessing of Ferrari, has confirmed it’ll take its pair of 296 GT3 racers to the 2025 Bathurst 12 Hour.
The team will split its two models though, with one competing in the Pro Class and one in Pro-Am, though both will compete for outright victory.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Image credit: Race Project
Arise Racing GT owner Laurence Escalante has deep ties to Ferrari as a major sponsor of the Italian brand’s Formula 1 team and was personally selected to run the 296 GT3 program in Australia.
Despite the team’s immediate success in the local GT racing scene, the 12 Hour race will be a tougher challenge, as not only is it the longest race of its kind in Australia, it also attracts international teams backed by the factories as well.
There will also be pressure on Arise to uphold Ferrari’s honour at the Bathurst endurance race with the 458 GT3 winning in 2014 and the 488 GT3 claiming the race in 2017.
Since 2020 no Ferrari has competed, so Arise is bringing the Prancing Horse back to the mountain and gunning for a third win for the brand.
Image credit: Race Project
“The 2025 Bathurst 12 Hour has been the ultimate goal of the Arise Racing GT program from the very start, and given Ferrari’s previous 12 Hour success, we feel like we have massive shoes to fill,” said Jordan Oon, Arise Racing GT Team Principal.
“The car performed brilliantly at the final GTWCA round which is credit to Ferrari and Oreca for producing such a great package in the 296, and we cannot wait to push it to its limits in one of the most demanding endurance events in the world.”
The team hasn’t announced drivers for either entry, though the teams quartet of Chaz Mostert, Liam Talbot, Jaxon Evans and Elliott Schutte are all likely to figure, but the team could also draft in international aces to strengthen their chances of a strong result.
Image credit: Race Project
Ferrari has factory GT drivers it can loan to its customer teams for these type of marquee events and Arise has its own international connections it can work.
“We’re in the final stages of securing some fantastic driver lineups and are thrilled for the opportunity to compete among the best GT3 Teams from both Australia and across the globe,” Mr Oon said.
“As always, I need to thank Lance East Exotics, and the team – their hard work and dedication have been the reason behind our success, now it’s time to take on Bathurst!”
The 2025 Bathurst 12 Hour will run from January 31 to February 2, with the race starting at 5:45am AEDT.
While entries are still coming in for the race, MotoGP legend Valentino Rossi has confirmed he plans to compete again in a factory-backed BMW M4 GT3.
The Reserve Bank of India’s Monetary Policy Committee on Friday announced that it will be adding another medium of communication of through podcasts.
The decision was taken by a six member committee led by Das after a two day meeting
The Reserve Bank of India announced on Friday that it will introduce podcasts as an additional communication tool. The announcement, made by Governor Shaktikanta Das during his final speech of the term, is part of the RBI’s ongoing efforts to enhance engagement and transparency.
The decision was taken by the six-member committee, led by Das, after a two-day meeting that began on December 4. This new initiative aims to broaden the RBI’s communication channels, making information more accessible to the public.
While keeping the key interest rate unchanged due to inflation risks, the RBI reduced the Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) for banks, boosting the liquidity available to lenders and supporting a slowing economy. During the policy meeting, Governor Das highlighted discussions on improving financial literacy through innovative tools like podcasts.
“Over the years, the Reserve Bank has expanded its communication toolkit to enhance transparency and better connect with the public. In line with this, we propose to introduce ‘podcasts’ as part of our communication strategy for broader dissemination of information,” said Governor Das at the press conference.
In addition to this, the RBI took a significant step last month in promoting financial literacy by creating five booklets in Santali (Ol Chik) language. These booklets, targeting schoolchildren, farmers, entrepreneurs, self-help groups, and senior citizens, cover topics such as financial products and services, best financial practices, digital banking, and consumer protection.
The central bank also recently organized events, including a quiz competition for students, to further its financial literacy efforts.
During the meeting, the RBI also discussed the role of artificial intelligence (AI) and its potential risks. As part of this, the bank announced plans to establish a committee to develop a framework for the “Responsible and Ethical Enablement of AI” in the financial sector (FREE-AI).
Furthermore, the RBI’s Innovation Hub in Bengaluru has launched MuleHunter.AI, an AI-powered tool designed to help banks detect and manage mule accounts, which are often used in digital fraud.
The next MPC meeting is scheduled for February 5 or 7, 2025.
Ethereum has crossed the $4,000 mark for the first time since reaching its all-time high, signaling a major milestone. Bitcoin, on the other hand, has faced some volatility. Recently, the market saw a significant outflow of half a billion dollars in just 60 minutes, leading to concerns about Bitcoin’s price action. At the time of writing, Bitcoin is trading at $99,500 levels.
On The Paul Barron Network, analyst The Trading Parrot, said that Ethereum’s price surge comes after a strong bounce from support levels around $2.3k to $2.4k in September. This recent breakout feels different from previous attempts at $4K, as it’s the third time Ethereum has tested this level, and there’s hope that it will sustain above $4K this time.
Bullish Momentum and Future Targets
The excitement around Ethereum’s breakout is fueled by strong momentum, with the price pushing higher after October’s breakout. The analyst has set a target range of $6.8K to $8.5K based on Fibonacci retracement levels, especially following the market’s recovery from the 2022 bear market.
Market Factors Driving the Surge
Several factors are contributing to Ethereum’s rise, including Layer 1 revenue growth, competition from Layer 2 solutions, and the upcoming Dencun upgrade, which is expected to lower fees for Ethereum users in March 2024. Despite lower fees, Ethereum’s base layer has still generated around $10.9 million in December, indicating strong underlying demand.
Ethereum ETF Inflows and Market Timing
Ethereum’s performance is also supported by growing interest from institutional investors. The launch of Ethereum ETFs has been a game-changer, with $800 million flowing into Ethereum over the past five days alone, totaling $2.6 billion since the ETF’s launch in July. This surge in institutional inflows could be contributing to the current bullish trend.
While lightsabers are (still) a thing of fantasy, a new toy comes close to replicating the real thing without costing a fortune. The $50 Power Saber not only lights up, but it extends on its own, giving the effect of firing up a real lightsaber to battle against a Sith Lord. The sound effects make the experience all the more immersive. You can choose from red or green, depending on what side of the Force your giftee is drawn to. It’s become a go-to gift for CNET’s Russel Holly.
Furby interactive plush toy
Furby is back and better than ever. It comes with five voice modes, a bunch of dance moves and more than 600 unique responses, including phrases, jokes, songs and more. Plus, it can glow in the dark. It can communicate with other Furbies too and is quite huggable. Past concerns about the Furby can be kicked to the curb — there’s no Wi-Fi connectivity, no app and no LCD screen eyes. Basically, it’s more doll than robot, which is a huge plus.
This toy is a classic, and it offers endless possibilities of play, which is why our CNET editors love it and it’s one of our top picks. “My kids have used these magnetic construction tiles for building everything from princess castles to parking garages,” says CNET’s Desiree DeNunzio. “Kids can play with it for years, starting from age two up until five or six.”
Hex Bots Wall Crawler Gecko
CNET’s Bridget Carey says this won her over “both as a mom and as someone who delights in making my co-workers squirm.” By using a remote — that can be as far as 25 feet away — you can make it scale walls or perform spin tricks, she explains. To charge it, there’s a USB-C port and you’ll need two AAA batteries for the remote.
Read our review here.
If your little one has been begging for a dog and you’re apprehensive about all the responsibility, Dog-E may be the pet for you. Although WowWee’s Dog-E isn’t the first robot dog to hit the toy market, this pup has a bunch of unique features that make it stand out from the pack (no pun intended). Each Dog-E is unique in their colored light designs and personality traits — you won’t know which version you’ve got until it’s out of the box. There are over 200 sounds and reactions to expect with your new robot pup, including real dog sounds, tail wagging and a cute little run. An accompanying mobile app adds further interactive play, allowing you to teach it tricks and track its basic needs.
Read our WowWee Dog-E Robot Dog review.
WowWee Fingerlings Interactive Baby Monkey
Fingerlings are back, and these finger monkeys are more than meets the eye. Equipped with more sensors, these fuzzy cuties know when they’re on your finger and have more animated features than ever before. Each monkey in the set comes in a different color and personality, which means they’re programmed with a variety of different reactions. Might as well collect them all.
Thames & Kosmos Gecko Run: Marble Run Starter Set
This isn’t just any old marble set. This version is more like a gecko, with suction cups that let the chutes and funnels climb up and down your walls. “Kids drop in the included marbles and watch gravity take its course as they roll down and drop from piece-to-piece,” explains CNET’s Bree Fowler. “Of course, it doesn’t work perfectly each time and marbles go flying, but that’s half the fun and how kids learn; they can adjust the pieces and try again.” Expansion sets are available too and include fun add-ons, like loops and trampolines.
Bitzee Interactive Digital Pet
Bitzee is a screen-free interactive pet that kids can play with, care for and take with them anywhere. It loves treats and is reactive to touch, swipes and other movement. Each one begins as a baby and grows through three evolutionary stages, culminating in a final stage that unlocks a special game. Fifteen interactive animals — like a cat, unicorn and bunny — can be unlocked the more your kiddo plays with Bitzee.
This cool 3D printing pen lets kids create anything they could possibly imagine out of plastic filaments. It’s slim and light, making it easy for small hands to hold, and it’s great introduction to the world of 3D printing. The pen melts sticks of plastic so kids can draw them into any shape, and the nozzle and melted plastic aren’t hot, so it won’t burn little hands. CNET’s Bridget Carey confirms, “I’ve tested it; you can put the tip to your skin and draw on your finger. I had no worries giving it to my kids.”
Loog Mini Electric Guitar
If your child has expressed an interest in playing an instrument, this is a great starter instrument and teaches kids how to play songs via flashcards and video lessons. It’s a three-string guitar, has a built-in amp and speaker and comes in six fun colors, from light blue to red to pink. To make the gift complete, you can also get a strap ($19) and carrying case ($39).
Lexibook Harry Potter Electronic Chess Set
Chess took off among kids a couple of years ago, and it’s still going strong. This chess set makes a great gift for Potterheads who are also chess fans — or aspiring chess fans. The keyboard has light and sound effects and players can choose from 64 levels of difficulty. There’s also a training mode, which lets a player know if the move they just made is a good one and lets them try again.
Moonlite Storytime Mini Projector with Eric Carle Stories
Bedtime stories get a huge boost with this Moonlite Storytime mini projector. It attaches to the flashlight on your cell phone so that you can project each “page” of a story onto the while while it plays sound effects as you read along to your child. The projector is easy to use and gets kids excited about reading and bedtime — win, win. This set includes four Eric Carle classics: The Very Hungry Caterpillar, The Very Busy Spider, Brown Bear Brown Bear and Mister Seahorse.
Watch this: Coolest Toys With a Tech Twist
Best STEM toys
Snap Circuits Jr. Electronics Exploration Kit
Snap Circuits are the perfect gift for curious kids. There are over 100 electronic projects possible with this STEM set, which is best for ages eight and up. Build a flashlight, photo sensor, siren and more. The best part is, kids will learn about the fundamentals of electricity as they play.
National Geographic Mega Slime Kit & Putty Lab
All kids love slime. And this STEM kit from National Geographic comes with eight varieties of the substance. Magnetic putty, glow-in-the-dark putty, fluffy slime and color-changing slime are just some of what you can expect to find in this box. There’s education to be found here too, as an enclosed learning guide explores the science behind all this goo.
ThinkFun Gravity Maze Marble Run Brain Game
This is an award-winning STEM toy and for good reason. Aside from being a lot of fun, it also requires a lot of critical thinking. Players can choose from 60 different challenges at various difficulty levels, from beginner to expert.
Thames & Kosmos Pinball Machine Maker
Kids who enjoy building will love this DIY kit. They can put together a real pinball machine that uses gumballs as the pinballs. Bonus: This kit isn’t all fun and games — it’s a STEM project in disguise. Lessons in motion, gears, gravity, force and more are embedded in this cool gift.
Best action toys and collectibles
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Mutant Mayhem Pizza Fire Delivery Van
Cowabunga! This Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Pizza Fire Delivery Van brings the Mutant Mayhem fun to life. The van has room for all four turtles and Master Splinter and it comes equipped with a fully functional pizza cannon. Eight pizzas can fit in this handy weapon, which will surely stop Super Fly and his minions in their tracks. And hey, after their battle is over, the gang can snag a pie for a well-earned snack.
Little Live Pets My Baby Monkey
This baby monkey, Mango, is super soft and also interactive. His hands can even grip and hold onto things, like his bottle. But that’s not all — he has over 50 sounds and reactions as your child plays with him.
Mattel Jurassic World Dominion Super Colossal Giganotosaurus
This is the mother of all dinosaur toys. At over three feet long, Super Colossal Giganotosaurus is an impressive play thing. He can gobble up action figures (and luckily, you can rescue them via his belly) and generally wreak havoc. Pro tip: He’s best for ages four and up.
Beast Lab: Shark Beast Creator
This unique experiment-based set is here to save the world. No, seriously: The Beast Lab poses the idea that the only way to protect humanity is with Beasts. Shark Beasts, to be specific. Thankfully, your child will get two in this set — the Havoc Hammerhead and Mayhem Megashark. Adorned with over 80 lights and sounds, and a collection of important ingredients — like Roar Rocks and Fossil Fragments — your kid will mix these oddities together to create the ultimate Beast. Once that’s done, it’s world-saving time. Hey, no pressure.
Best games for kids
Harry Potter Monopoly: A Magical Adventure at Hogwarts
This gift combines two of our favorite things: Monopoly and Harry Potter. It’s ideal for family game night and fun for all ages. It features a Hogwarts-themed gameboard and golden tokens to travel around with, like The Knight Bus and Hogwarts Express.
For more fun tabletop games for kids, be sure to check out our gift guide of our favorite board games to give for the holidays in 2024.
Klask: An Epic Magnetic Battle
If your child is a foosball or air hockey fan, they’ll love this game, which is a combo of both. (And you’ll probably love it too.) Since it comes assembled, put it on any tabletop surface and you can start to play immediately. (When you’ll stop playing is the question.)
Taco Cat Goat Cheese Pizza Card Game
If your kids like high-energy card games like Uno, they’ll love this. Taco Cat Goat Cheese Pizza is highly addictive and great for game nights. Up to eight people can play at once and everyone takes turns flipping over a card, saying a word — Taco, Goat and so on — while flipping. If the spoken word matches whatever card is being flipped, everyone tries to slap their hand down. The last person to do so has to take the stack. Trust us, it’s fun. CNET contributor Oliver Haslam says, “It might be the most fun I’ve had with a card game since forever, and it made our recent vacation very memorable.”
It’s like Magic: The Gathering, but with everything Disney. This trading card game is easy to learn for kids ages eight and up. And kids who are a little younger can join in with help from an adult. CNET’s James Bricknell ranked it as one of the top family games of the year, saying, “It’s clearly been worked on for a long time, as it feels like a game that’s existed forever. It’s so well-polished.”
Best tech toys
This is a pricey one, but it’s worth putting on your child’s toy list. You can give them hours of entertainment playing Animal Crossing: New Horizons, Mario Kart, Zelda, Just Dance or whatever games they’re into. The new OLED model has a sharper, larger screen than the original model. And the Switch is definitely a better console for younger kids than the more expensive Xbox Series X and PlayStation 5. We also love that the Switch can be played on a TV or hand-held.
Amazon Echo Dot Kids, 5th Gen
Echo Dot Kids offers all the smarts of Amazon’s Alexa smart assistant, but with parental controls and a cute design. Choose from a dragon or an owl — kids can even customize Alexa’s voice to make it a dragon or owl character. Kids can use it for playing music, setting an alarm, playing interactive games and more. Bonus: The white noise is great for kids who need some extra help sleeping.
GoCube – Smart Cube 3D Puzzle
If you’ve always wanted to know how to complete a Rubik’s cube, but could never get the hang of it, now’s your chance, CNET’s James Bricknell says. The GoCube connects to your phone or tablet and takes you through the steps of solving a cube using “algorithms,” so to speak. “It’s the first time I’ve felt I had a handle on manipulating a puzzle cube without it being completely random,” he says. “Learning a new skill as a dad, especially one that can impress your kids, is always worthwhile — and the app even lets you play battle games with your kids to make it more family-oriented.”
Hot Wheels id Smart Track
Playing with Hot Wheels has never been so cool. The Hot Wheels id Smart Track brings speed, stunts and a variety of mini games to the iconic race car brand. The track’s booster can launch cars upwards of 900 mph (at scale), and thanks to the interactive gaming component, you can scan different cars, track speeds and race to your heart’s content. Two exclusive Hot Wheels id cars come with it.
Best building toys
Magna-Tiles Construction Set
This is a great beginner building set for kids who are obsessed with construction vehicles. It’s also a great add-on for kids who already have a Magna-Tiles set. It comes with two extendable cranes, a truck chassis, bricks, and pieces for building a road.
Lego Super Mario Adventures Starter Course Set
Inspired by Nintendo’s iconic video game characters, this toy brings Mario to life. He’s got color sensors, LCD screens in his eyes and his mouth and belly are programmed with over 100 different reactions and movements. Mario must collect virtual coins as he travels through the buildable course. A Goomba figure, Bowser Jr., and seven actionable bricks also come with the set. A mobile app offers further connectivity, giving more ways to play.
Tiny Land Glow Fort-Building Kit
It’s a fact that kids love forts. And when they’re glow-in-the-dark, it’s’s next-level. With this kit, children can spend countless hours building a variety of structures with the 130 pieces included with it. Caves, tunnels, rockets and houses — the sky’s the limit for what can be constructed. Every parent knows their little one will eventually seek out their own safe space, and a fort is the perfect place for them to get some me-time. Plus, this thing is pretty darn cool.
Lego Disney Stitch Toy-Building Kit
Lilo & Stitch fans will love piecing together this Lego Stitch. Once he’s put together, he can move — his ears go up and down and his head can turn too. Some fun accessories also come with this kit, a buildable flower and ice cream cone for Stitch.
Best toys for toddlers
Sesame Street Elmo Slide!
Sesame Street’s Elmo never goes out of style. This 14-inch tall interactive doll encourages movement and singing and will get your little one up and dancing. Like the Just Play Elmo Plush, your kiddo can press Elmo’s right hand to play a game of “Elmo Says” — a fun, preschool-friendly riff on “Simon Says.” He can also speak in Spanish, as well as in English, which is another bonus.
KiwiCo Bake-a-Cake Stand Mixer
A great gift for pretend play that will keep little hands busy for hours. “My two-year-old loves ‘helping’ me in the kitchen, and she likes it even better when I help her bake goodies with her own KiwiCo stand mixer and accessories,” says CNET contributor Deena Shinn. “We pretend to crack eggs and pour in the sugar to whip up birthday cakes, much to her delight.”
Playfoam Naturals Shape & Learn Letters & Numbers
If you’re not wanting to bring slime into your home, Playfoam Naturals offers a sensory-satisfying product that’s fun to play with. This kit is great for preschool learning and allows your little one to exercise their fine motor skills while learning to squish this plant-based substance into letters and numbers.
Bumpas Weighted Plush Cuddle Pal
If you’re looking for a cool sensory toy, check out the Bumpas weighted plush doll. These wide-eyed stuffies come with weighted arms that can sit on your little one’s shoulders, be a pillow buddy or act as a weighted blanket for extra comfort and emotional support. Sometimes, a simple Bumpas hug is all someone needs to feel better.
What are the top retailers to shop for toy gifts?
The top retailers to shop for toy gifts include Target, Walmart, Amazon and Toys R Us. These stores have large varieties of toys for every age group, and stock toys from top brands such as Hasbro and Lego. GameStop is a good option for toys, figurines and games for older kids. It’s also worth checking out individual toy brand websites, including Lego, Disney, Nintendo and even Mattel, since they often have exclusive items you won’t find elsewhere.
Do toy prices go down after Christmas?
Generally, the cheapest prices we see all year for the hottest toys and games are during Black Friday or Cyber Monday. You might, however, see markdowns after Christmas on toys that didn’t sell as well. Store such as Target and Walmart are likely to mark down toys after Christmas, but it’s usually the leftovers. If you want a specific toy this holiday season, try snapping it up during Black Friday or Cyber Monday, or else you risk it selling out.
What are great toys for both girls and boys?
First, let’s be clear that any type of toy is good for any kid, regardless of gender. Age and interests are much better starting points when hunting for a gift, because that dictates how complicated the toy can be and helps narrow down the category. That said, there are toys that have had universal appeal among all genders for many decades. Here are just a few:
An outbreak of a mystery illness dubbed “Disease X” has killed dozens in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), health officials say.
Up to 143 people have died from the infectious disease, the country’s deputy provincial governor, Rémy Saki, told the Associated Press on Tuesday.
The deaths occurred in the Panzi health zone of Kwango province between Nov. 10 and Nov. 25, AP reported this week.
DEADLY OUTBREAK OF MARBURG, OR ‘BLEEDING EYE VIRUS,’ LEADS TO TRAVEL ADVISORY
Primary symptoms include fever, headache, cough and difficulty breathing.
Most of those affected are children younger than 5 years old.
An outbreak of a mysterious illness dubbed “Disease X” has killed dozens in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), health officials say.(iStock)
“At the Emergency Operation Center for Public Health and at the INSP [National Institute of Public Health] — which is in maximum alert mode — we’ve already positioned central-level teams who will leave within 24 hours to join the [local] health zone,” said Dr. Dieudonné Mwamba, the director general of INSP, speaking in French at a press briefing on Thursday.
BIRD FLU SURGES IN SEVERAL US STATES WITH REPORTS OF NEW OUTBREAKS: ‘GETTING WORSE’
The DRC’s provincial health minister, Apollinaire Yumba, urged residents to be cautious and to avoid contact with dead bodies to prevent infection, AP reported.
The country is also requesting medical supplies.
“There is a lack of medicines and medical supplies, since the disease is not yet known.”
The first cases of Disease X were reported on Oct. 24, but health authorities were not notified until Dec. 1, according to reports.
Jean Kaseya, director of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, spoke at a press conference on Thursday.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“We have a delay of almost five to six weeks, and in five to six weeks, so many things can happen,” Kaseya said.
“Ongoing testing will help us to understand what is the issue.”
Up to 143 people have died from the infectious disease, the country’s deputy provincial governor, Rémy Saki, told the Associated Press on Tuesday.(iStock)
Lucien Lufutu, president of the civil society consultation framework of Kwango province, who is in Panzi, told the AP that the local hospital is not equipped to treat the influx of ill patients.
“There is a lack of medicines and medical supplies, since the disease is not yet known, most of the population is treated by traditional practitioners,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
When contacted by Fox News Digital, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) said it is aware of reports of an illness in southwest DRC.
“U.S. government staff, including those from U.S. CDC’s country office in Kinshasa, are in contact with DRC’s Ministry of Health and stand ready to provide additional support if needed,” a spokesperson said.
The first cases of Disease X were reported on Oct. 24, but health authorities were not notified until Dec. 1, according to reports.(iStock)
The Congo is already grappling with an ongoing outbreak of mpox, a viral disease caused by an orthopoxvirus. A global emergency was declared in August.
In recent weeks, health officials have reported between 200 and 300 confirmed mpox cases weekly, according to data from the World Health Organization (WHO).
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Fox News Digital also reached out to the Africa CDC and WHO requesting additional comment.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Move over Zomato and Swiggy, there’s a new food delivery service in town, and it’s powered by pure love and cuteness! An Instagram reel shared by the handle ‘@twinsmomtales’ has gone viral for all the right reasons, showing a little boy on a baby tricycle delivering parathas inside his house with a style and speed that even professional couriers would envy. In the clip, the child is seen on his tricycle going around the house. He heads straight to the kitchen, where his mother hands him a plate of parathas. Instead of balancing it precariously in his tiny hands, the clever lad lifts the seat of his tricycle to reveal a secret compartment — possibly his personal delivery box. Safely tucking the plate under the seat, he zooms off to another room, where his father is seated for a meal. The little delivery champ takes the parathas out, places them on the plate, and is rewarded with a warm hug by his dad.
Also Read:Parents’ Hilarious Reaction To Son Ordering Outside Food Is Oh-So-Relatable
A text on the video reads, “Food delivery faster than Zomato and Swiggy.” Even the post’s caption compared Zomato and Swiggy with the little boy, playfully declaring him the ultimate delivery service.
Take a look at the clip here:
With over 13.7 lakh likes and 21 million views, the reel has gone viral on Instagram, sparking joy and laughter across social media. Swiggy’s official accounts couldn’t resist commenting either.
Also Read: Dad Catches Kid Trying To Take Meat From Oven – Video Has Over 55 Million Views
Swiggy cheekily admitted defeat with, “Yahan hum nahi jeet sakte (We can’t win here),” while Swiggy Instamart joined the banter with, “Competition badhiya ja raha hai (The competition is going great).” Swiggy Genie rounded things off with their comment, “Humari taraf se 5-star rating (5-star rating from our side).”
The comments section continued to overflow with adoration and humour from viewers. One user gushed, “Delivering right into the plate with love.” Another, with a playful touch, said, “Rating de dena! (Don’t forget to give a rating).”
With his tricycle and a plate of love, this “personal delivery boy” has truly won hearts across the internet.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-06/China-calls-for-enhanced-economic-financial-cooperation-with-France-1z79f8gaMX6/img/0abd2fd414b34f1f8369b3947effdf35/0abd2fd414b34f1f8369b3947effdf35.jpeg' alt='Image of Chinese (R) and French national flags. /CFP'
Chinese Vice Premier He Lifeng on Thursday held talks via video links with French Minister of Economy, Finance and Industrial and Digital Sovereignty Antoine Armand.
The two sides had an in-depth exchange of views on recent economic and financial cooperation between the two countries and issues of common concern.
He, the Chinese lead person of the China-France High Level Economic and Financial Dialogue, said the two sides should faithfully implement the important consensus reached by the two heads of state, further deepen cooperation in economic, financial and other fields, strengthen complementarity, work for mutual benefit and win-win results, and push for the steady and sound development of China-France economic and trade cooperation.
As the French lead person of the dialogue, Armand said France is willing to enhance coordination with China to constantly expand bilateral cooperation to a wider range and a deeper level.
Ziihera’s addition as a category 2A treatment follows the FDA’s accelerated approval of the drug for adults with previously treated, unresectable, or metastatic HER2-positive biliary tract cancer.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Karyn! Read my introduction to learn more about me and meet my five hilarious cats: Clutch, Cyril, Alex, Zelda, and Zazzles.
Just the other day I was working on an article for our canine counterpart, Dogster, called “How Do I Know If My Dog Is Healthy?” and it made me think about how I perform a basic health check on a cat. I had a flashback to the Covid lockdowns, and how we often relied on owners to examine their cats at home to help us decide if they needed to be brought into the vet clinic. In veterinary practice, these basic checks are something we do dozens of times a day, hundreds of times a week. But I started to think about how overwhelming it may be for someone who has never done one.
So, with the help of my somewhat willing volunteers, I am going to show you how to perform a basic physical examination of your cat at home using a checklist. This can be a useful tool for remote vet checks, but it’s also a great way to monitor health conditions and get a clearer idea of response to treatment.
Of course, a home health check is NOT a substitute for a complete veterinary examination, and there are limits to what we can measure outside the vet clinic. But feeling more confident about how to check your cat’s health at home can allow you to pick up potential problems sooner, which is particularly useful when dealing with a species that is notorious for hiding signs of illness and pain.
The Ten-Minute Health Check
Click here to download and print our health checklist!
You can use this checklist to help guide you through this basic examination and record what you find. It’s a good idea to fill out the checklist at, or just after, a check up at the vet. That way you will have an accurate weight measurement, and you can find out what your pet’s ideal weight is.
The only equipment you’re going to need is a watch/clock and a rectal thermometer, which you can purchase specifically or commandeer from your first aid supplies – just be sure to label it clearly and keep it separate from any human equipment!
TPR
Temperature, pulse, and respiration: the hallmark of examination, patient monitoring, and triage.
Heart Rate
We’re not using a stethoscope, and this does not replace a cardiac auscultation. We are simply measuring the heart rate. You can either take a reading over a full 60 seconds or for 15 seconds and multiply it by four. There are a few places that you can use to check your cat’s heart rate:
Respiratory Rate
This will fluctuate a lot when your cat is awake, so wait for them to be asleep to take this reading. Fortunately, that is very easy when it comes to cats!
Temperature
Clutch is now regretting volunteering
Most cats will strongly object to having their temperature taken, and it’s not something you should risk harming them or yourself over. If you can’t get a thermometer in for a rectal temperature, have a feel of their ears, nose, and paw pads. Although this won’t give you an accurate temperature measurement, it can give you an idea of whether they feel warm or cold, in relation to the ambient temperature. For example, warm ears on a cold day may indicate a fever.
Always take the temperature last, as pulse and respiratory rate are likely to go up once that thermometer gets near their bottom, and be sure to use a personal lubricant or Vaseline on the thermometer!
Gums
Healthy gums should be salmon pink and feel moist to the touch. Many cats have dark brown or black pigment on their gums, making this a little harder to assess, but you should be able to find an area without pigmentation to use.
CRT
Capillary refill time (CRT) can give us an indication of blood pressure, anemia, or blood loss. Find a pink area of the gum and carefully push your finger against the gum so that it blanches white. Measure how long it takes for the color to return.
Normal CRT is around 1-2 seconds.
Ocular Exam
We’re not going to get too complicated with this one. These checks will just give us an idea if there is any pain or vision loss.
Eyes
Are they of equal size and appearance? Is there any redness or discoloration?
Pupils
Are they the same size? Do they constrict (get smaller) in the light and dilate (get larger) in the dark?
Dazzle
If you flash a torch/bright light into the eyes, do they close their eyes?
Menace
Hold one hand over one eye, and with the other hand, quickly approach the open eye as if you are going to hit it, but stop about 8 inches from the face – does the eye close? Repeat on the other side.
Comfort
Do they mind if you push gently on the eye over the eyelid?
Gastrointestinal System
Some basic questions to answer are:
Has your cat’s appetite been normal? Increased? Decreased?
Has there been any vomiting or diarrhea?
Is their abdomen comfortable and soft if you push on it, or does it seem tense, painful, or bloated?
Skin
Skin problems can be quite involved, and if your cat has any obvious or significant skin issues, they will need a separate examination with your vet. In this situation, we’re just looking for any early or subtle signs of a problem (or lack of one!). Don’t forget to check the ears and feet.
You want to look for redness, greasy coat or skin, scabs, crusts, or bald patches. This is also a good time to feel over their body for any lumps or swellings. Use the diagram on the checklist to make notes of any lumps you find.
Musculoskeletal Exam
Flexing the shoulder
Cats are great at just getting on with their day, and this often results in owners getting the impression that they aren’t in any pain. The fact is that if your cat has any lameness or changes in how they walk (gait), it is a sign of pain or a neurological issue, so being able to check this at home can fast-track your cat to the treatment they need.
Be aware that cats aren’t always the most cooperative to this sort of examination, but do what you can!
Here are some things to look out for:
Gait
Is there any sign of lameness or unusual limb movements? Are they scraping the claws on any feet?
Neck
Carefully move your cat’s head to point up, down, left, and right, making note of any stiffness or pain.
Spine
Slowly run the palm of your hand over your cat’s back, using medium/firm pressure. Look for any flinching or turning of their head, and make notes on the diagram of any areas that seem to trigger a reaction.
Tail
Check for changes in position, pain, or swellings, and be sure to check upper and lower sides.
Gotta check the toe beans!
Limbs
Systematically work your way up from the toes to the shoulder and hip, gently squeezing along the limb, and flexing/extending each joint, watching your cat’s face as you do it. Most cats will growl if the pain is bad enough, but others may just turn their heads, tense their body, or hold their breath when you find an area of discomfort.
Make note of any suspect areas on the diagram. You might want to use a scale of 1-3 to rate reactions from mild to severe.
Conscious Proprioception (CP)
This is a quick way to get an idea of any neurological deficits/spinal issues affecting the hind legs. When you position the hind foot with the upper side of the toes facing the ground, the foot should reposition itself immediately. This is a postural reflex action. If there is a delay in the messages between the foot and the spine or the brain, this reflex can be delayed or absent. If there is a delay, try to measure how long it takes for the foot to return to its normal position.
And That’s It!
In less time than it would take to enjoy a cup of coffee, you’ve performed a basic health check on your cat. Perhaps it’s flagged up a problem you weren’t aware of, shown you how they are responding to some medication, or given you peace of mind that your pet is fighting fit.
Please remember this is just one part of monitoring your cat’s health, and is not a replacement for a check-up with your vet, but it may help to pinpoint a problem and help your vet decide what next steps are needed.
Happy health checking!
Don’t forget: Click here to download and print our health checklist!
This article is a part of Dr. Karyn’s series with her five hilarious cats.
Small and medium real estate investment trusts (SM REITs) will have their own self-regulatory organisation as an apex body, a move that is being favoured by Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), sources said.
SM REITs, formerly fractional ownership platforms that have just started registering with SEBI, will not be brought under the ambit of the Indian REITs Association, they said.
According to the sources, the regulator feels that SM REITs need to be regulated differently from the traditional REITs and should have their own apex organisation to deal with their unique characteristics. An apex organisation is likely to be formed soon as there are already three registered SM REITs – Property Share Investment Trust, Impact R SM REIT, and Emberstone SM REIT.
IRA, the non-profit organisation set up under the guidance of SEBI, has the four larger listed REITs as its members. The four REITs are Embassy Office Parks REIT, Mindspace Business Parks REIT, Brookfield Indian Real Estate Trust, and Nexus Select Trust.
While fractional ownership platforms were brought under the ambit of REIT regulations through an amendment in March 2024 and notification of the new regulatory framework, they function a bit differently from the traditional REITs.
They also invest in and develop commercial real estate assets in which investors can participate through subscribing to units, but when raising funds they function like mutual funds. Each property or asset added is associated with a scheme for which funds are raised through an issue of units. They have multiple scheme structures and different assets may be put under different schemes.
PropShare SM REIT IPO
Meanwhile, SM REITs are closely following the fortunes of Property Share’s and the country’s first SM REIT IPO scheme, PropShare Platina, raising ₹353 crore with a price band of ₹10-10.5 lakh per unit. A lot will depend on the response that the REIT garners from investors.
The issue is open from December 2-4 and exchange data showed that it has been subscribed 0.08 times and institutional investors have not yet bid for the units on offer.
A top official of a SM REIT, which is awaiting SEBI approval for its registration, said that if the response were poor, they would likely look at raising a lower amount rather than the ₹500 crore they are planning.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
CIJENE 30 proizvoda i dalje su ograničene, još od rujna 2022. godine, a trgovcima u slučaju njihova nepoštovanja prijete kazne.
Iz Državnog inspektorata za Mirovina.hr otkrivaju da su obavili oko tisuću nadzora nad ograničenim cijenama. Dok se većina pridržavala zakona, 74 trgovca time se ne mogu pohvaliti. Najviše se krše cijene mlijeka, ulja, brašna, jogurta, čokolade, toaletnog papira, ali i ostalih artikala.
“Tržišna inspekcija obavila je ukupno 1001 inspekcijskih nadzora nad ograničenim cijenama. U njih 927 nisu utvrđene povrede, dok je u preostalih 74 utvrđeno ukupno 184 povreda, odnosno prodaja proizvoda iznad najviše dopuštene cijene”, rekli su za taj portal iz Državnog inspektorata.
Trgovci su najviše kršili ograničenu cijenu litre trajnog mlijeka
Trgovci su najviše kršili ograničenu cijenu litre trajnog mlijeka s 2.8 posto mliječne masti, pri čemu je inspekcija pronašla čak 21 povredu. Ovo mlijeko ne smije se prodavati po cijeni većoj od 0.98 eura. Trgovci nisu poštovali ni ograničenu cijenu suncokretova ulja od 1.72 eura, šećera od 1.33 eura te brašna, pri čemu glatko košta 0.80, a oštro najviše 0.83 eura, piše Mirovina.hr.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Prekršena je i cijena jogurta u čašici ili bočici od 180 ili 200 grama, koja ne smije prelaziti 0.49 eura, te sira Gauda za rezanje s ograničenom cijenom od 6.49 eura. Prekršitelji se nisu pridržavali ni cijene špageta od 500 grama od 1.09 eura, kao ni deset svježih jaja M veličine od 2.45 eura.
Čak 20 trgovaca nije se pridržavalo zaštićene cijene obične mliječne čokolade od 1.29 eura za 80 ili 100 grama ovog proizvoda. Tu su i prekršene cijene sirupa sa šećerom od 2.99 eura po litri, paste za zube od 125 mililitara od najviše 2.99 eura, gela za tuširanje od 250 mililitara za također 2.99 eura, a dobar dio povreda odnosi se i na toaletni papir.
Potrošači mogu prijaviti kršenje ograničenih cijena Državnom inspektoratu
“Zbog utvrđenih povreda poduzete su zakonom propisane mjere na temelju odredbi Zakona o iznimnim mjerama kontrole cijena i Zakona o zaštiti potrošača”, kažu iz Državnog inspektorata. Također, poručuju potrošačima da mogu podnijeti prijavu Državnom inspektoratu ako uoče da se trgovci ne pridržavaju ograničenih cijena.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Agoura 73, Oak Park 65 Alta Loma 77, Bell Gardens 49 AMIT 52, Vaughn 45 Animo Venice 101, Burton 10 Animo Watts 75, New Designs Watts 32 Antelope Valley 63, Mojave 10 Aquinas 65, Yucca Valley 25 Arleta 88, Van Nuys 34 Arrowhead Christian 74, Yucaipa 68 Aspire Ollin 61, Alliance Bloomfield 44 Barstow 58, Silver Valley 46 Beckman 48, Salesian 34 Big Bear 77, Entrepreneur 36 Blair 68, King/Drew 51 Buckley 61, Flintridge Prep 53 Burbank 123, Waverly 27 Calabasas 69, Moorpark 58 California Lutheran 78, Santa Rosa Academy 59 California School for the Deaf 51, Rubidoux 49 Calvary Baptist 53, Edgewood 31 Camarillo 90, Bishop Diego 38 Canoga Park 67, University Prep Value 58 Capistrano Valley 48, Costa Mesa 32 Century 44, Santa Ana Valley 30 Chadwick 48, Wildwood 44 Chaffey 56, Sherman Indian 39 Chatsworth 79, Crenshaw 32 Chula Vista Mater Dei 53, La Salle 50 Citrus Hill 110, Cathedral City 32 Citrus Valley 70, Pacific 31 Clovis North 80, Simi Valley 40 Compton Early College 56, Animo Leadership 40 Corona 73, Burton 23 Covina 44, Don Lugo 35 Cypress 66, Summit 58 Damien 80, Arlington 25 Desert Chapel 41, Palm Valley 23 Desert Mirage 48, West Shores 24 Edison 62, San Clemente 58 El Dorado 69, Laguna Beach 60 Elsinore 62, Moreno Valley 50 El Toro 78, Portola 75 Entrepreneur 52, Public Safety Academy 49 Etiwanda 54, Indian Springs 31 Faith Baptist 54, St. Genevieve 51 Fernley 70, Huntington Beach 67 Fountain Valley 80, Northwood 42 Gardena 83, Environmental Charter 39 Garden Grove 57, Westminster La Quinta 54 Garey 59, Ganesha 24 Garfield 58, RFK Community 32 Geffen Academy 56, de Toledo 55 Glendale 83, Vasquez 77 Grace 59, San Fernando Valley Academy 41 Grand Terrace 75, Eisenhower 27 Harvard-Westlake 69, Bishop Montgomery 30 Hemet 80, Canyon Springs 61 Hillcrest 47, San Diego Lincoln 37 Hillcrest Christian 69, El Camino Real 66 Holy Martyrs 59, Burbank Burroughs 31 JSerra 84, Rowville 62 Jurupa Valley 51, Vista del Lago 32 Kaiser 63, Sultana 39 Lakeside 74, Nuview Bridge 27 Lancaster Baptist 47, Desert Christian 42 L.A. Marshall 84, San Fernando 62 La Quinta 60, Southwest EC 31 L.A. University 74, Paramount 65 Leuzinger 60, Hart 49 Loma Linda Academy 34, Arroyo Valley 26 Magnolia Science Academy 61, Liberty Christian 50 Marina 64, Temple City 20 Mayfair 59, St. Monica 56 Maywood Academy 78, Port of L.A. 38 Mesrobian 67, Downey Calvary Chapel 34 New Designs University Park 85, Neuwirth Leadership 8 New Roads 51, SEED L.A. 42 Norwalk 57, Rancho Alamitos 28 Oak Hills 80, Baldwin 48 Oakwood 55, Mary Star of the Sea 46 Orange County Pacifica Christian 50, Clark (Nevada) 45 Orange Vista 54, Norco 36 Orcutt Academy 61, Coastal Christian 41 Oxnard 80, Arroyo Grande 45 Palm Springs 67, Northview 16 Paloma Valley 59, Patriot 57 Panorama 66, Fulton 40 Pasadena Poly 65, Mesa Grande Academy 21 Ramona 81, San Gorgonio 79 Rancho Cucamonga 80, Great Oak 69 Rancho Verde 49, Beaumont 45 Redlands East Valley 93, Apple Valley 75 Redondo Union 93, Chaminade 57 Rio Mesa 69, Nordhoff 46 Riverside King 87, Rialto 56 Riverside Notre Dame 54, Redlands 44 Riverside Poly 58, Corona Santiago 36 Rowland 60, Ontario Christian 57 Royal 76, Cate 50 San Bernardino 61, Diamond Ranch 58 San Gabriel Academy 62, Santa Ana Foothill 52 Sanger 88, Carpinteria 56 San Jacinto 65, Heritage 47 Santa Barbara 78, Fresno Christian 59 Shalvehet 50, Lakeview Charter 14 Sierra Vista 54, Webb 60 Sotomayor 80, Compton Centennial 33 South Torrance 58, Quartz Hill 54 Stern 69, Rise Kohyang 58 St. Bonaventure 66, Wooster 31 St. Louis (Hawaii) 71, Villa Park 55 St. Monica Academy 61, Hesperia Christian 55 St. Margaret’s 78, Bolsa Grande 38 St. Puis X-St. Matthias Academy 94, North Torrance 44 Sun Valley Poly 67, Maranatha 48 Tarbut V’Torah 70, Samueli Academy 40 Temecula Prep 69, Redlands Adventist Academy 28 USC Hybrid 30, Getrz-Ressler 20 Valley Torah 71, Taft 53 Viewpoint 58, Milken 37 Villa Park 64, Kohala 32 Vista Meridian 47, NOVA Academy 42 Weaver 32, Noli Indian 23 WISH Academy 51, Animo Pat Brown 33 Whitney 34, Orange 30 Whittier 51, L.A. Cathedral 44 Whittier Christian 58, Monrovia 43
GIRLS
Academy for Academic Excellence 32, Arroyo Valley 17 Agoura 62, Palmdale Academy Charter 15 Alhambra 45, Norwalk 33 Animo Venice 60 Burton 3 Antelope Valley 75, Littlerock 19 Apple Valley 48, South El Monte 41 Azusa 28, Webb 25 Banning 55, Arlington 38 Barstow 50, Silver Valley 38 Beaumont 88, Twentynine Palms 33 Bolsa Grande 27, Capistrano Valley 22 Bonita 47, Santa Margarita 46 Burbank 51, Hacienda Heights Wilson 39 California 56, Schurr 37 California City 50, Palmdale Aerospace Academy 29 California School for the Deaf 42, Perris 32 Cajon 55, San Marino 43 Canyon Springs 61, Norte Vista 7 Carpinteria 51, Fillmore 19 Charter Oak 52, EL Monte 6 Chatsworth 45, Narbonne 27 Coachella Valley 62, Desert Hot Springs 21 Collins Family 27, USC-MAE 9 Colton 68, Citrus Valley 43 Corona 45, Ayala 41 Corona Santiago 67, Valley View 37 Costa Mesa 34, Western 13 Crossroads 45, Notre Dame Academy 40 Culver City 51, Bishop Alemany 46 Desert Christian 45, Lancaster Baptist 27 Diamond Bar 76, Northview 31 Don Lugo 37, Miller 34 Edgewood 35, Nogales 26 El Dorado 57, Rolling Hills Prep 41 El Rancho 52, Arroyo 12 El Segundo 65, Elsinore 28 Fairmont Prep 67, Portola 34 Flintridge Sacred Heart 51, Muir 49 Gahr 50, Bell Gardens 24 Garey 51, Linfield Christian 47 Gertz-Ressler 15, USC Hybrid 7 Glendora 52, Arcadia 38 Godinez Fundamental 34, Aliso Niguel 29 Grand Terrace 55, Santa Ana Calvary Chapel 32 Hillcrest 46, Riverside North 30 Hillcrest Christian 69, Villanova Prep 49 Holy Martyrs 61, Milken 30 Immaculate Heart 31, Millikan 27 Katella 44, Rosemead 33 Keppel 51, Dana Hills 37 Laguna Hills 52, Rancho Alamitos 26 La Jolla Country Day 81, Marlborough 36 Legacy 63, Bravo 16 Lompoc Cabrillo 34, Marina 29 Los Alamitos 81, Northwood 25 Maranatha 48, Trinity Classical Academy 44 Mary Star of the Sea 20, Paraclete 19 Mayfield 47, Chadwick 23 McClatchy 64, Rancho Christian 58 New Designs University Park 26, Neuwirth Leadership 3 Norco 40, NOVA Academy 35 North Torrance 61, Anaheim Canyon 39 Oak Hills 45, Yucaipa 40 Ontario Christian 106, Troy 15 Orange Lutheran 71, South Torrance 51 Orange Vista 63, Indian Springs 36 Orcutt Academy 56, Santa Barbara 15 Oxnard 50, Righetti 30 Palmdale Aerospace Academy 43, California City 24 Palm Desert 56, Redlands 16 Palos Verdes 49, Yorba Linda 38 Panorama 33, Fulton 12 Pasadena Poly 76, Chaffey 24 Public Safety Academy 42, Entrepreneur 12 Quartz Hill 52, Palmdale 27 Ramona 43, Paloma Valley 23 Rancho Verde 50, Aquinas 35 Redondo Union 52, Leuzinger 18 Rio Hondo Prep 48, Duarte 24 Riverside Notre Dame 47, Xavier Prep 36 Rowland 47, Sunny Hills 44 Sacred Heart of Jesus 56, Pomona Catholic 23 San Diego Cathedral 52, Murrieta Mesa 26 San Gorgonio 38, Rim of the World 33 San Marcos 35, Santa Ynez 31 Santa Ana Mater Dei 74, San Clemente 42 Santa Monica 50, YULA 30 Santa Rosa Academy 27, California Lutheran 11 Serra 65, Bishop Conaty-Loretto 9 Shafter 41, Corona del Mar 32 Sierra Vista 47, El Modena 44 Silver Valley 50, Barstow 38 St. Bonaventure 76, Santa Maria 42 St. Monica 65, Burbank Burroughs 44 St. Pius X-St. Matthias Academy 57, St. Genevieve 36 Temecula Prep 68, Lakeside 26 Temple City 63, San Gabriel 17 Tesoro 45, Santa Ana 43 Trabuco Hills 62, Santa Ana Valley 24 Valley Christian Academy 66, Laguna Blanca 5 Valley Vista 70, Orange County Pacifica Christian 40 Verdugo Hills 55, Cleveland 51 Westchester 58, Hart 37 Westminster La Quinta 37, Mission Viejo 27 Westridge 24, Balir 20 West Shores 44, Desert Mirage 3 Whitney 68, Golden Valley 27 Whittier Christian 56, Edison 32 Wiseburn-Da Vinci 58, St. Paul 27 Woodbridge 61, Firebaugh 4 Yucca Valley 62, Bloomington 32
Online payment procession service Amazon Pay on Friday said it has delivered over a billion gift cards to Indian customers since its launch in 2014, completing a decade.
Amazon Pay offers a diverse selection of gift card options, such as shopping vouchers, Amazon Fresh vouchers, Amazon Prime vouchers and Amazon Gold vouchers.
“Since its launch, Amazon Pay has delivered over a billion gift cards to customers, SMEs, corporates and more across India, providing enhanced flexibility and convenience to their shopping experiences.
“In 2024, Amazon Pay saw a 40 per cent increase in gift card purchases during the Amazon Great Indian Festival compared to 2023, reflecting the growing preference for the value and ease Amazon Pay Gift Cards offer,” a company statement said. Amazon Pay has also introduced gaming gift cards for popular platforms such as Apple App Store, Valorant, Unipin, Steam and PlayStation.
Flipkart End of Season Sale to begin on December 7 * E-commerce platform Flipkart has said its week-long End of Season Sale (EOSS) is set to commence on December 7, 2024.
Over 50 product categories will be available for quick delivery via its quick commerce vertical Flipkart Minutes, the company said in a statement.
The EOSS will see the platform with a redefined homepage and user interface. It will also have new in-app features and widgets — trendy filters, a new immersive video forward destination called ‘Play’, trend tags and labels on search, browse and product pages.
Strong gusts are set to batter large parts of the UK, but how can you remain safe behind the wheel?
The UK is set to be hit by severe gusts this weekend as Storm Darragh approaches. A rare red warning has been applied to parts of Wales and South West, too, running from 3am to 11am on Saturday, , with the Met Office warning of ‘damaging winds’ on the way. While the safest course of action during windy weather is to stay at home and out of the car, if you need to travel then how can you be as secure as possible? Here are some tips. Plan ahead High winds can cause trees to fall and debris to fly across a road, which is why sticking to major routes – instead of smaller ones – is a safer bet. On motorways and dual carriageways there’s less chance of trees and branches falling into the highway, so it’s a better option when you’re out and about. Of course, you can’t always go straight onto a motorway so if you do travel on smaller roads, take your time and watch out for debris. Pack warm clothes Things don’t always go to plan and packing ahead can help to make the unexpected a little easier. It’s a chilly time of year, which is why we’d advise packing some warm clothes – and perhaps a blanket – in the boot in case you have to stop unexpectedly. It could be an idea to keep some water to hand alongside a fully-charged power bank so you can always top up your smartphone. Slow down Extra time is always helpful when you’re travelling in poor weather, so make sure you slow down when things are windy. High gusts can unexpectedly ‘push’ your car from one side or the other and by slowing down, you’ll be better placed to react. Slowing down also gives you a lot more time to react to any debris that may come into the road. Park in a safe area Your car can still be in danger even when you’ve parked up. It’s why we’d avoid leaving it parked under overhanging branches as these could fall and cause damage quite easily. If you can, leave it undercover – or in a garage – to make sure that it’s as safe as can be. Leave more space Giving other road users more space allows everyone to have more time to react. Plus, with high winds often pushing items into the road, if a car ahead has to brake suddenly then you’ve got more time to slow your own vehicle down. Remember to give cyclists and motorcyclists more space than usual, too. They’re more affected by high winds than cars and trucks, so can be easily pushed off course during a sudden gust. Give them plenty of space when overtaking. Give yourself time One thing you can do to help keep things less stressful when driving during high winds is to give yourself more time. Leave a little ‘buffer’ on your journey and you’ll feel less inclined to rush or speed. Remember, if you’re feeling overwhelmed by the conditions or are struggling to feel calm, always stop and give yourself a break.
How can I drive safely in high winds?
This article was generated from an automated news agency feed without modifications to text.
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
A new poll has revealed that 26% of Gen Z are missing out on classic films like Citizen Kane, Casino, and Vertigo, simply because they can’t find the time.
Many also admitted they haven’t seen all-time greats such as Apocalypse Now and Airplane!. In fact, twice as many Baby Boomers (79%) have seen the 1980 American disaster comedy starring Leslie Nielsen compared to Gen Z.
Similarly, Raiders of the Lost Ark and The Sound of Music also show a generational divide, with 27% and 24% of young adults respectively not having seen these films, compared to only 11% and 10% of Gen-X and Boomers.
Interestingly, Gen Z and those over 80 are less concerned about owning a TV, with 71% of their media consumption happening on smartphones.
A spokesperson from Lenovo, which conducted the study to promote its Tab Plus, commented: “Young people are consuming media in such a different way. They are far less likely to watch on a TV and a classic blockbuster just isn’t the same on a smartphone screen.”
Furthermore, only 24% of Gen Z could identify the chilling line “I see dead people” from the 1999 horror masterpiece The Sixth Sense. Only 32% knew the origins of “I’ll have what she’s having”, while a mere 33% recognised the iconic line, “Say hello to my little friend.”
The survey also revealed that Gen Z now prefers music over TV for relaxation, but 24% only listen to individual songs rather than full albums.
Iconic albums such as The Velvet Underground and Nico (36%), Led Zeppelin IV (35%) and Pink Floyd’s The Dark Side of the Moon (24%) are sadly not hitting the mark with modern youth who prefer individual tracks over complete records.
Only a mere 20% of post-1996 births find solace in the pages of a book, a whopping 54% of the Boomer generation see it as their go-to relaxation technique.
On the flip side, when today’s young adults seek to unwind, they’re more inclined to flick on YouTube (26%) or immerse themselves in video games (26%).
Results from a OnePoll survey indicate a staggering 93% of Gen Z deem tech and gadgets pivotal for relaxation – using them for entertainment, soothing tunes, and touching base with loved ones while 43% of Boomers beg to differ, not considering technology integral to kicking back.
Lenovo’s spokesperson remarked: “Technology is a huge part of our lives now and has an impact in almost everything we do.”
They added, “From entertainment, to work, to communication, modern tech has made life different in nearly every way imaginable.”
Robin Kennedy, chief commercial officer of Moke International, the British-based company responsible for this electric-powered take on a quirky British classic, says at least 20 per cent of the customer enquiries about the car come from Australia. “That’s more than we get from the United States,” he says.
Of course, Australia and the Moke go back a long way. BMC began assembling the minimalist, Mini-based utility vehicle at its Zetland plant in Sydney in 1966. And in 1968, after the British taxman decided British-built Mokes should be taxed as passenger vehicles rather than sold tax-free as farm equipment, Zetland became the Moke’s main production site.
The Moke started life in 1959 as a concept devised by Mini designer Alec Issigonis for a small, lightweight military vehicle that could be air-dropped into combat zones. Codenamed Buckboard, it comprised a square-edged open body made from simple steel pressings, to which were bolted the front and rear subframes from the Mini, the front cradling the Mini’s innovative transverse-mounted drivetrain.
The Buckboard was an ingenious idea. But there was one big problem. It had no ground clearance. Running on the same 10-inch steel wheels as the regular Mini, there was precious little clearance between the ground and the expensively finned aluminium sump that also housed the integrated four-speed manual transmission.
The front-wheel drive Buckboard would have trouble negotiating the average English farm track, let alone the churned-up roads and rough open ground of a war zone. BMC helpfully pointed out the Buckboard was light enough to be carried by four soldiers if it got stuck. The British Army politely said no thanks.
BMC later returned with a prototype that had bigger wheels and more ground clearance, but its 848cc engine, which mustered barely 28kW, and front-wheel drive just couldn’t cut it in thick mud, deep snow, or rocky terrain. This was followed by a prototype that had more power and four-wheel drive, with drive to the rear wheels coming courtesy of a second Mini powertrain at the rear of the car.
Two engines, two gearlevers, linked clutches: The ‘twini’ Moke’s complexity was the stuff of nightmares for army logistics officers. The “no thanks” was delivered a little more firmly this time around.
As BMC had spent a lot of money on engineering and tooling the Buckboard, it decided to create a civilian version of the car, aimed at farmers who needed a cheap, road-legal workhorse. Launched in January 1964, it was called the Mini Moke, the Moke name being an archaic name for a mule.
The Moke was a bare-bones machine, sold with a single seat and a single windscreen wiper, plus an open-sided canvas top, and it was available only in a single color, Spruce Green. It took 22 seconds to accelerate to 100km/h from a standstill and had a top speed of just 105km/h. But as it was initially classed as a commercial vehicle, the Moke was not subject to sales tax, and was at the time the cheapest four-wheeled vehicle Brits could buy.
The Moke could, however, also be ordered with extra seats, an extra wiper, and see-through sidescreens that could be zipped to the hood.
Thus equipped, the British farm workhorse found a second life as a beach car and resort taxi throughout the Caribbean and other countries with warm climates, such as Australia. Exports to such markets soon accounted for 90 per cent of Moke production.
The Moke was built in Australia until 1981, where among other things it gained 13-inch wheels and brighter paintwork, and from where a version was exported to the US for several years with a new model name, Moke Californian. It was also manufactured in Portugal between 1980 and 1994.
It’s been 20 years since the last original Mini Moke rolled off the production line, but it’s never really gone away, with endlessly repaired and refurbished versions of the car used as tourist rentals throughout the Caribbean and the Pacific.
Jaguar Land Rover, which owned the rights to the Moke, signed a deal with China’s Chery Automotive in 2012 to produce a re-engineered version of the car in China through a subsidiary company called Moke International. As part of the deal the Moke was re-imagined by British-born and Hong Kong-based industrial designer Michael Young in 2013.
Though it kept the original car’s basic form, the entire structure was new, the most notable differences being a longer and wider bonnet, a taller windscreen, and a new dash. Underneath was a new powertrain and new chassis hardware, all developed by Chery.
In 2018, Young oversaw the design of an electric-powered version of the Moke. The Moke you see here is an evolution of that car, upgraded and improved by Moke International.
How much does the Moke cost?
Given the level of interest from Australians, Moke International hopes to make the Moke available here by the end of 2025, even though Robin Kennedy admits the Australian Design Rules governing low-volume imports are particularly tough.
Moke International has been given approval to sell 1500 Mokes in the EU under that market’s ultra-low volume vehicle regulations and has won approval from authorities to sell 325 cars in the US this year. The company hopes it can make a similar case for ultra-low volume imports to Australia. “It’s got to be done,” Kennedy says.
In the UK, the Moke is priced at the equivalent of about $69,500, including taxes, delivery and first registration fees.
That’s not cheap, but Moke International says a significant proportion of its customers will be high-end resorts and spa hotels that want to offer customers Mokes for complimentary use or as short-term rentals, or use them as shuttle vehicles.
The company also expects wealthy private customers will buy the Moke as a third or fourth car, leaving the Bentley or Range Rover on the driveway of their beach homes or inner-city pads while they use it as a runabout.
What is the Moke like on the inside?
The Moke doesn’t really have an inside. You sit on the Moke rather than in it. With no doors – and no bodysides, for that matter – and seat cushion above the boxy side sills, and body-coloured metal everywhere, the Moke’s passenger area is an exhilaratingly liminal space. There’s pretty much nothing but fresh air all around you.
The tombstone front seats and rear bench are a far cry from the vestigial buckets of the original Moke, but the driving position hasn’t changed. That means an upright, non-adjustable steering wheel between splayed legs and a flat plane of glass separating you from incoming bugs.
The instrumentation is rudimentary and there’s a handful of clunky switches for things like lights, and to switch drive modes from Eco to Beach or Normal. Gear selection is by way of buttons in a vestigial centre console. A roll cage provides anchor points for the seatbelts and acts as a frame upon which the standard Bimini roof – little more than sunshade – can be draped. Rubber mats nestle in the footwells.
There is a lockable boot behind the rear seats, storage compartments in the boxy side sections, and even cupholders front and rear. There’s even an audio system with a Bluetooth-connectable waterproof DAB+ digital radio head unit and two waterproof speakers mounted in the steel dash.
What’s under the bonnet?
What’s under the bonnet? Lift it and you’ll find the compartment that in the Chery-engineered Moke of 2013 housed a four-cylinder internal combustion engine is filled instead with a 10.8kWh lithium-ion battery back and the associated hardware for the 84V electrical system.
The battery powers an e-motor mounted on the back axle, driving the rear wheels. This motor produces 33kW of power and 130Nm of torque, enough to scoot the 741kg Moke to 50km/h in a claimed 4.5 seconds and to a top speed of 80km/h.
The Moke has a WLTP certified range of 87km, but the company says it will cover up to 130km if driven gently.
How does the Moke drive?
It’s not about to scare a supercar, but the Moke is quick enough to run with traffic mooching through the fashionable resorts, beach towns and small communities that are its target market. Its light weight and the instant-on torque from the e-motor means the Moke responds briskly when you squeeze the accelerator.
The non-assisted steering is heavy at low speeds but lightens up once you get the Moke rolling, and at 2.75 turns lock-to-lock quickly gets the nose of the car pointed in the direction you want.
The brakes, discs at the front wheels and drums at the rear, are unassisted, too. But the pedal feel is good, which is helpful as there’s no ABS. The generously sidewalled tyres – 165/55 on 13-inch rims – add a syrupy veneer of compliance over what is otherwise a relatively firmly setup coil-spring suspension to deliver a decent ride.
The Moke might be slow and basic, but it’s a proper car, endearingly analogue in character. What’s more, the quick steering and punchy powertrain, combined with the fact you’re out in the elements even when you’re behind the wheel, make it feel surprisingly sporty to drive, almost like a grown-up go-kart.
What do you get?
In the context of the original Moke, a bare-bones basic machine, the Moke International electric Moke looks the height of luxury. By modern car standards, though, it’s… bare-bones basic.
Moke equipment highlights include:
Choice of three colours
Bimini roof
Lockable rear boot
Front and rear cupholders
Rubber floor mats
Rear passenger grab handles
Heated windscreen
Waterproof DAB+ digital radio
Steering lock
Steel wheels
Options are minimal:
Canopy roof with sidescreens
Alloy wheels
Longer term, Moke International plans to offer a host of customisation options, including paint-to-sample colours.
Is the Moke safe?
In terms of safety equipment, the Moke is like your grandad’s Kingswood – a car from another era.
Forget airbags, anti-lock brakes, stability control, lane keeping, tyre pressure monitoring and the dozens of other active and passive safety systems that are now standard in most cars. The Moke has none of these things.
In fact, the list of safety features is bracingly short:
LED headlights
Seatbelts
Roll cage
How much does the Moke cost to run?
The Moke’s WLTP range of 87km suggests a consumption rate of about just 8kWh/100km. Assuming an average electricity charge of 35 cents per kWh, that suggests an energy cost of about $2.80 per 100km.
The Moke’s lithium-ion battery takes four hours to charge using a regular household socket and a 200V power source.
CarExpert’s Take on the Moke
The original Moke was a basic machine with a breezy charm that captivated celebrities such as Brigitte Bardot, Paul McCartney, and the Beach Boys, who in 1966 drove a squadron of candy-striped Mokes around Los Angeles. The 2024 Moke is also basic and breezy.
In purely rational terms, the Moke makes no sense. There are plenty of EVs on Australian roads that cost way less, from Chinese electric hatches like the GWM Ora and BYD Dolphin to models from mainstream carmakers such as the Mini Cooper Electric and Hyundai Kona Electric. All are cars that will take you further, faster than this rework of a quirky British classic.
But the Moke is not about A to B transportation. It’s a sunny-day runabout with a quirky, laid-back charisma that engenders more positive reactions from passersby than any Ferrari or Lamborghini.
It’s not meant to be taken seriously. It’s meant to be fun. And, surprisingly, that’s exactly what it is.
The Noida Authority’s Chief Executive Officer, Lokesh M, explained that despite sending several notices to Docile Buildtech to clear its dues, there was no response.
Builder failed to pay Rs 130 crore dues for a 2011 allotment. (Representative
Image)
In a significant setback for the real estate sector in Noida, Docile Buildtech Private Limited faced the cancellation of its land allotment due to a failure to pay an outstanding amount of Rs 130 crore. The Noida Authority took this drastic step after the company defaulted on its payment obligations for land allotted in 2011, which had been left dormant for the last six years.
The land in question, measuring 14,000 square metres, was initially allocated to Docile Buildtech but saw no construction activity over an extended period. Despite repeated reminders and notices from the Noida Authority, the company failed to make the necessary payments. After exhausting all avenues to resolve the matter, the authority took the decision to seal the land and annul the allotment.
Docile Buildtech, through its subsidiary Logics Developers, had originally been allotted a larger plot of land measuring 1 lakh square metres in Sector 143 of Noida in 2011. A portion of this land was later transferred to Docile Buildtech in 2018. However, despite the company’s formal commitment, no development took place, and the payment remained unsettled, with the company failing to respond to the authorities’ multiple communications.
The Noida Authority’s Chief Executive Officer, Lokesh M, explained that despite sending several notices to Docile Buildtech to clear its dues, there was no response. “We had issued a final 15-day notice to the company on October 22, but there was no acknowledgment or payment. Consequently, the allotment of 13,926 square metres of land has been cancelled, and the registration stands revoked,” he stated.
Insolvency Process and Legal Action
Authorities have also taken legal action against Docile Buildtech, filing a case with the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) in an attempt to recover the owed amount. However, the insolvency proceedings for Docile Buildtech have not yet begun, while a similar insolvency process is already underway for its subsidiary, Logix Developers.
The land, which was originally valued at Rs 32 crore when it was allotted at a rate of Rs 23,550 per square metre, now has an estimated market value of Rs 450 crore. Although Docile Buildtech made an initial payment of Rs 3.2 crore at the time of registration, no further payments were made, and the total dues, including interest, have ballooned to Rs 130 crore.
In a move to recover the outstanding amount, the Noida Authority intends to reassign the plot to another developer. This action aims to ensure the land is developed and the financial loss to the authority is minimised.
News business Land Allotment To Noida Builder Cancelled Over Non-Payment Of Rs 130 Crore
Today, Bitcoin’s price experienced a significant drop from its $100K level, while the altcoin market remained strong. Among the standout performers, the price of dYdX soared over 35%, reaching the $2.5 resistance mark. Triggered by increasing demand and positive news, analysts are bullish that the dYdX price may soon surpass the $3.2 resistance level.
dYdX Surges Following Trump’s Decision
dYdX’s value increased by 35% in the last 24 hours, reaching a seven-month peak of $2.48 on December 6, which pushed its market capitalization to more than $1.6 billion. Data from Coinglass shows that dYdX price witnessed a total liquidation of around $3.9 million, and buyers liquidated around $2.2 million worth of positions.
DYDX’s recent surge was largely triggered by news that President-elect Donald Trump has appointed David O. Sacks as the White House Director of Artificial Intelligence and Cryptocurrency.
The increasing interest comes from Sacks’ role in Craft Ventures, a venture capital firm that has heavily invested in DYDX. The link between the newly appointed cryptocurrency authority and the token sparked strong bullish sentiment among investors, driving DYDX’s latest gains.
Another factor likely driving the altcoin’s rally is the increasing interest from whale investors. Data from IntoTheBlock shows that DYDX whale holder net flows changed from a net outflow of $766K worth of DYDX tokens on December 2 to a net inflow exceeding $2.2 billion worth of DYDX tokens by Wednesday, December 4.
When whales start to accumulate an altcoin, it often triggers fear of missing out (FOMO) among retail investors, who rush to buy the altcoin in hopes of securing profits. Additionally, data from DeFiLlama indicates that the total value locked in the DeFi protocol has risen from approximately $226 million in November to over $388 million currently.
However, as the price faced resistance around $2.5, the large transaction volume dropped from the peak of $15.7 million to the recent low of $3.2 million. This shows the continuous withdrawal from whales amid rising volatility in the price chart.
What’s Next for dYdX Price?
dYdX price broke above its immediate resistance channels, resulting in a push toward $2.5. However, buyers failed to hold the momentum around that level, plunging the price toward 23.6% Fib level. As of writing, dYdX price trades at $2.3, surging over 21% in the last 24 hours.
The upward trend in moving averages and the RSI approaching the overbought territory indicate that the path of least resistance is upward. The DYDX/USDT pair could climb to $2.5 and potentially reach $3.2, where significant selling pressure is anticipated.
This bullish scenario could be invalidated in the short term if the price declines and falls below the 20-day EMA at $1.9. Such a drop would suggest a lack of buyer interest at higher prices, possibly leading the pair to drop to the 50-day SMA at $1.3.
This past couple of weeks, it wasn’t politics or U.S. Thanksgiving gatherings that dominated social media arguments.
Instead, it was a car manufacturer.
That’s right. Jaguar’s bold rebrand, including a new logo, visual style, and everything else, prompted the internet to lose its collective mind.
There’s a saying, “If you put four marketers in a room, you’ll get five opinions about the best way to do something.” That cliché took center stage as everybody seemed to have a position on Jaguar — the genius, beautiful, strategic, horrible, woke, ridiculousness of the whole thing.
But was it any of those things?
Or was Jaguar trolling to get everybody talking about it?
After all, at least a dozen global automobile manufacturers changed their logo in the last five years, and that list included Jaguar. But the 2024 iteration of Jaguar seems to be the only one generating meme-worthy attention.
Is that the only way to get people noticing and talking about your bold new look? Or is something else afoot?
We took those questions to CMI’s chief strategy advisor, Robert Rose. Read on or watch this video for his take:
Jaguar shakes up brand like none other
Fun fact: Jaguar was originally founded over 100 years ago as the Swallow Sidecar Co. It made sidecars for motorcycles.
Jaguar vehicles have been around since just after World War II and have always been associated with British luxury, detail, and a focus on performance.
But Jaguar — the company — has done something bold, and yet it’s the least mentioned thing in all this branding debate. Jaguar hit pause and reboot. The iconic brand stopped making petrol-powered cars and shifted gears toward fully electric luxury models. It’s even taking a year-long production break for the reinvention.
Jaguar will focus sales on exclusivity, not volume. In 2026, it will sell three electric models, each priced over 100,000 British pounds (approximately $126,000) and supported by a more selective dealer network.
Rawdon Glover, Jaguar’s managing director, sums it up, “This is a complete reset. Jaguar is transformed to reclaim its originality and inspire a new generation.”
Given that road map for the business, how would you have created the new brand creative, logo, and tone?
Well, Jaguar’s internal creative team took all that to heart and upended the traditional automobile brand. In a subtle change, it flipped the jaguar in the logo to leap forward instead of backward.
But that wasn’t what created the collective toxic freakout. The Copy Nothing campaign stirred a big reaction. The ad didn’t show a car. I’ll remind you why — the all-electric luxury line won’t debut until the 2026 model year. (This week, two weeks after the video release, Jaguar shared a design vision concept that certainly matches the new branding.)
The new brand identity possesses a modern and colorful look. It illustrates what Jaguar intends to move beyond — the well-known conservative colors of classic British luxury, such as Carmen Red, Fuji White, Ultra Blue, and of course, British Racing Green.
This switch seemed to upset so many people. The social media posts came fast and furious. People called it a massive mistake. Others pondered who was going to get fired for the rebranding. Still others posted, calling it woke and ridiculous.
Why did people seem so utterly disturbed by Jaguar’s rebranding? After all, the Jaguar team had nothing to go on, well, except 100 years of history and the context of its current business strategy.
The real lesson from this controversial creative rebrand
As you can tell, I don’t hate the rebrand. I don’t love it either. I recognize I’m not the target market for this new Jaguar.
What I do love is that Jaguar did the one thing modern marketers always profess that every brand should do. It did the thing that speaker after speaker at conferences talk about. It did the thing mentioned years later as the motivation when the brand wins awards.
Jaguar did something bold, creative, outside the box — and did it knowing that people would either love it or hate it. It takes me back to the famous 1984 Apple ad, which tested as the worst commercial they’d ever seen for persuasiveness.
Now, I’m not saying Jaguar’s rebrand is another 1984 Apple ad.
But Jaguar, as a company, is pivoting hard. The complete business reboot stems from a full-on self-realization that, to stay relevant for the next 100 years, it must change. Its focus is stopping production for a year, redesigning its product portfolio, and redeveloping its dealer network.
With the creative rebrand, I suspect the only thing even remotely permanent is the leaping jaguar as a badge and the logo itself. The cool, weirdly odd, diverse circus-like video is simply what’s happening this month.
In this company rebrand, Jaguar’s team has a lot of room to roam around and express themselves in a new way. That is the modern branding strategy.
Don’t box yourself into legacy. Don’t limit where you can take the creative ideas.
Jaguar even says it’s going to do that. It even calls this chapter “Copy Nothing,” and its website meta description says simply: “Inspire like no other: Challenge convention.”
The brilliance of this brand campaign — and the lesson from it — isn’t how much it looks like the past. It’s how much room Jaguar has given itself to take the brand into tomorrow. It can continue to create weird moments that keep people talking and attract new people. Or it can simply settle in.
And that harkens back to Apple’s brilliance. Its 1997 Think Different campaign featured iconoclasts from history all thinking differently and offered no product shots. Apple wasn’t calling itself iconoclastic, nor saying that it was thinking differently. The campaign tells the viewers that they are the iconoclasts. Apple said, “Here’s to you — the ones who think differently. We’re the one for you.”
What Jaguar is doing is everything, whether it succeeds or not. Jaguar is not saying it is the inspiration. It is saying Jaguar is the brand for those inspired to challenge convention.
And that leaves a lot of room to fly in the brand-creative sky.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Indian students and parents are growing increasingly anxious about their future prospects in the US, amidst reports of a depressed job market and scarce internship opportunities. The impending presidency of Donald Trump, known for his tough stance on immigration, has further compounded their concerns. Representatives from top US universities, however, claim that there is no dearth of job opportunities for Indian students.
Chell A Roberts, Dean of Shiley-Marcos School of Engineering at the University of San Diego, expressed optimism about job prospects for Indian students in the US during the Trump administration.
His comments came as a respite for Indian students and parents , amidst reports of a depressed job market and scarce internship opportunities.
He referenced Trump’s campaign promise to offer green cards to international students graduating with tech degrees from American universities. He further suggested that the Trump administration had been receptive to India, citing the appointment of several Indian-Americans to positions of power. He concluded that, Indian students would likely continue to find opportunities in the US.
Kathryn Graddy, Dean and a Professor in economics at the Brandeis International Business School, seconded Chell’s views. She acknowledged concerns about the administration’s focus on illegal immigration but believed that the need for qualified workers would outweigh potential negative implications for Indian students.
They are here, along with other representatives from several US universities, to take part in the second edition of GradRight’s flagship event, ShiftED 2024. Over 4,000 students, 8 financial partners, 24 leading foreign universities, and industry leaders are taking part in the two-day event.
Replying to a question on concerns about the reported poor job openings in the US, Claire Almand – Associate Director of Marketing of education financing firm MPower, said that there was a distinction between undergraduate and graduate students. While acknowledging the challenges faced by undergraduate students, she said that graduate students, particularly those pursuing advanced degrees, continued to find success in the US job market.
Stating that the US economy is performing well, Kathryn said that Indian students often excel in these areas, making them highly sought-after in the job market. “Indian students work hard. We have a 97 per cent placement rate for Indian students in the US, and 100 per cent of their graduates secure jobs,” she said.
She does not anticipate this positive trend changing, emphasising the continued need for technically skilled professionals in areas like finance, business analytics, and AI.
There are not enough US students pursuing advanced degrees in these fields, creating significant opportunities for international students.
Chell pointed out that the job market for technical professionals is strong,” despite fluctuations in the tech sector. “The placement rate for engineering students is 97 per cent. Streams like cybersecurity are in high demand, noting that students with a good GPA are quickly hired.
“Students who are highly skilled and attend reputable institutions have excellent chances of securing employment,” he said.
Registering for Social Security isn’t easy, but once you’ve jumped through all of the bureaucratic hoops, you should start receiving benefit checks each month. After those Social Security benefits or Supplemental Security Insurance checks become a part of your monthly budget, you don’t want to lose them.
If you actively receive Social Security benefits, you need to be aware of the circumstances that could lead to termination or suspension of your Social Security checks. Below are the four major actions that can cause you to forfeit your Social Security benefits, and whether or not you can get them reinstated afterward.
For more, learn how much Social Security benefits are increasing in 2025 and how to apply for Social Security benefits for qualifying children.
If your income changes you could lose Social Security benefits
While you can still work and receive Social Security benefits, if you begin to make more than the annual income limit, your benefits may be reduced or paused completely in certain situations. The limits change depending on certain factors, like whether you’re under or over the age of 62 — the minimum retirement age.
Below is an overview of the income limits imposed on specific benefits.
What are the limits for Supplemental Security Income?
Eligibility for SSI typically requires that you earn less than $1,971 per month from work. The limit is increased for couples, but if you exceed that limit, you may no longer be eligible for SSI. You should be notified of any benefit reduction or whether you become ineligible due to reaching the income limit.
Note: For every $2 you earn from work, $1 will be reduced from your SSI payment. Working includes any job you have. You’re required to promptly report changes to your monthly income and living situation.
What are the income limits for Social Security Disability Insurance?
SSDI beneficiaries have more to work with when it comes to making money from work. If you get a job while receiving SSDI, you’ll be able to retain your benefits for up to nine months, which the Social Security Administration calls a “work trial period.” For 2024, any month you bring in over $1,110 in gross wages will count toward this nine-month trial period. Note that months don’t have to be consecutive, either, but within a rolling five-year period. During these nine months, there’s no limit on how much you can earn while retaining your benefits.
After your work trial period, you’ll enter into a 36-month “extended period of eligibility.” During this time, if you exceed the EPE earnings limit, you won’t qualify for your SSDI payment for that month. In 2024, the EPE limit is $1,550 per month or $2,590 for disability due to blindness.
If you continue to earn over the limit after your EPE is up, your SSDI payments will cease completely, but if you can’t continue to work, you can restart your benefits.
Resource limits could also impact your Social Security
In addition to an income limit, to be eligible for SSI, you need to fall under what the administration calls a “resource limit.” Resources that do count toward the limit include cash, bank accounts, stocks, mutual funds, US savings bonds, land, life insurance, personal property, vehicles and anything else you own that could be changed to cash and used for food or shelter, the administration said.
Resources that do not count include the home you live in and the land it is on, one vehicle (if you or a member of your household use it for transportation), household goods and personal effects and life insurance policies with a combined face value of $1,500 or less.
To be eligible, the SSI resource limit is $2,000 for an individual and $3,000 for a couple. If you exceed that limit, you need to spend down your resources to be eligible. According to a recent study by the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, 70,000 beneficiaries on average lose their benefits each year because they exceed the limit. Congress has proposed legislation that would, for example, raise the limit to $10,000 for individuals and $20,000 for married couples but so far, changes have not been signed into law.
Divorce can change your Social Security status
Your marital status can and will affect your Social Security benefits, and that includes getting a divorce. A few things would prevent you from collecting your ex-spouse’s benefits:
You weren’t married for 10 years or more.
If you remarry, you won’t be able to get benefits from your previous marriage. This can change if your current marriage ends through divorce, annulment or the death of your partner.
You qualify for benefits and the amount you receive would be more than your ex-spouse’s.
You can lose Social Security if you’re arrested or sentenced to prison
If you go to jail or prison, your Social Security benefits can be affected. If you’re incarcerated for more than 30 days, the administration may suspend your Social Security and SSI benefits.
Social Security and Social Security Disability Insurance while incarcerated
If your benefits are suspended, you can request to have them restored for the following month after you’re released from jail or prison. Something to note is that even if your benefits are suspended while incarcerated, your spouse or children will continue to receive them as long as they remain eligible.
Supplemental Security Income
While incarcerated, your SSI benefits will be suspended, but payments will resume when you’re released, and you won’t have to wait until the following month. Your payment amount will be determined by your release date and would only be a partial payment.
If you’re in jail or prison for over 12 consecutive months, the administration will terminate your SSI benefits. When you’re released, you will need to reach out to the Social Security Administration and start a new application.
For more, don’t miss the Social Security payment schedule and the 2025 Medicare changes you should know about.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
“I literally felt like I’d lost the air in my chest. I couldn’t speak.”
That was the immediate reaction of a Florida dad and entrepreneur when he learned during an urgent phone call from his wife — who was pregnant with their fourth child and had just finished talking with a doctor — that their new baby might be born with Down syndrome.
“I was sad. I was angry. I was frustrated,” said Aric Berquist, who shared his thoughts in a video (see the video at the top of this article) and in an interview with Fox News Digital.
RARE DISEASE DIAGNOSIS STRENGTHENS BOND BETWEEN TWIN SISTERS: ‘DOING OUR BEST’
Berquist said that on the phone call, he “wanted to stay calm” for the sake of his wife, Gretchen, “who was teary” as the couple talked over the news.
After they hung up, as he struggled with his emotions, he said, “I just felt this, heard this voice say, ‘Who are you to tell me what a blessing is?’”
Aric Berquist’s son, Asher, is shown at age 9 tossing a football with his dad at home. Said Berquist about the day his son was born, “I really do feel that on that day, treasure was put in my hands.”(Aric Berquist/The Lesson)
The deeply faithful Christian parent said the voice “wasn’t angry. It felt strong, and it felt safe — and it was so shocking that all of my arm hairs were raised to the point that it hurt.”
And he found himself “just bursting into tears.”
A subsequent ultrasound confirmed the diagnosis of Down syndrome for their new baby — and the couple did all they could to prepare themselves, and their older children, for the baby’s arrival.
“He continues to teach me more about life and myself than I could ever dream of articulating.”
That year, the dad said, “Asher was born. And I really do feel that on that day, treasure was put in my hands.”
Berquist described the joy he believes their youngest has brought the entire family — both from the time he was born and up to the present day, including at the recent wedding of their daughter, the oldest of their four children.
“That kid has literally changed my life in an amazing way,” he said.
The Berquist family at the recent wedding of daughter Abby, center. Youngest child Asher is shown at right, front. (Berquist family)
The couple’s youngest is 13 years old today and in sixth grade.
“And he continues to teach me more about life and myself than I could ever dream of articulating.”
He “loves sports,” added Berquist. “He’ll play flag football and he’s done soccer. He loves to play sports with his two older brothers, Andrew and Adam.”
“He is available to everyone he engages with.”
He said his son Asher’s bond with brother Adam — the sibling closest to him in age — “is one of the richest and most beautiful things I’ve ever seen.”
MOTHER FRANTIC TO SAVE CLINICAL TRIAL THAT COULD CURE HER DAUGHTER: ‘THE TREATMENT IS SITTING IN A FRIDGE’
Their youngest “occupies the current moment like nobody I have ever met,” Berquist also said. “He is present. And he is available to everyone he engages with.”
He makes others feel “acknowledged. And I’m starting to think that we, as the ‘typical people,’ have the disabilities — not him.”
“It’s been really wonderful to see how he’s developed — just his growth within each phase,” said Aric Berquist of his youngest child. (Aric Berquist/The Lesson)
Today, Berquist also told Fox News Digital, “he’s doing so well. It’s been really wonderful to see how he’s developed — just his growth within each phase. But more than that, it’s been really touching as a parent to see how he’s connected with so many people in his life. It’s been beautiful to watch.”
Changes in development
Heart problems are a concern for children with Down syndrome — and young Asher had bypass surgery within the first three months of his life, his family said. After a week in the hospital, he returned home to his parents and siblings.
Down syndrome is a condition in which a baby is born with an extra chromosome.
Chromosomes determine how the body forms and functions. Those born with an extra one experience changes in the way the body and brain develop.
FAMILY SELLING DREAM HOME TO FUND LIFE-SAVING TREATMENT FOR 5-YEAR-OLD DAUGHTER
A baby is typically born with 46 chromosomes. A baby with Down syndrome has a full or partial copy of chromosome 21.
About 5,700 babies are born with Down syndrome each year in the U.S., and over 400,000 people in the country currently live with it, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
About 5,700 babies are born in the U.S. with Down syndrome each year and over 400,000 people in the country currently live with it. The blue-and-yellow ribbon represents Down syndrome awareness. (iStock)
The life expectancy of those with the condition has increased dramatically over the years.
In 1983, it was just 25 years old — but today it’s 60 years old, per the Global Down Syndrome Foundation, a nonprofit based in Denver, Colorado.
The most common type of Down syndrome is trisomy 21, which accounts for 95% of all cases. Less common types of Down syndrome are translocation (caused by rearranged chromosome material) and mosaicism (when there is a mixture of two types of cells).
Not every child with Down syndrome will display the developmental symptoms.
There are no known ways to prevent the condition during pregnancy and no known root causes, experts say.
One risk factor associated with Down syndrome is the age of the mother. For a 25-year-old pregnant woman, the odds are about 1 in 1,250. At age 40, those odds are 1 in 100, statistics show.
Dad Aric Berquist, shown on a walk on the beach, said he cherishes the “blessings” brought to his whole family by his youngest son.(Aric Berquist/The Lesson)
There are both physical and developmental symptoms of Down syndrome.
Physical symptoms may include a flattened face; shorter height; short neck; small ears, hands and feet; and decreased muscle tone, according to the CDC.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Developmental symptoms, meanwhile, may include a short attention span, impulsive behavior, slow learning and delayed speech development.
Not every child with Down syndrome will display each of these traits.
‘Walk through that day’
A key life lesson for Berquist through his experiences has been about being present.
Know that “your feet are on the ground today,” he said.
“Walk through that day.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
When there are life challenges, he said, “when we walk through things that are tough, we’re being cleaned. We’re being made into something beautiful if we allow it and if we walk through it.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Berquist also said, “Breathe that air. Engage with that beauty. Because that is your life.”
Angelica Stabile and Ashlyn Messier, both of Fox News Digital, contributed reporting.
The food processing sector in India received foreign direct investment (FDI) worth $368.37 million this fiscal (till September), the Parliament was informed. Country-wise, Ireland invested $83.84 million, Singapore $48.45 million, Mauritius $41.65 million and the United States, $38.60 million, informed Minister of State for Food Processing Industries, Ravneet Singh Bittu, in a written reply to the Lok Sabha.
Other key countries are Australia at $20.18 million and Mexico $9.59 million in the April-September period in the current financial year. The total FDI in the food processing sector was $608.31 million in FY24, informed the minister.
The sector is being promoted through Pradhan Mantri Kisan Sampada Yojana, Production Linked Incentive Scheme for Food Processing Industry (PLISFPI and Pradhan Mantri Formalization of Micro food processing Enterprises (PMFME) scheme. Under PLISFPI, 213 projects have been completed till date, resulting in employment generation to the tune of 289,832 people.
PLISFPI is intended to support creation of global food manufacturing champions and support Indian brands of food products in international market. The scheme is being implemented over a six-year period from 2021-22 to 2026-27 with an outlay of Rs 10,900 crore.
The Ministry also launched PMFME scheme for providing financial, technical and business support for upgradation of existing micro food processing enterprises as well as setting up of new units. The scheme is operational from 2020-21 to 2025-26 with total outlay of Rs 10,000 crore.
Meanwhile, India’s organic food products export reached $447.73 million in the first eight months of this fiscal (FY25), and are set to surpass last year’s export figures.
In the current financial year, the total amount of organic food product exports reached 263,050 metric tonnes (MT) till November 25 and the export of organic food products stood at $494.80 million last fiscal (FY24).
(Disclaimer: Except for the headline, this story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is published from a syndicated feed.)
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-05/Xinjiang-cotton-industry-calls-for-objective-treatment-of-its-cotton-1z5ozYhL0e4/img/350dfe0047e540df853b999662593dfe/350dfe0047e540df853b999662593dfe.jpeg' alt='Working in a cotton field in Changji Prefecture, northwest China's Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, April 11, 2024. /CFP'
The cotton association of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region issued a statement on Thursday, calling on the international community to treat Xinjiang cotton with rationality and objectivity, expressing hope that Japanese brand Uniqlo would restore its use of Xinjiang cotton, following recent remarks by the company’s founder, Tadashi Yanai.
In a recent interview with the BBC, Yanai claimed that Uniqlo no longer sources cotton from Xinjiang. In its response, the Xinjiang cotton association highlighted that cotton from the region is among the best in the world.
The association emphasized the region’s significant contribution to the global textile industry, providing high-quality cotton that not only meets domestic and international demand but also supports local economic growth. The association said Xinjiang’s cotton industry has created job opportunities for many residents, lifting numerous families out of poverty, and with China’s Belt and Road Initiative, Xinjiang cotton has become a key commodity connecting global markets, prized for its superior quality.
The association criticized the U.S. for politicizing human rights issues to unjustly target Xinjiang cotton. It accused the U.S. of spreading baseless allegations regarding “forced labor” and other accusations in an attempt to undermine the livelihoods of Xinjiang’s workers. The statement argued that such actions deprive the region’s people of their right to improve their lives through legitimate employment.
Further emphasizing the region’s development, the association noted that the Xinjiang cotton industry has made significant strides in mechanization, sustainability and innovation. The industry now boasts a 100 percent mechanization rate for cotton planting, and the mechanized harvesting rate has reached approximately 90 percent. These advancements have made cotton production a crucial pillar of the local economy, contributing to the increasing prosperity of the region’s people, the association said.
“We urge the international community and textile companies to approach anti-Xinjiang rhetoric with careful and rational analysis, based on objective facts. We hope that global brands like Uniqlo will respect and trust Xinjiang cotton, resuming its use to support the healthy and stable development of the global cotton and textile industry,” the statement read.
At a Foreign Ministry press conference on Thursday, spokesperson Lin Jian reiterated that there is no “forced labor” in Xinjiang and reaffirmed China’s strong stance against such practices, which it has actively worked to eliminate. Lin called on the international community to refrain from spreading misinformation and invited foreign visitors to experience the realities of Xinjiang firsthand.
Approval of Imfinzi was based on results from the ADRIATIC Phase III trial, marking the first systemic immunotherapy available for limited-stage small cell lung cancer.
Bengaluru-based Century Real Estate is projecting to achieve a sales target of ₹2,000 crore by the end of FY25, driven by new launches planned for the second half of the year.
The company reported ₹1,040 crore in sales for the first half of the fiscal year. The topline for Q2 stood at ₹507 crore.
Emphasising the expansion plans, Mahesh Prabhu, CEO, of Century Real Estate said, “Century is planning to expand with prime developments coming up in East & North Bengaluru later this year.”
Additionally, the company is planning to launch 8 projects spanning 55 acres in 18 months.
Founded in 1973, Century has a land bank of over 3,000 acres, and a development portfolio of over 20 million sqft, comprising premium residential and commercial assets like hotels, office buildings, residences, educational institutions, and integrated townships.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PRILIKOM online kupovine mnogi se trude naći najnižu moguću cijenu, pogotovo kad jedna online trgovina nudi velik izbor i više sličnih proizvoda. Jedna od takvih je Temu. Ako tamo kupujete, vjerojatno ste se i sami uvjerili u to da više sličnih proizvoda možete pronaći po različitim cijenama.
Tiktokerica Raquel (@raquelriskin) otkrila je trik koji vam može pomoći da prođete još jeftinije. Ona nije otkrila ništa skriveno, već skrenula pozornost na postojeću mogućnost Temua na koju ljudi obično ne obraćaju pozornost.
Mnogi su uspješno iskoristili ovu pogodnost
Raquel objašnjava kako je potrebno otići na stranicu s prethodnim narudžbama. Trebate pregledati svaku narudžbu i naići na opciju prilagođavanja cijena. Klikom na ovu opciju većina korisnika će primiti Temu kredit zbog sniženja cijene proizvoda.
Mnogi su joj bili zahvalni na informaciji, a neki su podijelili vlastiti uspjeh s ovim metodom: “Ne nose svi heroji plašteve”, “Tako sam dobila već 50 dolara kredita”, “Najbolje je to što prije napraviti da ne zaboravite”, “Dobila sam malo više od 3 dolara od zadnje narudžbe.”
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Mogućnost iskoristite 30 dana od narudžbe
“Temu će osigurati razliku u cijeni ako je cijena istog artikla (iste veličine, boje itd., iz iste trgovine) smanjena unutar 30 dana od kupnje u istoj zemlji ili regiji”, stoji na službenoj stranici Temua.
U prijevodu, korisnicima će biti vraćena razlika u cijeni ako je cijena naručenog artikla snižena unutar 30 dana od kupovine. Cijena će biti nadoknađena u obliku kredita koji možete iskoristiti već prilikom sljedeće kupnje.
Temu također ističe da su iz politike prilagođavanja cijena isključeni promotivni proizvodi, kao i proizvodi koji više nisu dostupni ili čije se zalihe rasprodaju.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Ladd McConkey has not made a decision whether he will be available Sunday night against the Kansas City Chiefs as he manages knee and shoulder injuries, but the Chargers’ leading receiver is “going to do whatever I need to do” to get on the field for the AFC West showdown.
“Shoot, if I can play, I’m gonna play,” McConkey said Thursday after practice, during which he was a limited participant.
The rookie leads the Chargers with 815 yards receiving on 58 catches with four touchdowns. He torched the Atlanta Falcons for 105 yards receiving in the first half last Sunday, but said he injured his knee on a third-quarter catch when he was sandwiched on a tackle by Dee Alford and Troy Andersen.
It was McConkey’s last catch of the game and he finished with 117 yards with 12 receptions while laboring through most of the fourth quarter.
“Everybody has something going on,” said McConkey, who was limited in practice both Wednesday and Thursday. “Everybody’s playing through something this time of the year. So at the end of the day, it is what it is. I feel good enough.”
The former second-round pick has been a frequent mention on the Chargers injury report, battling through shoulder and hip injuries this season. Black tape on his right shoulder was poking out from under his jersey Thursday while black sweatpants covered the brace he wore on his right knee.
McConkey’s relatively slight, 6-foot, 185-pound frame, combined with his role that often puts him in position to absorb big tackles while crossing the middle of the field has made his long-term durability a concern.
Although he has worked with trainers to ensure he recovers and gets treatment during the week, McConkey acknowledged that making in-game decisions to preserve his health will be key for his career.
“I’m not really gonna run someone over, and is it really worth it to get the extra one or two yards?” McConkey said. “Obviously if I catch it, it’s third down, I’ll do whatever I gotta do to get the first down. But when there’s four people honing in on you, is it really worth it to take that extra hit?”
McConkey has been the Chargers’ most reliable receiver this season by far. The team’s second-leading pass-catcher is tight end Will Dissly, who has 41 catches for 399 yards and one touchdown.
Elon Musk’s AI company called xAI has raised $6 billion, as it plans to expand its supercomputer to house at least one million graphics processing units (GPUs). According to a filing with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), investors gave a minimum of $77,593 per the filing.
A Wall Street Journal report mentioned that Valor Equity Partners, Sequoia Capital, and Andreessen Horowitz were likely to contribute to the round, along with Qatar Investment Authority, Qatar’s sovereign wealth fund.
The new cash brings xAI’s total raised to $12 billion, adding to the $6 billion tranche xAI raised earlier this year.
In May this year, the AI company behind Grok raised $6 billion to accelerate the research and development of future technologies. The company said the funds from the Series B funding round will be used to take xAI’s first products to market and build advanced infrastructure.
“xAI is primarily focused on the development of advanced AI systems that are truthful, competent, and maximally beneficial for all of humanity. The company’s mission is to understand the true nature of the universe,” the company said in a blog post.
Earlier this year, xAI raised $500 million in commitments from investors toward a $1 billion goal.
Founded in 2023, xAI unveiled its first AI product in November last year and recently announced the Grok-1.5 model with long context capability, as well as Grok-1.5V with image understanding. Meanwhile, the tech billionaire has filed for a preliminary injunction against Sam Altman-run OpenAI for alleged anti-competitive behaviour.
The motion for an injunction accuses OpenAI, its CEO Sam Altman, President Greg Brockman, Microsoft, LinkedIn co-founder and former OpenAI board member Reid Hoffman, and former OpenAI board member and Microsoft VP Dee Templeton of “various illicit activities and seeks to halt them,” according to reports.
The allegations also include converting OpenAI’s governance structure to a for-profit and “transferring any material assets, including intellectual property owned, held, or controlled by OpenAI, Inc., its subsidiaries, or affiliates.”
OpenAI said in a statement that “Elon’s fourth attempt, which again recycles the same baseless complaints, continues to be utterly without merit.” It had earlier called the lawsuit “blusterous” and baseless.
Greece backs higher tax on short-term rental and hotel accommodation, levy on cruise arrivals
The Greek parliament on Wednesday approved a bill increasing a daily tax on short-term rental and hotel accommodation and charging cruise ship visitors a levy to cope with the impact of natural disasters on its economy.
Planning a Greek getaway? Here’s what the new travel taxes in Greece mean for you. (Photo by Pixabay)
Due to climate change, Greece is facing an increased number of extreme weather events, such as floods, droughts and forest-fires, which strain its public finances. Tourism is the main driver of its economy, which emerged from a debt crisis in 2018.
From 2025, the daily tax on short-term rentals in the April-October period – the country’s main tourism season – will rise to 8 euros ($8.41) from 1.5 euros, the bill says.
During the winter months, the tax will rise to 2 euros from 0.5 euros currently.
“We aim to collect 400 million euros annually, almost double the amount we got last year,” a senior finance ministry official told Reuters.
The bill raises a daily tax on hotel accommodation by up to 15 euros in the summer months, depending on the hotel’s star rating. It also imposes a 20-euro levy on cruise ship arrivals to the popular islands of Santorini and Mykonos and a five-euro levy to other destinations.
In 2023, the government submitted a 600-million-euro supplementary budget to compensate households and businesses and to restore damage caused by deadly storm Daniel on rail and road infrastructure.
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Dreaming of Greece? New travel fees you need to know about before your trip
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
Fortnite OG Chapter 1, Season 1 is coming to PS5, PlayStation 4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, PC, Nintendo Switch and Android.
Fortnite OG takes things back to the old-school, re-introducing map locations, items and weapons from the early days of Fortnite Battle Royale.
However, unlike previous trips down memory lane, Epic Games has confirmed that Fortnite OG is here to stay.
Indeed, Fortnite OG Chapter 1, Season 1 has a December 6 release date and is believed to have a 1pm GMT UK release time.
READ MORE: Fortnite Chapter 6, Season 1 release date, time and Battle Pass items
There’s a chance Epic Games could announce a different release time, alongside server downtime prior to the release of Fortnite OG, so keep checking back for more information.
The old-school game mode will feature shorter, more focused seasons compared to the main game, with the first season running from December 6 until January 31.
Season 1 with launch with Solos, Squads and Zero Build modes, while Ranked is tipped to start later this season.
As you can see from the image of the map below, points of interest include Pleasant Park, Anarchy Acres, Wailing Woods, Tomato Town, Greasy Grove, Dusty Depot, Flush Factory and Fatal Fields.
That’s on top of Moisty Mire, Lonely Lodge, Salty Springs and the classic Retail Row.
According to Epic Games, every tree, car, Chest and object should be in its original place. The Zero Build version will, however, add ziplines and Ascenders to make it easier to get around.
The game will also keep some of the “rough edges” that were present in the original, although other gameplay elements and quality of life improvements will be in line with the current version.
For example, building mechanics will be “uniform with Battle Royale as it is today”, while players will also be able to sprint, slide, mantle, door bash, and move while healing.
Things like Reboot Vans and sniper scope glare will also be present, while max building resources will be set to 999 and double pump is enabled for Shotguns.
Speaking of weapons, fans can expect the return of the old classics, such as the vanilla Assault Rifle, Burst Assault Rifle, Scoped Assault Rifle, Pump Shotgun, Tactical Shotgun, Pistol, Revolver, Submachine Gun and Tactical Machine Gun.
These will be joined by the Bolt-Action Sniper Rifle, Semi-Auto Sniper Rifle, Grenade Launcher and Rocket Launcher, as well as Damage Traps, Ceiling Zappers and Wall Dynamo.
Needless to say, Chapter 1, Season 1 will launch alongside a smaller than usual Battle Pass containing various skins and items.
As you can see from the trailer above, new skins include Renegade Rebel, Aerial Assault Bomber and Skull Commander.
You’ll also be able to unlock new Gliders, Back-bling and Harvesting Tools, not to mention emotes, Sprays and Wraps.
It’s worth remembering that as of Chapter 6, any XP earned in other Fortnite modes can also be used to unlock items in the OG Battle Pass.
General Motors has taken a loss of more than US$5 billion (~A$7.7bn) on its Chinese operations as domestic brands there rise in popularity and foreign carmakers struggle.
The American giant has a 50-50 joint venture with SAIC Motor – the owner of brands like MG and LDV – called SAIC-GM, which produces vehicles for the Chinese market.
In a regulatory filing this week, GM said the audit committee of its board concluded a “material impairment” of its interest in SAIC GM was required as it determined a material loss in the value of its investments is “other than temporary”.
GM noted it’s currently conducting “certain restructuring actions” there to address challenges in the market.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Baojun Cloud
It put the value of this “material impairment” in the range of US$2.6 to $2.9 billion (A$4bn to A$4.5bn) for the quarter ending on December 31, 2024, plus an additional US$2.7 billion (A$4.2bn) in equity losses – also expected for this quarter – as a result of implementing its restructuring plan.
This plan includes plant closures and “portfolio optimisation”.
GM’s joint venture with SAIC Motor is up for renewal in 2027.
Buick Electra E4 GS
It reported a third-quarter loss of US$137 million (A$213 million) from its stake in SAIC-GM, down from a US$192 million (A$299 million) profit in the third quarter of 2023.
Automotive News reports word from CFO Paul Jacobson that GM is targeting a return to profitability in China in 2025, after three consecutive loss-making quarters, but as a smaller operation.
“The business has to stand on its own, and it can’t take a significant amount of investment. We’ll restructure some of our agreements and make sure that we can manage with the cash flows as we right-size that business to a much smaller demand set,” he said.
Chevrolet Tracker
Bloomberg reports the non-cash charges GM is taking wipe out as much as 88 per cent of the value of its operations in China and indicates brands like Buick – once extremely popular in China – have drastically decreased in value.
It notes just two GM vehicles are among China’s top 100 best-selling vehicles this year: the Buick GL8 people mover and Verano Pro sedan, both of which are petrol-powered models.
Sales of SAIC-GM products in China are down 59 per cent year-to-date to 370,989 units, around 10 per cent of what BYD sold during the same 11-month period.
Wuling Rongguang
Last year, GM and its joint ventures sold 2,098,000 vehicles in China: close to 1.2 million Wuling vehicles, along with over 517,000 Buicks, over 183,000 Cadillacs, over 168,000 Chevrolets, and over 33,000 Baojuns.
GM touted its third-quarter 2024 sales in China were up 14.3 per cent compared to the previous quarter, as sales of its plug-in hybrids (PHEVs) and electric vehicles (EVs) surpassed those of combustion-powered vehicles for the first time at 52.7 per cent – a 60.7 per cent year-on-year increase, helped by the arrival of new product.
Wuling sells a range of light commercial vehicles, people movers, micro cars, and SUVs with both combustion and electric power, as well as plug-in hybrid sedans and SUVs.
Buick GL8
Baojun also sells a mix of PHEVs and EVs, predominantly selling micro cars and SUVs.
Buick has a special significance in China, as it was the brand of choice for the last Chinese Emperor. A Buick was the first car to enter China.
But as PHEV and EV sales have soared in China, this once popular brand has struggled. It sells just one PHEV, though it recently introduced the electric Electra E4 and Electra E5 SUVs to join the Velite 6 EV wagon.
These, along with models like the GL8 and Verano Pro, have been developed for a Chinese market in which Buick sales long ago overtook those of the brand in the US, and where the lineup is around three times as large.
Cadillac CT6
Chevrolet also has unique vehicles for China such as the Menlo wagon, while Cadillac’s latest generations of XT5 crossover and CT6 sedan – along with the GT4 crossover – are thus far exclusive to China.
Both Chevrolet and Cadillac recently introduced new-generation EVs to China, including the Cadillac Lyriq that’s coming to Australia soon.
GM sales in China peaked at four million in 2017, and the US carmaker was once one of the largest players in the market.
It’s far from alone in losing ground to Chinese carmakers on their home turf, however, with Volkswagen – which entered the Chinese market even earlier than GM, back in the 1980s – was overtaken by BYD as the best-selling brand in the country.
Ganesh Infraworld IPO GMP: The company’s unlisted shares are trading at Rs 161 apiece in the grey market, which is 93.98 per cent premium (or GMP) over the IPO issue price of Rs 83.
Vishal Mega Mart IPO.
Ganesh Infraworld IPO Listing Date: The Ganesh Infraworld IPO allotment has been finalised. Investors can check their IPO allotment status on the registrar Link Intime’s portal. The company is now set for the listing on the NSE SME on December 6. According to market observers, the IPO is set for a blockbuster listing as its GMP is hovering above 90 per cent.
Ganesh Infraworld IPO GMP: The company’s unlisted shares are trading at Rs 161 apiece in the grey market, which is a 93.98 per cent premium (or GMP) over the IPO issue price of Rs 83, signalling a huge listing gain tomorrow. However, the NSE rules cap the SME IPO listing gains at 90 per cent.
Ganesh Infraworld IPO: How To Check Allotment Status?
The Ganesh Infraworld IPO allotment status can be checked on Link Intime’s portal by following the steps given below:
Step 2: Select ‘Ganesh Infraworld Limited – SME IPO’
Step 3: Enter details of PAN, IPO application number, DP/ Client ID, or account number/ IFSC Code
Step 4: Click on ‘Submit’
Your IPO allotment status will be visible now.
Ganesh Infraworld IPO More Details
The initial public offering of Ganesh Infraworld Ltd, which was opened for subscription between November 29 and December 3, received a whopping 369.56 times subscription.
The retail investors’ category received a 274.48 times subscription, while the non-institutional investors (NII) portion got subscribed by 865.82 times. The QIB category received a 163.52 times subscription.
Its price band was fixed in the range of Rs 78 to Rs 83 apiece.
The Ganesh Infraworld IPO is entirely a fresh issue of 118.77 lakh shares.
Ganesh Infraworld Limited’s revenue increased 116 per cent and profit after tax (PAT) rose 198 per cent in the financial year 2023-24.
Vivro Financial Services Private Limited is the book running lead manager of the Ganesh Infraworld IPO, while Link Intime India Private Ltd is the registrar for the issue. The market maker for Ganesh Infraworld IPO is Rikhav Securities.
Ganesh Infraworld Limited, which was founded in 2017, is a construction company offering a wide range of construction-related services.
News business » ipo Ganesh Infraworld IPO Listing On Friday: A Step-By-Step Guide To Check Allotment Status Online, Know Latest GMP
Bitcoin recently crossed the $100,000 mark for the first time, having skyrocketed nearly 140% this year. This surge has generated excitement, especially with the anticipation that President-elect Donald Trump will support cryptocurrencies. Trump has expressed his goal to make America the “crypto capital of the planet” and even proposed creating a national stockpile of Bitcoin.
But alongside this milestone, the altcoin market is also showing movement, with Ethereum breaking its retracement levels and XRP surging past its 2021 high to $2.90. While Bitcoin’s rise is grabbing headlines, the question ‘what’s next’ is also haunting investors. At the time of writing, Bitcoin has retraced back to the $97k levels and is down by more than five percent.
This moment feels eerily similar to the crypto boom of 2017 when Bitcoin broke $10,000 and the media machine kicked into high gear. That was when the altcoin market truly took off, creating a frenzy of gains. Now, with Bitcoin reaching $100,000, we might be witnessing the beginning of a similar surge in altcoins, where volatility and quick gains are the name of the game. However, the question remains: is Bitcoin’s rise a sign of continued growth, or is it entering a consolidation phase?
Himanshu Maradiya, Chairman and Founder, CIFDAQ, told Coinpedia, “Bitcoin’s leap past the $100,000 mark isn’t just a financial milestone—it’s a historic moment that cements the growing clout of decentralized assets in the mainstream. For investors, the spotlight now shifts to long-term planning: keeping an eye on market cycles, diversifying portfolios, and staying updated on regulatory shifts.”
He added, “While this breakthrough fuels optimism, it’s important to tread carefully—volatility remains part of the game. Seasoned investors see this as a chance to reassess risk strategies, while newcomers are urged to prioritize learning the ropes before diving in. The road ahead will demand both patience and conviction.”
You’ll need a plan with enough dedicated resources to accommodate your needs. There are four specific things to pay attention to:
vCPUs/CPU cores: virtual central processing units — dictate how well your server can handle resource-intensive tasks. More vCPUs generally means more capability. The type of CPU being used can also impact your server’s capability.
RAM: Random access memory or RAM controls your server’s ability to perform simultaneous tasks and run smoothly.
Storage: The amount of storage space you have dictates how much data — like images and text — you can store on your server. Most hosting companies use regular solid-state drives or SSD storage to ensure reliable performance. Some hosts use nonvolatile memory express — NVMe — storage to provide even faster and more reliable service.
Bandwidth:Sometimes expressed as data transfer in VPS hosting, bandwidth dictates how much data your server can transmit in a specific period.
Most web hosting companies make it easy to upgrade your plan, so if you need more resources than you initially imagined, you’ll be able to accommodate your increased needs with ease.
Managed vs. unmanaged
Managed hosting involves the web host conducting essential server maintenance, including software updates and adjustments, for you. Unmanaged hosting involves you — or a system administrator you hire — handling all of this maintenance. Managed hosting tends to be more expensive than unmanaged hosting.
Uptime guarantee
Your web host should offer at least a 99.9% uptime guarantee. This ensures that your website will be online almost continuously, with no more than 10 minutes of downtime caused by server issues each week. Some hosts go beyond this to offer 99.99% uptime guarantees, meaning that sites hosted through these companies won’t experience more than two minutes of downtime per week due to server issues.
Operating system options
Many VPS plans let you choose between Linux and Windows operating systems. Pay special attention to this if you want to use programs that are only compatible with servers running a specific operating system.
Customer support
Your web host should offer 24/7 customer support via live chat and email. Many offer 24/7 customer support via phone as well.
Remember that 24/7 customer support doesn’t necessarily mean good support. Read reviews of any company you’re considering to determine how effective its customer support actually is.
Health officials continue to monitor an outbreak of Marburg virus — also known as “bleeding eye virus” — in Rwanda, which has sparked concerns about a potential spread outside the country.
The U.S. State Department issued a travel advisory on Nov. 22, recommending that travelers exercise “increased caution” in Rwanda due to the outbreak.
“Travelers may be subject to additional health screenings [when] entering and exiting Rwanda,” the advisory stated.
BIRD FLU SURGES IN SEVERAL US STATES WITH REPORTS OF NEW OUTBREAKS: ‘GETTING WORSE’
What is Marburg virus?
Similar to the Elbola virus, Marburg is a “rare but severe viral hemorrhagic fever” that is highly deadly, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). It has a 20% to 90% fatality rate.
Similar to the Elbola virus, Marburg is a “rare but severe viral hemorrhagic fever” that is highly deadly.(iStock)
The first case in Rwanda was confirmed in September. As of Nov. 29, the country had reported 66 cases of the virus and 15 deaths. Most of the infected people have been health care workers.
Approximately 75% of the patients with Marburg have recovered, according to the CDC.
There have not been any confirmed cases in the United States, and the CDC says the risk of infection in the country is low.
LEGIONNAIRES’ DISEASE OUTBREAK LINKED TO CRUISE SHIP HOT TUBS, CDC SAYS
“Marburg is one of the deadliest viruses that infect humans,” Dr. Marc Siegel, senior medical analyst for Fox News and clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center, told Fox News Digital.
“It is very similar to Ebola in that it causes hemorrhagic fever.”
Symptoms of the virus
Initial symptoms usually mimic the flu, including fever, body aches, diarrhea, abdominal pain and vomiting.
The interval between infection and symptoms is typically two to 21 days, according to Siegel.
Dr. Marc Siegel previously spoke to Fox News about the Marburg virus outbreak in Rwanda.(Fox News)
In severe cases, patients may experience extreme weight loss, jaundice, inflammation of the pancreas, delirium, shock, liver failure, massive hemorrhaging and multi-organ dysfunction, the CDC stated.
It can also cause bleeding from the eyes, nose, mouth or gastrointestinal tract, hence the nickname “bleeding eye virus.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The virus is transmitted via bodily surfaces, blood and contact with contaminated surfaces, according to Siegel.
The “primary reservoir” (natural host) for the virus is the Egyptian rousette bat (Rousettus aegyptiacus), the CDC noted.
The “primary reservoir” (natural host) for the virus is the Egyptian rousette bat (Rousettus aegyptiacus).(Getty Images)
“There are no adequate drugs or vaccines for Marburg,” Siegel told Fox News Digital.
Medical providers can manage symptoms with supportive care, including oxygen, pain medications and IV fluids for rehydration.
“There are other treatments in the works, including an experimental vaccine,” the doctor noted.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
For those who succumb to the disease, death usually occurs within eight to nine days after symptom onset, Siegel said — typically due to blood loss.
Although the doctor said there is a risk of intercontinental spread, he does not believe it is contagious enough for a widespread outbreak.
Prevention of Marburg
To avoid contracting the virus, the CDC has issued the following recommendations on its website.
If there are no more new cases by Dec. 22, 2024, the outbreak in Rwanda will be declared over.(iStock)
Avoid contact with the blood and bodily fluids of those who are experiencing symptoms.
Do not touch items that may have come in contact with the bodily fluids of an infected person.
Avoid contact with Egyptian rousette bats and non-human primates in areas where Marburg cases have been reported.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
In order for a Marburg outbreak to be officially over, there must be a period of 42 days without any new infections after the last recovered patient has had two negative tests 48 hours apart, according to the CDC.
If there are no more new cases by Dec. 22, 2024, the outbreak in Rwanda will be declared over.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Every twirl and swirl of pasta is an indulgence that foodies just cannot refuse. We are happy that Mira Rajput echoes a similar sentiment. On Thursday, she shared a picture on her Instagram Stories enjoying a plate of aglio olio pasta. This Italian dish is prepared with spaghetti tossed in aglio (garlic) and olio (oil). One bite and your mouth will burst into a symphony of flavours. Top it off with chilli flakes for an extra dose of spice and you will be transported to a culinary heaven. Mira Rajput also couldn’t resist the lure of aglio olio pasta. She enjoyed a hearty plate which was topped with herbs. A cup of coffee was also placed at the far end of the table. Sharing the post, Mira wrote, “Aglio olio of my dreams.”
Can you guess Mira’s ‘on-the-road’ snacks? Previously on another page of her foodie diaries, Mira offered fans a snapshot of her readymade cravings while travelling. It was a wavy Lays ‘magic masala’ packet and a limited Marvel-edition Coke can that she kept on her lap. Is Mira a Marvel fan? Wat we do know is that she is just like us when it comes to sudden hunger pangs. Mira captioned, “Aise bhi din hote hai (There are days like this too) #ontheroad.”
On weekends, Mira yearns for home-cooked delicacies. On one such Sunday, the entrepreneur treated fans to her scrumptious brunch. Accompanying Mira on the gastronomical ride was her girl gang. The delicious vegetarian Parsi spread included lip-smacking biryani, fried potatoes and onion sabzi. There was patra nu cutlet and dhansak as well. We are drooling simply by the thought of it. “Parsi Bhonu (Parsi feast) with the Coopers. And yes, there was an entire veg spread,” read Mira’s caption.
We are excited to find out about Mira’s next foodie adventure.
A spokesperson for the China Coast Guard (CCG) on Thursday condemned the Philippines for its recent provocative behavior in the South China Sea, urging Manila to immediately stop all forms of infringement and inflammatory actions.
On Wednesday, the Philippines deployed multiple vessels in an act of intrusion into Chinese territorial waters, including around Huangyan Dao and Xianbin Jiao, part of Nansha Qundao, said Liu Dejun, a CCG spokesperson.
“These actions severely violated China’s territorial sovereignty, went against the Declaration on the Conduct of Parties in the South China Sea, and undermined regional peace and stability,” Liu said.
Acceptance of the application was based on results from the Phase III STARGLO study, which found that Columvi demonstrated a statistically significant and clinically meaningful overall survival improvement in patients with relapsed or refractory diffuse large B-cell lymphoma.
India’s affordable housing segment is expected to reach ₹67 trillion by 2030 and demand is expected to be around 31.2 million units. However, there exists a mismatch in the definition of affordable housing when one compares how policy-makers and developers see it, said Gulam Zia, Senior Executive Director – Research Advisory, Infrastructure & Valuation, Knight Frank India and Lead, CII Task Group on Affordable Housing.
For instance, between 2019 and 2024, the average launch prices in Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR) increased at a CAGR of 8 per cent for residential units below 30 sqm (EWS category) vs 4.4 per cent for a residential unit between 60 and 160 sqm (MIG).
The average price of a house under 30 sqm in Mumbai is ₹26 lakh with a required home loan of ₹25 lakh. An EWS household with an annual income of under ₹3 lakh would find it challenging to avail this loan as the EMI requirement is above the FOIR (fixed obligation to income ratio) limit set by the banks.
This, therefore, calls for a policy revision aligned with the residential markets, he explains.
Also read: RBI MPC Meeting Dec 2024 Expectations Live: Will RBI announce rate cut tomorrow?
Zia does not rule out a “bubble” happening in the real estate sector with there being significant price rise in the mid, premium and luxury categories.
In an interview to businessline, on the sidelines of a CII conference on Indian housing landscape, he talks about the affordable housing segment, the growing push in premium segment by developers and the impending real estate bubble in the upper end of the spectrum.
Edited excerpts:
There has often been discussions on redefining the scope of affordable housing; and Knight Frank India in a recently released report too spoke of a “mismatch”. Your comments.
The RBI, under its priority sector lending, in defining affordable housing sets a loan eligibility based on the value of the house, differentiating between metro and non-metro cities. But, there exists a mismatch in the definition of affordable housing by the policy makers and the existing residential market. The average unit cost in the affordable housing category has significantly increased as compared to the pre-pandemic period of 2019. There are also state-wise variations and city-wise variations. In fact, within cities there are locality-wise variations. This has impacted the affordability for home buyers, especially in the EWS section.
Is there a price formula that can be worked out?
In 2019, ₹45 lakh as affordable housing for metros and ₹35 lakh for non-metros was given as the price bracket by policy-makers. What we are now saying is, even if you consider the CPI and overlap it with 2019 numbers (of ₹45 lakh), then it becomes at least ₹57 lakh or so in metros. That much has to be considered at least. Ideally, it should be closer to ₹60 lakh.
So are developers losing money if they opt for affordable housing?
It is not that developers are losing money or making losses. Nor at they making a ₹65 lakh house and selling it for ₹45 lakh. But look at it this way, I make a particular number of houses, each priced at ₹50 lakh. The question is who is my target buyer then. Anyone with a household income of up to ₹45 lakh cannot buy it. A developer will have to be wary of how he places his offerings so that it fits in a particular category. The point here is developers are not creating that supply in afforadable housing, in the first place. It is not the other way round, that is they are building homes but are not getting buyers.
If there is demand for affordable housing, why are developers not creating the supply?
Developers see that a certain category of projects are selling more over other segments (premium over affordable), and there is viability or profits coming in from those sales, why would they spend energies in creating homes for the lower end of the society.
Also for the developer, one way to make easy money by selling – as this suits his logistics or infra set-up – houses where people are already queuing up to buy it. The developer has already pre-sold them. Now compare this to a scenario where new homes are built, but the developer has to wait for someone to come and buy, sales are not assured and then there has to be huge thrust on marketing to move that stock. In comparison, the first one is an easier solution for the developer.
The price rise in residential real estate is phenomenal. And it is out of reach of many. Are we witnessing a bubble?
Price rise is not as much in the lower end of the market as compared to the upper end (₹80 lakh and upwards). In affordable housing, we haven’t seen a price rise.
Here – in the upper end – the price rise is pronounced, because people are paying any price to buy homes. People are queuing up and it is leading to a lot of upward pressure on prices. But this is restricted to a particular segment.
So obviously, the concern or observations (of a bubble) are valid when it is luxury or upper-end of the market. In a few situation, I feel, it has already breached the top. Of course then, there is a bubble in the making; and developers are accepting it in private too. The velocity of sales may slow down in select locations.
Urban consumption slowdown is now a reality. Does it have a spillover effect in affordable housing?
Affordable housing was always affected. Immediately after Covid, the segment saw their spending propensity take an adverse hit. A year or more later (post Covid), people were impacted by interest rate up-cycle. So home loans saw a 200 – 250 bps increase. From 6.5 per cent, it is around 9 per cent, at present. And has made homes unaffordable to the lower end of the market. Home loan interest rate movement is a concern.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KUHINJA je srce svakog doma tijekom blagdana, ali često je zaboravimo ukrasiti. No nema ništa bolje nego kad druženje uz blagdanski ručak dopune prekrasni prigodni ukrasi koji jačaju duh Božića i zajedništva. Uz ove jednostavne ideje, unesite blagdanski duh i u ovaj prostor bez puno problema.
Stavite vijenac na napu
Postavite zeleni vijenac na kuhinjsku napu za efektan i mirisni dodatak prostoru. Prirodno zelenilo poput bora unosi poseban ugođaj, a savršeno odgovara Božiću. Dizajnerica interijera Alykhan Velji obožava stavljati prirodno zelenilo u dom upravo zbog mirisa.
Unesite zlatne i bakrene detalje
Ovo možete postići vrlo jednostavnim zamjenama. Primjerice, keramičke posude za pribor zamijenite zlatnim ili bakrenim, hranu poslužujte s pozlaćenim priborom za jelo. Stakleno posuđe također će ostaviti svečan dojam, piše Livingetc.
Iskoristite mini božićno drvce
Na kuhinjski stol ili radnu površinu možete staviti minijaturno božićno drvce. Ovo je jednostavan način da kuhinji date poseban blagdanski izgled.
Inspirirajte se skandinavskim stilom
Birajte svijetle tonove poput bijele i sive, uz puno svjetlećih lampica i prirodne teksture poput lana i drva. Svijeće i lagane dekoracije stvorit će ugodnu atmosferu. Dodajte teksture poput tepiha od lažnog krzna ili lanene ubruse koji će kuhinju učiniti još ugodnijom.
Ukrasite otvorene police
Ako imate otvorene police u kuhinji, jednostavno ih ukrasite vijencima, svijećama i sitnim božićnim ukrasima. Ne moraju to biti ukrasi s likovima Djeda Božićnjaka, možete izložiti svoje najljepše tanjure i šalice, što će pridonijeti svečanom dojmu.
Postavite dekoracije iznad stola
Objesite papirnate zvijezde, lampice ili ukrase iznad stola za jedinstven izgled. Papirnate ukrase možete i sami izraditi, a aktivnost je to koja će zasigurno razveseliti djecu.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ukrasite stolice
Na naslone stolaca možete dodati grančice bora ili mašne u crvenoj ili zelenoj boji. Možete dodati i jastuke za sjedenje prigodnih boja i uzoraka. Ovo je vrlo jednostavan način da unesete dašak Božića u svoju kuhinju.
Držite se minimalizma
Božićno ukrašavanje ne mora biti sinonimno s pretjeranim kićenjem. Kad je riječ o kuhinji, nužno je da imate dovoljno prostora za rad. Jednostavno granje u vazi i nekoliko svijeća mogu izgledati vrlo svečano, a prostor ostaje funkcionalan za kuhanje.
Unesite prirodno zelenilo
Objesite grane bora ili imele na prozore, ručke ormarića ili grede za prirodni, tradicionalni božićni izgled.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Popular social media site, WhatsApp, is introducing a new feature for Android users via the latest beta update, version 2.24.25.8. According to a report, the latest update brings a redesigned chat lists interface. Currently, the update is available to select beta testers and is likely to reach a wider audience in the upcoming weeks.
The update is seen as WhatsApp’s efforts to enhance the user experience. Previously, WhatsApp brought a feature that enabled users to delete preset chat filters, such as “Unread” and “Groups”. The latest update expands this feature to a wider audience and makes it more user-friendly. It allows users to easily manage, delete, and create custom chat lists directly from the chat interface. Users simply need to tap and hold on to the filter to delete a preset one, which reveals the option to remove it.
The latest update also brings a notable change pertaining to the organisation of the chat list interface. At the top of the screen, filters such as ‘Favourites’ and ‘Various Conversations’ are displayed. Below the main filters, a designed button has been included, which allows users to seamlessly create a new custom list. The new button aligns with other action buttons in the app, offering a modern look to the interface. Additionally, other buttons are available next to the deleted preset filters, giving an option to users to restore them.
The design of the interface for managing, creating, and deleting chat lists has been totally revamped to align with the style of other sections of the app, including “Security” and “Mail” settings. The new layout gives away a simplified look, making navigation and accessing essential features easier than before.
With this update, WhatsApp aims to provide a well-organised and efficient experience for users to manage their conversations, ultimately improving the overall functionality of the app.
Sonakshi Sinha and Zaheer Iqbal enjoyed a two-day romantic getaway in Rome. The couple stayed at the luxurious Anantara Palazzo Naiadi hotel.
Sonakshi Sinha and Zaheer Iqbal went on a two-day romantic holiday in Rome, Italy. The couple shared pictures from their vacation on Instagram with the caption, “Rome in a jiffy at the @anantarapalazzonaiadi! Cosy dinners with a view, a fun buggy ride thru the city, and some mandatory sightseeing! A 2 days well spent!! (sic).”
Sonakshi Sinha and Zaheer Iqbal enjoyed a two-day vacation in Rome.
Also Read | Step inside Ananya Panday’s modern home right above her parents’ house: It has personalised touches, pastel tones
During their two-day Roman holiday, Sonakshi and Zaheer stayed at the luxurious Anantara Palazzo Naiadi hotel. Scroll down to learn how much a per-night stay at the hotel would cost. First, here’s a look at the couple’s holiday album.
Sonakshi and Zaheer’s Roman holiday
Sonakshi and Zaheer covered almost all the tourist attractions during their two-night stay in Rome, including dinner with a city view, buggy rides around the Italian capital, and mandatory sightseeing. The album features pictures of the couple’s adorable moments of posing outside their hotel, hugging each other, a mirror selfie inside their hotel room, posing in front of the Colosseum, and visiting local haunts. The couple also visited the Trevi Fountain, the Papal Basilica of Saint Mary Major and St Paul’s Within The Walls church.
How much does a room at the Anantara Palazzo Naiadi Hotel cost?
According to the pictures available on the hotel’s website, it seems that Sonakshi and Zaheer stayed at the Junior Suite Piazza View. As per Makemytrip.com, the prices for the suite start from ₹66,732 plus ₹6,673 taxes and fees per night and go on to ₹80,640 plus ₹8,064 taxes and fees per night.
The 41 square metre suite comes with several features, including a spacious balcony offering stunning city views, butler services, a free mini-bar with non-alcoholic beverages, gold accents in decor adding a regal touch, vintage furniture, and a mixture of bold and neutral colour palette offering a bright touch to the room.
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Inside Sonakshi Sinha, Zaheer Iqbal’s Rome holiday featuring a luxurious hotel stay: Here’s how much the rooms cost
Blitz, Lee and The Ministry of Ungentlemanly Warfare are probably the most prominent World War 2 films to release in cinemas this year.
Yet occasionally a hidden gem with a lower budget goes under the radar… the submarine radar, for that matter.
Having debuted in 2023 in its native Italy as Comandante, The Commander finally reaches UK shores this weekend.
Shot on a budget of just £12 million, this new film from Edoardo De Angelis charts an incredible true story of sacrificial rescue during the Second World War.
And what makes it even more inspiring is that it involved saving enemy men who would have otherwise drowned.
The Commander is set during the Battle of the Atlantic when Comandante Cappellini submarine Commander Salvatore Todoro disobeyed Axis orders. After sinking a Belgian ship called the Kabalo, he had his crew rescue the survivors treading water. Unable to dive due to an overcrowded vessel, he was forced to navigate on the surface for three days to get the men to safety, all the while being targeted by the British Royal Navy. Beautifully shot on a low budget, this tense thriller begins on land as Pierfrancesco Favino’s Commander and his men poetically say goodbye to their wives and girlfriends before heading off to war.
The first half of the film depicts life aboard the cramped and sweaty submarine at war as the men reckon with their mission, while the second half sees them dealing with the Belgian survivors. Although focused more on the individual heroism of the true story, the film is slightly dismissive in its reckoning with Italy’s fascistic past. Nevertheless, the sacrificial loving of enemies is touching and, as the Commander himself points out, the opposite of how the Nazis would have dealt with the shipwrecked men in the water.
The Commander will be released in select UK cinemas on Friday and will be available on demand from December 23, 2024.
Skoda has revamped its best-seller in Australia with more than just a fresh face.
The Kamiq small SUV range has been scaled back to just two variants – Select and Monte Carlo – following the axing of the previous mid-range Style and top-shelf Signature variants.
However, the two remaining variants both pack more standard equipment than before.
On test here is the now-flagship Kamiq Monte Carlo, which is priced $44,990 drive-away. This is the same price as the pre-update Signature range-topper, though it’s more of a sporty-oriented offering.
As part of the update, it has picked up Matrix LED headlights, a larger 9.2-inch touchscreen infotainment system, 10-speaker sound system, and Travel Assist, which combines adaptive cruise control with lane centring, among other safety functions.
Like the Signature variant it replaces, the Monte Carlo offers sporty looks inside and out, and comes with adaptive dampers, but it misses out on a wireless phone charger and heated rear seats.
There aren’t many overtly sporty SUV rivals at this end of the market, but notable rivals include the Hyundai Kona N-Line, Kia Seltos GT-Line, Suzuki Vitara Turbo, and Toyota Yaris Cross GR Sport.
But the small SUV segment is very crowded and hotly contended, so does this facelifted Kamiq Monte Carlo offer enough to stand out from the crowd? Read along to find out.
How does the Skoda Kamiq compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Skoda Kamiq against similarly sized vehicles.
Skoda
Kamiq
How much does the Skoda Kamiq cost?
There are now just two variants in the Skoda Kamiq range. On test here is the flagship Monte Carlo.
Model
Drive-away pricing
2025 Skoda Kamiq Select
$33,990
2025 Skoda Kamiq Monte Carlo
$44,990
To see how the Skoda Kamiq shapes up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Skoda Kamiq like on the inside?
Don’t let the Kamiq’s small exterior dimensions cloud your judgement. It’s actually rather spacious inside.
The Kamiq is an easy vehicle to get in and out of thanks to its higher ride height that’s synonymous with crossover SUVs. You pivot across rather than stepping up or down, which is great for those with limited mobility.
Once you’re in there are sporty bucket-style seats that have fabric upholstery and an inoffensive design with coloured stripes.
They are meaty units which offer lots of bolstering to secure you in. One gripe, however, is that the bolstering around your shoulders is a little too high-set and aggressive, which prevented me from sinking properly into the seat. The integrated head restraint mightn’t be to everyone’s tastes either as it doesn’t offer any adjustment, though it is at least soft and squishy.
The driver’s seat base and backrest offers plenty of electric adjustability, which is fantastic as it allows both shorter and taller people to sit behind the wheel comfortably. My favourite part is the amount of thigh support you can dial in.
Ahead of the driver is a flat-bottomed, leather-wrapped steering wheel that feels nice in the hand and looks sporty.
It may scare you if you suffer from trypophobia, however, as there are plenty of perforations to cool clammy hands on longer, spirited drives.
This flagship variant offers a heated steering wheel that gets very hot if left on the highest setting. You can tell this vehicle has been set up for frosty European mornings.
Behind the steering wheel is a proper 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster that Skoda refers to as a Virtual Cockpit. It looks high-resolution like most Volkswagen Group digital driver displays and offers countless customisation options.
My personal favourite cluster view is the one with the central rev counter. It just feels right, given the Monte Carlo’s sporty orientation.
Moving across, there’s a 9.2-inch touchscreen infotainment system mounted proudly on the dash. It isn’t overly large, like those in some SUVs, but looks high-resolution and produces vibrant colours.
The interface is easy to navigate, especially thanks to the touch-sensitive shortcut buttons that flank the touchscreen.
I experienced occasional infotainment glitches during my week of testing, which is disappointing and detracted from the experience.
At one stage the satellite navigation widget on the home screen went on the fritz. It showed a bunch of 50km/h street signs and North icons for no reason.
Another time when I started up the car, the touchscreen’s calibration was all off. When I clicked an icon on the screen a totally different menu would open. Thankfully, a hard reset of the infotainment system fixed this issue.
As standard, the Kamiq Monte Carlo offers both wired and wireless versions of Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, but with my iPhone 15 Pro Max connected wirelessly there were occasional dropouts, albeit due to known interference points.
For example, the infotainment system would sometimes lose wireless smartphone mirroring connectivity with my phone when it was in my pocket. I needed to place it on the centre tunnel to maintain connection. I’ve experienced plenty of cars with patchy CarPlay connectivity, but never one this bad.
And although the Kamiq offers wireless smartphone mirroring, there’s no wireless phone charger to keep your phone battery topped up. There’s a spot for one at the front of the centre console, but Skoda hasn’t installed it in the Monte Carlo.
You won’t be caught out with a flat phone battery, however, as there are two USB-C ports up front.
I also appreciate Skoda sticking with a physical climate control unit in this updated car. The two knobs are intuitive to use and have a clicky action that’s satisfying.
I’m also a big fan of the Air Care feature, which vents air from the cabin and replenishes it with fresh air. It’s ideal if you’ve had takeaway in the car, or a fellow passenger breaks wind.
The Kamiq Monte Carlo’s interior is befitting of a sporty-oriented flagship. Although there are plenty of black finishes, red highlights break it up and at night the interior ambient lights up the dash.
The cabin also feels very airy thanks to the panoramic glass roof, which is a large but unfortunately fixed unit that doesn’t open or vent like a sunroof. That said, I did appreciate the dark retractable blind when it was too bright inside.
All the main touch points up front are soft to the touch, though you don’t have to look far to find harder plastics. This is a flagship version of a budget small car, after all.
What did disappoint me was the amount of creaks and rattles the interior plastics made, even during low-speed urban driving. The main culprit appeared to be a creak behind the digital instrument cluster, though my partner also noted numerous others on the passenger side on a long country drive.
Thankfully, you can turn up the volume on the excellent 10-speaker sound system to dull the rattles.
This car is built on a version of the MQB platform that underpins the likes of the Volkswagen Polo. Largely, the Kamiq belies the fact it’s built on a small-car platform, but the centre console is proof of its limitations.
It’s not very wide and has awkwardly small cupholders, plus there’s still a physical handbrake that eats further into storage space.
But I’m thankful there’s a proper centre armrest, as this is a common omission in small cars. It also ratchets to allow you to dial in your desired position.
Moving to the second row, there’s more space than meets the eye. At a leggy 182cm, I had oodles of leg, head, shoulder, and toe room behind my driving position.
The two outboard rear seats are comfortable and supportive, and the head restraints are squishy. They’re a great place to spend longer periods of time in, though the big one-piece front seat backs do block a bit of frontward visibility.
There’s plenty of space for two people in the back, though pushing it to three gets really squishy. The middle seat is compromised as it’s smaller and raised, plus you need to contend for feet space due to the large transmission tunnel.
In terms of second-row amenities, there are centre console-mounted air vents, USB-C ports, as well as map pockets on both seats with device slots. One of the few things that’s missing in the second row is a fold-down armrest with cupholders, but this is common in smaller cars and SUVs.
Around the back, the Kamiq Monte Carlo has a power tailgate that opens quickly and quietly. Once it’s open there’s a massive amount of space, which is typical of Skoda vehicles.
The Czech carmaker claims the Kamiq Monte Carlo has 400 litres of boot capacity with the rear seats upright, though folding them expands boot capacity to 1395 litres. The floor is not completely flat, however.
One catch with the boot is that there’s a high loading lip, meaning you’ll need to lift items up into it. It’s not the end of the world, but is something to keep in mind if you’re carrying heavy items.
Like a typical Skoda, there are plenty of hooks in the boot, as well as storage nooks off to each side. Under the boot floor there’s a space-saver spare wheel.
Lastly, the Kamiq wouldn’t be a Skoda without the requisite ‘Simply Clever’ touches. Some examples include an umbrella neatly tucked into the driver’s door, a parking ticket holder on the windscreen, and an ice scraper in the fuel filler flap.
Dimensions
Skoda Kamiq
Length
4241mm
Width
1793mm
Height
1531mm
Wheelbase
2651mm
Cargo capacity
400 litres (5 seats) 1395 litres (2 seats)
To see how the Skoda Kamiq shapes up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The Skoda Kamiq Monte Carlo comes with a more powerful 1.5-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine that produces 110kW of power and 250Nm of torque.
Specifications
Skoda Kamiq Monte Carlo
Engine
1.5L 4cyl turbocharged petrol
Power
110kW
Torque
250Nm
Transmission
7-speed DSG
Driven wheels
Front-wheel drive
Weight
1340kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
5.6L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
5.5L/100km (1110km total)
Fuel tank capacity
50L
Fuel requirement
95 octane premium unleaded
CO2 emissions
126g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked tow capacity
1250kg
It’s worth noting that our average as-tested fuel economy figure was achieved with plenty of highway and freeway kilometres, but we still achieved under 6.0L/100km in most urban driving scenarios.
To see how the Skoda Kamiq shapes up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Skoda Kamiq drive?
Starting up the Kamiq Monte Carlo, you get a familiar Volkswagen Group ignition sound and a quiet four-cylinder idle.
It’s refreshing to have a proper gear selector, rather than the stubby shift-by-wire unit in new-generation Volkswagen Group models, as it feels more natural and substantial.
The same goes for the physical handbrake lever, though after a week of testing I lamented the lack of an electric handbrake because it would’ve allow for auto-hold functionality, and increased the amount of centre console storage.
For the first few days of driving this Kamiq I experienced some low-speed quibbles with the dual-clutch automatic transmission. No matter how I fed on the throttle from a standstill it would be jerky, like a learner driver in a manual car.
This type of gripe is common with lower-torque Volkswagen Group vehicles with dual-clutch autos.
After a few days of learning how to apply the throttle in a way that launched the car more seamlessly, things became a lot smoother but still not perfect. In fairness, the car also learns how a driver uses the throttle and calibrates the transmission accordingly.
But it’s frustrating that you need to learn how to drive this car smoothly at low speeds, which may turn people off during a test drive.
Another transmission quirk is that it’s very willing to shift up to second gear as soon as possible to reduce fuel use. If you almost come to a stop and then accelerate, the car will sometimes downshift abruptly. Other times it will set off in second gear, which is arguably smoother than starting in first.
Gripes aside, the four-cylinder turbo-petrol engine in our Monte Carlo tester is an absolute peach. It produces plenty of pep for such a small vehicle, though it’s never too much. Goldilocks would approve.
There’s also a wealth of torque available – the full 250Nm comes on tap from just 1500rpm – which while moving makes for effortless driving. The DCT also feels a lot more natural one that car’s on the move.
Revs are generally kept low to minimise fuel consumption, but you can lean on the torque to maintain solid progress in most situations. And if you punch the accelerator harder the transmission will drop a gear or two to get things shimmying faster.
The Kamiq Monte Carlo lives up to its name by being warm-ish in terms of performance and dynamics around town. This is where it feels most comfortable as it feels light on its feet and is a joy to chuck around corners.
That’s thanks in part to its Sport Chassis Control system, which pairs a 15mm lower ride height and adaptive dampers with two modes – Normal and Sport.
A tradeoff of this is low-speed ride comfort that’s best described as adequate. Many pimply urban road surfaces are soaked up well by the suspension, but harsher singular bumps transmit into the cabin.
You can also hear a lot of what the suspension is doing on the move, which is a factor of how well Skoda has insulated the cabin.
The steering in the Kamiq Monte Carlo is well weighted and not overly assisted like in some small crossovers. Even so, twirling the tiller is easy in low-speed scenarios and parking this small SUV is a breeze.
As standard, there are front and rear parking sensors, plus a reversing camera. Thankfully, the camera resolution is fine, but it would be nice to have a proper surround-view camera, especially given this is a flagship variant.
There’s also a parking assistant that’s able to help with parallel and perpendicular parking. In practice it’s okay, but it requires two cars in order to actually park into a spot. The system is unable to read parking lines.
Out on the open road the Kamiq Monte Carlo’s turbo-petrol engine has plenty left in the tank for effortless highway cruising and overtakes. It’s also incredibly efficient.
During one particular highway drive I averaged just 4.4L/100km, which is phenomenal and almost hybrid-like. And when I refilled the petrol tank to the brim, the trip computer showed a range of 900km.
However, the Kamiq doesn’t feel like a natural highway tourer. Sure, it can hold its own out on the open road, but the booming road and tyre noise can be tiring, and bumps are transmitted more harshly into the cabin at high speed, no doubt thanks to the relatively large 18-inch wheels.
Also, when you’re loaded up with four people out on the open road the rear-end can get bumpy, taking multiple movements to settle. I had people fighting to be up front, where it was considerably more comfortable.
On the safety front, the Kamiq’s adaptive cruise control system is fantastic. Volkswagen Group systems have long been a benchmark in terms of how they react to cars up ahead, especially when they drop in suddenly on you.
An annoyance that persists with this system, however, is the undertaking prevention feature, especially since many Australians don’t understand lane etiquette and hang out in the overtaking lane.
The lane-keep assist function activates above 60km/h and can sometimes tug at the steering wheel for no reason, despite the vehicle clearly being within lane markings. I noticed this the most on freeway off-ramps, but thankfully it didn’t occur frequently enough to make me switch it off.
With this latest update the Kamiq Monte Carlo has gained Travel Assist, which combines adaptive cruise control with a lane centring function. It’s great at minimising driver fatigue on clearly marked highways and freeways.
On twistier B-roads, though, I found it to be a little too hands-on. In these instances, I preferred to switch it off and do the steering myself.
Lastly, the Kamiq Monte Carlo comes with bright LED headlights as standard, with a matrix LED high-beam function. This allows the car to keep its high-beams on for as long as possible, then dip only certain parts of the beams when it detects headlights or tail-lights.
It’s a fantastic feature that works well in rural areas where animals can jump out onto the road at any point, and we wish it was offered in more Kamiq variants, specifically as part of the Signature Package for the base Select.
What do you get?
There are now only two variants in Skoda Australia’s Kamiq range.
Kamiq Select equipment highlights:
17-inch alloy wheels
Auto LED headlights
LED front fog lights
LED tail-lights, rear fog lights
LED ambient lighting
Rain-sensing wipers
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Keyless entry and start
Power-folding exterior mirrors
Auto-dimming driver’s side mirror
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
8.0-inch digital instrument cluster
8.25-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay
Wireless Android Auto
8-speaker audio
4 x USB-C ports
Dual-zone climate control
Optional Signature Pack ($4200) adds:
Travel Assist
Lane Assist with Adaptive Lane Guidance
Adaptive Cruise Control
Electric tailgate
Park Assist
18-inch black alloy wheels
Rear privacy glass
10.25-inch digital instrument cluster
Carpet floor mat
LED ambient lighting
Chrome roof rails
Chrome window surrounds
Alarm system with interior monitoring and towing protection
Fabric upholstery (lodge interior)
Kamiq Monte Carlo adds:
Auto LED Matrix headlights with Dynamic Light Assist
9.2-inch touchscreen infotainment system
10.25-inch Virtual Cockpit
10-speaker premium audio
Gloss black exterior trim and badging
Aluminium pedals
Power-adjustable driver’s seat
Heated front sports comfort seats
Heated steering wheel
Panoramic glass roof with electric sunblind
Is the Skoda Kamiq safe?
The Skoda Kamiq has a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on testing of the related Skoda Scala in 2019.
Additional frontal offset and pedestrian tests were performed on the Skoda Kamiq to confirm the results. This ANCAP safety rating applies to all Kamiq variants.
Opting for the optional Signature Pack or stepping up to Kamiq Monte Carlo adds:
Lane Assist with Adaptive Lane Guidance
Adaptive cruise control
Travel Assist (adaptive cruise control + lane centring)
How much does the Skoda Kamiq cost to run?
The Kamiq is covered by a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, in line with the rest of the Skoda range.
Running costs
Skoda Kamiq
Warranty
7 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
Up to 7 years (service activated)
Service intervals
12 months or 15,000 kilometres
Capped price servicing
7 years
Total capped price service cost
$2650
To see how the Skoda Kamiq shapes up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Skoda Kamiq
The Kamiq may be a small SUV based on a small-car platform, but in the metal it looks substantial on the outside and feels even bigger inside.
Skoda has done a great job of maximising the amount of occupant and cargo space, which has long been a hallmark of the Czech brand. The ‘Simply Clever’ features are also handy, and fun to point out to passengers.
But it’s a shame the level of sound insulation doesn’t match the clever interior packaging. This makes suspension noise more noticeable in the cabin and tyre roar pronounced at higher speeds, even if the latter is a common trait for smaller European cars.
The number of interior trim creaks and rattles I experienced during my week with a brand-new vehicle with around only 1000km on the odometer also wasn’t great. Sure, you can drown them out with the sound system, but they don’t bode well for long-term refinement.
These gripes aside, the Monte Carlo’s dynamic handling and spritely turbo-petrol performance continue to be its best features. The engine in particular is an absolute ripper, beautifully balancing peppy performance with hybrid-like fuel consumption.
The only powertrain disappointment is the dual-clutch automatic transmission that requires you to learn how to make it work smoothly in low-speed scenarios, although it’s by no means the worst example of the DCT breed.
If you drive the Kamiq Monte Carlo long enough, however, it might just surprise you. There are many endearing qualities here, quite apart from the big dose of extra standard equipment.
Interested in buying a Skoda Kamiq? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
CyberPeace’s investigation reveals that the stolen data is being sold in bulk, with records available in batches starting from 1,00,000 entries.
HDFC Life Insurance confirmed the data breach.
If you’re a policyholder with HDFC Life Insurance, it’s crucial to stay vigilant. A massive data breach has come to light, exposing the personal details of up to 1.6 crore customers. According to CyberPeace, a prominent cybersecurity organisation, this sensitive customer data is being sold on a Dark Web forum for 2,00,000 USDT (Tether cryptocurrency).
The leaked information includes highly sensitive details such as policy numbers, names, mobile numbers, email addresses, dates of birth, home addresses, and even health statuses. The exposure of this personal data, especially policy numbers, has prompted CyberPeace to warn individuals about potential risks, urging them to remain alert and take necessary precautions.
In response to the breach, HDFC Life Insurance confirmed that some customer data had indeed been leaked. Last month, the company issued a statement acknowledging that certain data fields were being circulated by an unknown source, and malicious intent was suspected. They assured the public that a full investigation was underway to evaluate the extent of the damage and to assess any potential risks to customers.
CyberPeace’s investigation reveals that the stolen data is being sold in bulk, with records available in batches starting from 1,00,000 entries. While the identity of the hackers behind this breach remains unknown, the organisation stated that a significant portion of the data has already been sold to interested buyers, heightening concerns over its potential misuse. The fact that a large part of the data has already been circulated raises alarms about the severity of the situation and the potential for identity theft or fraud.
This breach at HDFC Life Insurance is not an isolated incident. Just a few months ago, in October, similar concerns arose regarding Star Health Insurance. Reports surfaced that hackers had stolen and were attempting to sell over 7.24 TB of sensitive customer data, affecting more than 3.1 crore individuals. The stolen information was reportedly being auctioned for $1,50,000, further highlighting the increasing vulnerability of the insurance sector to cybercriminal activity.
As the investigation into HDFC Life’s data breach continues, customers are urged to monitor their accounts closely and report any suspicious activity. It’s crucial to stay informed and take proactive steps to protect personal information in the wake of such cyber threats.
News business HDFC Life Insurance Data Breach: 1.6 Crore Customers’ Information Leaked On Dark Web
In this bull run, despite opting for blue-chip cryptocurrencies majority of investors and traders opting meme coins for a quick profit. While examining the growing interest in meme coins, CoinPedia’s technical expert highlighted Shiba Inu (SHIB), the second-largest crypto-meme coin, as being poised for notable upside momentum.
Shiba Inu (SHIB) Technical Analysis and Upcoming Level
According to expert technical analysis, SHIB has broken out of a tight consolidation zone near the horizontal level of $0.0000295. With this recent breakout, the path for upside momentum appears clear. Based on price action, there is a strong possibility that the meme coin could soar by 30%, reaching the $0.000041 mark in the coming days.
Source: Trading View
On the positive side, SHIB is trading above the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) on the daily timeframe, indicating an uptrend. Meanwhile, the Relative Strength Index (RSI) is currently below the overbought area, suggesting that SHIB still has enough room to soar in the coming days.
RSI is a technical indicator that determines whether an asset is oversold or overbought, helping traders and investors make informed decisions about building positions.
Bullish On-Chain Metrics
With this bullish price action, it appears that whales and institutions have shown strong interest and confidence in the meme coin, as reported by on-chain metrics from Coinglass.
$51.63 Million SHIB Outflow From Exchanges
According to SHIB spot inflow/outflow data, exchanges have witnessed a significant outflow of $51.63 million worth of SHIB since the beginning of December 2024.
Source: Coinglass
In the cryptocurrency context, outflow refers to the movement of assets from exchanges to wallet addresses, indicating that long-term holders have accumulated significant amounts of meme coins. This outflow suggests a perfect buying opportunity, hints at potential upside momentum, and further reduces selling pressure.
83% Top Traders Hold Long Position
In addition to long-term holders, traders have also shown confidence in the meme coin. According to data, the SHIB long/short ratio on Binance currently stands at 5, indicating strong bullish sentiment among traders.
Currently, 83.35% of top traders on Binance hold long positions, while 16.65% hold short positions.
Source: Coinglass
Current Price Momentum
At press time, SHIB is trading near $0.0000315 and has registered a price gain of over 4.35% in the past 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume has surged by 80%, indicating heightened participation from traders and investors in response to SHIB’s bullish outlook.
That’s a lot of money, given that the survey finds marketers in the U.S. average $108,380 per year, which is 3% less than the previous year.
So how do you get that 20%? Well, the best advice to get a huge increase like that is to switch jobs. Few companies will pay you 20% more in 2025 than they did in 2024 for the same work.
But that doesn’t mean you must accept what you’re earning now. You can take steps now. How can you ask for and get a realistic increase? Do your research. Prep the case and present it effectively.
Do external research
Just as you do for your content marketing, you should research the marketplace. What do others in similar roles in similar industries earn?
Fortunately, you live in an era of pay transparency laws and a global economy. California, Colorado, Connecticut, Maryland, Nevada, and many cities, including New York City, require companies to publish salary ranges in their job postings. In some cases, big companies now include salary ranges in all their postings, probably to ensure compliance with any potential law.
Search job postings on LinkedIn, industry job boards, and employment sites to learn what compensation is being offered. By using job postings, you can also better understand whether your responsibilities match, or are at least similar to, what the employer is requesting in the job posting.
From here, you can move on to salary benchmark reports. Though more general than individual job postings, they provide some cumulative, credible research.
As mentioned, CMI research finds that the average U.S. marketer earns $108,380 per year. But when configured for major urban centers, such as Boston and San Francisco, and all other locations, the numbers differ. The average rate in major urban centers is $122,265, while other locations have an average pay of $93,737.
When breaking down the salaries into roles, more differences appear. Directors and above earn an average of $146,901, while the average for managers is $102,914, and individual roles earn an average of $89,455.
Another option is to use the salary tool from the recruiting agency Creative Circle. When you select a job title and location, the tool reveals both the average pay and the desired salary, based on what candidates say they want. All the data comes from Creative Circle’s clients and job applicants.
Get ready internally
Of course, arguing you should get a raise because everybody else makes more money won’t get you anywhere.
You must get specific about your work situation and ask these questions:
Is my employer doing well? CMI’s research finds that 33% of marketers say their companies have laid people off in the last year. If that’s you, a raise isn’t likely unless your role has significantly expanded. However, if you’re in the majority that hasn’t seen a layoff, a raise could be possible.
How is content and marketing affecting the business? The bigger the impact of content and marketing on the bottom line, the better case you likely can make for a raise.
With the macro factors identified, you should now reflect on your role and work.
Nikola Baldikov, CEO and founder of Inbound Blogging, says it’s all about showing the difference you’ve made.
Start with clear examples of your achievements backed by measurable results. “These are the kinds of wins that connect your work directly with the company’s success. It’s important to highlight your determination to drive results,” Nikola says.
I suggest every employee create a bullet list. In this document, you paste positive feedback, metrics, and results from your work when you get them. That way, whenever you’re ready to argue for a salary increase (or update your resume), you can pull the most important and relevant bullets into your formal request.
Nikola notes that you shouldn’t forget to look to the future in your plea. Detail the new tools or skills, such as AI, that you’ve learned and show how they can help improve performance and bring more value to your role.
With that external, internal, and personal research, you’re almost ready to make the ask. But it’s helpful if you’ve already executed this next idea.
Build a bench of supporters
Steve Rose, a product manager and former vice president at Intent, offers a tip to help you prepare your case: “Aggressively cultivate your support base. Having someone else advocate for you can go a long way toward demonstrating your value.”
But don’t wait until the last minute. “Build these ties proactively over time,” Steve says. “If they’re comfortable, ask one or two of them to send a statement to your boss about your progress and improvement.”
Or if that seems too daunting, ask people with whom you work to provide recommendations on your LinkedIn profile and pull what you need later for your salary request.
Prepare for the conversation
Don’t make the ask for personal reasons; put the spotlight on the value you’ve added to the business, says Jay Egger, senior manager at SBG Funding.
“Also, understand that often your direct manager isn’t the only one making the decision, so the goal needs to be to make it easier for them to sell the decision,” Jay says.
Even a well-researched request can feel nerve-racking, so rehearse the conversation. “Most people tremble at approaching their boss about a wage boost, says Vaibhav Kakkar, CEO of Digital Web Solutions. He offers this prompt to get you started:
“As you’re aware, I just finished my (X) year with (organization). I am eager to continue working toward the company’s goals in my current position and expand my duties. On that basis, let’s talk about my pay.”
Don’t let the employer make an offer; make a specific request based on your research. Be realistic. If you have the same responsibilities, a 3% raise is typical. “Anything over 5% is remarkable,” Vaibhav says.
If your duties have expanded or the circumstances have changed (e.g., a job with minimal travel becomes a job with 50% travel), a higher rate of 10% to 20% might be possible, he says.
If you retain the same role and responsibilities but your research points to a wide gap between the average standard industry rate and your compensation, plan for a more extensive conversation. The industry gap likely exists for other roles, too. A significant change in your salary likely would lead your employer to need to address other underpaid positions as well.
Just remember not to make the request all about the past or even the current situation. “Share your vision for how you’ll continue to deliver results, whether it’s fresh ideas for campaigns or new ways to take on greater responsibility. Showing that you’re focused on the company’s future is a great way to strengthen your case,” Nikola says.
Also, know that your supervisor is unlikely to approve your request during your initial conversation. They may need to revisit their budget, reflect on what you’ve shared, or have a conversation with their boss.
So, at the end of the conversation, set follow-up expectations, says Adam Crossling, marketing and new business director at Zenzero.
Acknowledge you understand the supervisor likely can’t approve your request right that minute. Then, indicate that you’ll check in a week or two later. It’s one more way you can lead the process rather than take a sit-back-and-hope strategy.
Winning the raise and planning for the alternative
Allison Gagliardi, legal content director at PaperStreet Web Design, has a successful history in asking for salary bumps. At two previous employers, she asked for 10% raises during her annual reviews and got them.
How did she do it? She wrote a letter outlining her compensation request and listed her accomplishments to date in a bullet format. She signed the letter — with an actual pen – and put it in a two-pocket folder. In the other pocket, she included emails/letters from clients and co-workers singing her praises. “It’s proof they just can’t argue with,” Allison says.
Alllison advises all marketers requesting salary increases to have a response ready if the answer is no. Ask for additional paid time off, suggest a bonus for achieving a specific benchmark, get permission to bring a pet into the office on certain days, or ask for a standing desk, an improved title, a continuing education plan, or even control of the AC unit in your department (yes, for real).
Get ready for next time
If you don’t get the raise (or even if you do), Anthony Miyazaki, professor of marketing at Florida International University, offers three things to do (or keep doing) to ask for higher compensation, get promoted, or get hired.
Ramp up your training in consumer psychology. Understand how and when different types of persuasive appeals will work to nudge an audience in a certain direction.
Connect your work to marketing key performance indicators. You must understand marketing analytics and their role in determining the value of marketing efforts such as ad campaigns and content creation.
Combine your knowledge of marketing analytics and your human ability to create persuasive content to present convincing arguments, including compelling data visualizations, to decision-makers.
What do you think? Is now a good time to ask for a raise? How do you persuade your superiors? Let us know on social.
Updated from a November 2022 article.
If you’re hiring, send the details of your open position to [email protected], and we’ll add it to our Content Marketing Job Listings page.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Steam is one of the most popular PC gaming platforms, selling more than 400 million total games in 2023, according to Statista. The digital PC gaming service boasts a massive catalog of over 76,000 titles. I first discovered Steam in university — until then, I’d never had my own computer, so the allure of PC gaming proved irresistible. What started as a humble dozen games (like Team Fortress 2 and Half-Life) blossomed into a collection of over 220 titles, thanks mainly to Steam sales. (Please don’t ask me how many items from my library I’ve actually played.)
Whether you’re trying to save a few bucks on one of the latest big-name AAA games, want to add more indie games to your digital shelf or need to fill up your Steam Deck hard drive, here’s everything you need to know about Steam sales, including the best deals from the Autumn Sale and how to save money.
When are the next Steam sales?
There are four main Steam seasonal sales. The next major Steam Sale — the Steam Winter Sale — runs Dec. 19, 2024 through Jan. 2, 2025. There are also smaller sales, called Fests. Typically, the Steam Winter and Summer Sales last about two weeks, whereas the Spring and Autumn Sales last for one week, give or take.
Steam Autumn Sale (Nov. 27 to Dec. 4, 2024)
Steam Winter Sale (Dec. 19, 2024 to Jan. 2, 2025)
Steam Spring Sale (was March 14-21, 2024)
Steam Summer Sale (was June 27 to July 11, 2024)
How often are Steam sales?
Steam Sales are pretty frequent, with at least one per month. While the big seasonal sales are quarterly — winter, fall, spring and summer — there are dozens of smaller sales or fests. Typically, these Steam discount days revolve around a particular theme, with lowered prices on titles within a certain genre, like fighting games or roleplaying games.
Here’s how I save money with Steam sales (and you can, too)
Take advantage of your wish list
Adding games to your Steam wish list is a great way to find out when they’re on sale.
Screenshot by Moe Long/CNET
Adding games to your Steam wish list simplifies figuring out what to snag — or skip — during a sale. You can sort your wish list by discount, so finding the biggest savings is a breeze.
Add a game to your wish list whenever you see one you like the look of but don’t immediately want to play. Then, during a Steam sale, pop in, sort by discount and see which prices have plummeted the most. Or, you can arrange your wish list in order of your most wanted titles, then choose what to buy that way during one of the upcoming Steam sales.
Use SteamDB to find the largest discounts
You can sort discounted titles from the Steam store front in SteamDB for quick perusal.
Screenshot by Moe Long/CNET
SteamDB is an excellent source for uncovering deals. Its many filters let you sort attributes, including discount percentage, rating, price or reviews, making it a helpful Steam sales tracker. You can even narrow down a list based on platform — Windows, Linux or MacOS — and features like controller support. I’ve even used SteamDB to nab free games, like a no-cost copy of Tell Me Why.
I typically hop into SteamDB during a Steam sale to look for hefty discounts on highly rated games. It’s worth checking SteamDB even outside of seasonal sales and fests if you want to expand your Steam collection.
Shop for older titles, indie games, DLC and complete catalogs
Often, newer AAA games get heavy markdowns — but because of their usually high price tags, even the discounted cost isn’t cheap. However, you can find wallet-friendly older games, indies or downloadable content. For instance, I picked up a copy of The Sum of All Fears for just $2, which wasn’t even during a Steam sale.
Complete publisher catalogs or franchise bundles save you a ton of money. I’ve seen the Activision Collection bundle — typically $900 — for as low as $355. While over $350 might not be pocket change, the per-title breakdown is pretty cost-effective when you’re getting 53 games. Similarly, I’ve seen the Call of Duty Franchise bundle for $443, a steep drop from its usual $1,010.
You can often get DLC packs pretty cheap during Steam sales, which provide more in-game content to enjoy. On the other hand, these comprehensive bundles might lead you to overspend if you’re not actually planning on playing, say, every single Call of Duty game under the sun.
Check your other game libraries to make sure you’re not double-dipping
Although Steam is incredibly popular, it’s not the only source for digital game purchases. Check your other libraries on GOG, Epic, EA Origin and Xbox Game Pass, for instance, to ensure you’re not double-dipping. While you could buy Cyberpunk 2077 on Steam and GOG, you probably don’t need two copies.
Cross-shop deals on other platforms
While Steam is extremely popular, you can also find loads of competitive discounts at other outlets. IsThereAnyDeal lets you easily cross-shop.
Screenshot by Moe Long/CNET
With many Steam alternatives, including GOG, Epic, Origin and Fanatical, you can find sweet discounts from several outlets. While you can — and should — check those individual storefronts, IsThereAnyDeal is a comprehensive source for savings. So you might notice a great deal on Skyrim from Steam, but it might be available at an even lower price at Epic at the same time.
Set a budget
Adding a bunch of games to your cart can be tempting, especially with prices slashed by 75% or more. However, lots of cheap games can still add up. I typically set a budget — whether it’s monetary or a limit on the number of games — and stick to that.
Don’t feel compelled to buy anything
The best way to save money is by not spending it in the first place. I know, it’s tempting to load up your cart with $5 or $10 games, which is nearly as gratifying as an in-game loot grab. But only buy what you’ll play now or soon after purchasing. While there are rare instances where games get delisted on Steam, chances are if you pass up on a sweet deal, it’ll still be available during the next Steam sale.
A complete list of Steam sale dates
Outside of Steam’s seasonal sales, there are different genre-themed sales or fests. Steam fests revolve around a genre or game theme. Here are the upcoming Steam fests for the remainder of 2024 and the first half of 2025 as announced by Steam, along with examples of Steam games on sale you might find:
Real-Time Strategy Fest (Jan. 20-27, 2025): Reap the rewards of discounted RTS strategy games — you might find Hearts of Iron IV, Manor Lords or DOTA 2 on sale.
Idler Fest (Feb. 3-10, 2025): If you want to play a video game that lets you progress without too much demanding effort, an idler is a great choice. Examples of what you could find on the cheap include Idle Champions of the Forgotten Realm, Firestone and Rusty’s Retirement.
Couch Co-Op Fest (Feb. 10-17, 2025): Couch co-op games let you play with friends in the same room. You may see games like It Takes Two, Lego Harry Potter Years 1-4 or Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Cowabunga Collection for wallet-friendly prices.
Steam Next Fest February Edition (Feb. 24-March 10, 2025): Demos, developer chats and livestreams featuring up-and-coming games.
Visual Novel Fest (March 3-10, 2025): Stock up your Steam library on graphic novel and anime-adjacent games without breaking the bank. You might see Persona 3 Reload, Phoenix Wright: Ace Attorney Trilogy or Vampire Therapist at attractively low costs.
City Builder & Colony Sim Fest (March 24-31, 2025): Build your own virtual worlds, and cop titles like Anno 1800, Ages of Empires IV or RimWorld on sale.
Sokoban Fest (April 21-28, 2025): Pick up some puzzle games like Isles of Sea and Sky or Schein.
Wargames Fest (April 28-May 5, 2025): Get your fight on with slashed prices on titles that may include Six Days in Fallujah, Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 2 and Europa Universalis IV.
Creature Collector Fest (May 12-19, 2025): If you like Pokémon, you’ll love these discounts on games like Palworld, Digimon World: Next Order and Monster Hunter Stories 2: Wings of Ruin.
Zombies vs. Vampires Fest (May 26-June 2, 2025): Unreal deals on the undead and living dead — titles you may see on sale include Resident Evil 4, The House of the Dead Remake and Vampire the Masquerade Bloodlines.
Steam Next Fest June Edition (June 9-16, 2025): Demos, livestreams and developer chats showcasing upcoming games.
Fishing Fest (June 16-23, 2025): No fishing license required for these great games. You could see prices sink for games like Bassmaster Fishing, Fishing Planet, Bass Pro Shops Fishing Sim World or Harvest Moon: The Winds of Anthos.
Here are the past Steam sales from 2024:
Capitalism and Economy Fest (was Jan. 8-15)
Pirates vs. Ninjas Fest (was Jan. 22-29)
Next Fest (was Feb. 5-12)
Remote Play Together Fest (was Feb. 12-19)
Dinos vs. Robots Fest (was Feb. 26-March 4)
Deckbuilders Fest (was March 25-April 1)
FPS Fest (was April 15-22)
Farming Fest (April 29-May 6)
Endless Replayability Fest (was May 13-20)
Open World Survival Crafting Fest (was May 27-June 3)
Next Fest (was June 10-17)
Fighting Games Fest (was July 15-22)
Tower Defense Fest (was July 29-Aug. 5)
Rhythm Fest (was Aug. 19-26)
Space Exploration Fest (was Sept. 2-9)
Planes, Trains and Automobiles Fest (was Sept. 16-23)
Turn-based RPG Fest (was Sept. 30-Oct. 7)
Next Fest: October Edition (was Oct. 14-21)
Halloween Sale (was Oct. 28-Nov. 4)
Cooking Fest (was Nov. 11-18)
When is the next Steam Next Fest?
There’s an upcoming Steam Next Fest running June 9 to16, 2025. The Steam Next Fest highlights upcoming game releases, featuring developer chats, free playable game demos and livestreams. Some of the most played demos from the June 2024 Steam Next Fest included Test Drive Unlimited Solar Crown, Once Human and Level Zero: Extraction.
Here’s what I bought on Steam recently
So what did I stock up on at a recent Steam Sale? Mass Effect Legendary Edition — three games for $2 apiece was too good a deal to skip. I also snagged Middle-earth: Shadow of War. While I picked up Shadow of Mordor at a previous Steam Sale, I’ve not yet added its sequel to my metaphorical shelf. As a big cinephile and fan of movie tie-in games (like Peter Jackson’s King Kong), I was excited to get Indiana Jones and the Infernal Machine alongside Indiana Jones and the Emperor’s Tomb for $4 total. Although I own it in EA Origin, I snagged a $1 copy of Alice: Madness Returns, because at that price, it was too juicy a discount to pass up.
How to get the most out of Steam once you’ve ravaged your wallet during a Steam sale
Once you’ve drained your bank account dry on games you’ll likely never play, there’s a lot more you can do with Steam, like sharing your library with friends or family, using Remote Play Together and adding non-Steam games. I suggest installing the Steam Link app on your phone, tablet or streaming device for playing your games away from your PC. You can also game on the go with the Steam Deck or another handheld gaming console like the Asus ROG Ally. Or, you can share your Steam library with up to five family members using Steam Families.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
New research suggests that paralyzed patients could regain some degree of movement — perhaps even walk again.
In a study led by EPFL (Swiss Federal Technology Institute of Lausanne) and Lausanne University Hospital in Switzerland, two people with spinal cord injuries received deep brain stimulation (DBS) therapy.
The therapy was applied to an “unexpected” part of the brain called the lateral hypothalamus, which has previously been associated with functions like eating and arousing from sleep.
MAN PARALYZED IN DIVING MISHAP HAS MEDICAL MIRACLE A YEAR AFTER AI-POWERED BRAIN IMPLANT
After the stimulation, the patients were able to walk without assistance and even climb stairs, according to a press release from Lausanne University Hospital.
The findings were published in the journal Nature Medicine.
One of the participants in the study was 54-year-old Wolfgang Jäger from Kappel, Austria, who experienced a spinal cord injury in 2006 that left him in a wheelchair.
The clinical trial participant, Wolfgang Jäger, gets out of his wheelchair and climbs up and down the steps using the deep brain stimulation of the lateral hypothalamus.(.NeuroRestore / EPFL)
After having electrodes implanted in the targeted area of his brain and receiving deep brain stimulation, he regained some lower-body mobility.
“Last year on vacation, it was no problem to walk a couple of steps down and back to the sea using the stimulation,” Jäger said in the release.
“I can also reach things in my cupboards in the kitchen.”
SPINAL CORD TREATMENT RESTORES FUNCTION FOR PARALYZED PATIENTS IN STUDY: ‘NEW HOPE’
Study author Jocelyne Bloch, neurosurgeon and professor at the Lausanne University Hospital, UNIL and EPFL, shared the immediate effects of the therapy.
“Once the electrode was in place and we performed the stimulation, the first patient immediately said, ‘I feel my legs,’” she said in the release.
The therapy was applied to an “unexpected” part of the brain called the lateral hypothalamus, which has previously been associated with functions like eating and arousing from sleep.(.NeuroRestore / EPFL)
“When we increased the stimulation, she said, ‘I feel the urge to walk!’ This real-time feedback confirmed we had targeted the correct region, even if this region had never been associated with the control of the legs in humans.”
“At this moment, I knew we were witnessing an important discovery of the anatomical organization of brain functions,” added Bloch.
“When we increased the stimulation, she said, ‘I feel the urge to walk!’”
The participants also reported “long-term improvement” in mobility even when the stimulation wasn’t actively being applied.
“This research highlights the unexpected role of the lateral hypothalamus, a brain region not previously associated with locomotion in humans,” lead researcher Dr. Grégoire Courtine, professor of neuroscience at EPFL and Lausanne University Hospital and co-director of the .NeuroRestore center, told Fox News Digital.
RESEARCHERS FIND SOURCES OF FOUR BRAIN DISORDERS, WHICH COULD LEAD TO NEW TREATMENTS
“Our findings show that this approach not only enhances motor abilities during stimulation, but also induces a reorganization of nerve fibers, leading to lasting improvements even in the absence of stimulation.”
DBS has traditionally been used to control tremors in people with movement disorders like Parkinson’s disease, the researchers noted.
A visual representation of deep brain stimulation of the lateral hypothalamus is shown.(.NeuroRestore / EPFL)
The concept of applying it to the lateral hypothalamus is unchartered territory.
Looking ahead, the researchers hope to combine DBS with spinal implants to enable further recovery from paralysis.
“Integrating our two approaches — brain and spinal stimulation — will offer a more comprehensive recovery strategy for patients with spinal cord injuries,” added Courtine.
‘Pushing science forward’
Dr. Ann Murray, director of the Comprehensive Movement Disorder Clinic at WVU Rockefeller Neuroscience Institute in West Virginia, said the study’s results are “surprising and exciting.”
“The targeted location of the brain they were stimulating, the hypothalamus, has not historically been known to be involved in the mechanism of gait,” Murray, who was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
ALZHEIMER’S PATIENT, 90, SAYS SKIING AND OTHER ACTIVITIES KEEP HIM MENTALLY SHARP
“As we continue to better understand the brain networks, it will continue to enable us to modulate areas that aren’t working correctly,” she went on.
“The brain communicates via electrical signaling, and technologies like deep brain stimulation therapy help us interface with the brain circuitry to improve and/or restore more normal connectivity.”
“The brain communicates via electrical signaling, and technologies like deep brain stimulation therapy help us interface with the brain circuitry to improve and/or restore more normal connectivity,” a neurologist said.(.NeuroRestore / EPFL)
The potential for advancements in these types of technologies is “truly endless,” Murray said.
“I have the utmost hope that technologies like deep brain stimulation and other neuromodulation therapies will continue to advance the science in restoration of brain health for patients suffering neurologic injury.”
Potential limitations
The researchers acknowledged that there are some limitations of the research.
“This is precision medicine at its finest.”
“This therapy is only beneficial for patients with incomplete injuries, where functional neural circuits remain but are not fully utilized,” Courtine told Fox News Digital.
“For complete spinal cord injuries, only localized epidural electrical stimulation or a brain-spine interface bridge may assist in restoring functional movements.”
After having electrodes implanted in the targeted area of his brain and receiving deep brain stimulation, a clinical trial participant was able to climb the stairs.(.NeuroRestore / EPFL)
He also pointed out that this study is an “early-stage safety and feasibility trial,” conducted without a control group.
“For this therapy to become widely accessible, larger pivotal studies will need to be completed and thoroughly evaluated [before approval],” Courtine said.
“This process may take several years before the therapy becomes available to patients.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Murray also emphasized that caution must be taken with this type of stimulation.
“Anytime we are investigating brain therapies, a tremendous degree of safety and precision has to be applied,” she cautioned.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“The brain is the most precise, complicated organ in the body, which requires any treatment or innovation to appreciate not just the intended effects, but the potential unintended effects of interfering with certain networks.”
Every step of the process must be carefully executed by a comprehensive team, Murray said.
“Anytime we are investigating brain therapies, a tremendous degree of safety and precision has to be applied,” a neurologist cautioned. (iStock)
“This is precision medicine at its finest — any misstep in any one of those stages can result in suboptimal outcomes.”
The goal, she said, is to standardize this process so that more patients have access to this “life-changing therapy.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Added Murray, “This should give hope to millions of patients across the world suffering from neurologic conditions, as this is pushing the technology, pushing the science forward, to expand treatment to people that have never had any other options.”
The restaurant scene in Delhi and NCR has never been more dynamic, with new and exciting dining spots popping up across the region. From cosy cafes serving artisanal delights to vibrant culinary destinations offering immersive dining experiences, the diverse food offerings cater to every craving. Whether you’re a fan of global flavours, contemporary twists on traditional dishes, or just in the mood to try something new, December 2024 is a great time to explore the latest hotspots in the region. Go through our curated list of must-visit restaurants and cafes in Delhi/NCR to check out this December.
Here Are New New Delhi Restaurants In December 2024
Espressos AnyDay, GurgaonLocation: Near Galleria Market, Gurgaon
If you’re looking for a lively cafe that combines artisanal coffee with delicious, handcrafted bites, Espressos AnyDay in Gurgaon should be on your list. Opened in November 2024, this charming cafe is the brainchild of Chef Tarannum Sehgal, whose experience in renowned French kitchens shines through every dish. The menu at Espressos AnyDay features everything from freshly baked pastries to handmade pasta, alongside a variety of all-day breakfast options. The open kitchen, cosy atmosphere, and vibrant decor with a yellow-tiled pizza oven add to the allure of this inviting cafe. It’s the perfect spot for casual meals, a coffee date, or simply unwinding over great food and drink. Where: Espressos AnyDay, 2nd Floor, 447, Hamilton Ct Rd, DLF Phase IV, Sector 28, Gurugram (Near Galleria Market)
Pirates of Grill, Gurgaon
For an experience that blends great food with a fun atmosphere, head over to Pirates of Grill in Gurgaon. This vibrant new location offers an exciting buffet dining experience that reimagines classic flavours from around the world. The interiors are stylish yet cosy, with bold pops of colour and greenery that create an inviting space for guests. Pirates of Grill stands out for its innovative approach to buffet dining, where you can explore both Indian and international flavours. Signature dishes include a variety of grilled meats, freshly baked breads, and a wide array of side dishes, making this an ideal venue for foodies who love diverse, hearty meals in an energetic setting. Where: Cyber Hub, Gurgaon
Nashville Fried Chicken, Delhi-NCR
If you’re a fried chicken aficionado, order Nashville Fried Chicken (NFC). Known for its bold, fiery flavours, this fried chicken chain has taken the food scene by storm in cities like Bangalore, Mumbai, and Chennai, and now it’s finally arrived in Delhi-NCR. The signature dishes are packed with tangy and spicy notes, featuring expertly marinated chicken that’s crispy on the outside and tender on the inside. Pair your fried chicken with a side of gourmet sauces and you’ve got the ultimate indulgence. With a trendy vibe and a focus on quality ingredients, NFC is setting the bar high for fast-casual dining in the region. Where: Multiple locations in Delhi-NCR
4. Cafe Monique, Khan Market
Cafe Monique brings the best of French and Italian cuisine to the heart of New Delhi. Following the success of its predecessor at The Manor, the new Khan Market location promises to deliver a delightful cafe experience with a menu that focuses on fresh, cold dishes. From mouthwatering artisanal quiches and sandwiches to signature desserts, croissants, and breads, every item at Cafe Monique is crafted with care using the finest ingredients. The ambience is relaxed yet sophisticated, with a perfect blend of French chic and Italian warmth. Whether you’re in the mood for a light lunch or a leisurely coffee date, this cafe will transport you straight to the streets of Europe. Where: 31, Prithviraj Market, Khan Market, New Delhi
5. Ammy’s Coffee, Punjabi Bagh
For those who take their coffee seriously, Ammy’s Coffee in Punjabi Bagh is a welcome addition to Delhi’s coffeehouse scene. With a community-centred approach, Ammy’s offers a range of freshly brewed coffees, from classic cappuccinos to indulgent iced lattes. Their signature drinks like the Lotus Biscoff Frappe and Oreo Milk Shake are perfect for anyone with a sweet tooth. But Ammy’s isn’t just about the coffee – their food menu is equally impressive. Standout dishes include the Smoked Chicken Croissant and the creamy Pesto Pasta. The cafe’s warm, inviting atmosphere makes it a great spot for everything from casual meetups to cosy study sessions. Where: PLOT NO-9, N W Ave Rd, Punjabi Bagh, Delhi
6. Shanghigh, Gurgaon
For a dining experience that combines the rich heritage of Shanghai with modern flair, Shanghigh in Gurgaon is a must-try. Inspired by the city’s iconic speakeasies, this sophisticated restaurant offers a contemporary twist on “Retro Chinese” cuisine. The ambience is chic and vibrant, with a decor that reflects the dynamic energy of Shanghai’s nightlife. The menu at Shanghigh features a range of Chinese-forward dishes, including an extensive sushi selection and expertly crafted cocktails made using imported Chinese ingredients. Whether you’re in the mood for a classic Chinese meal or a creative cocktail, Shanghigh offers an unforgettable gastronomic journey. Where: Global Foyer Mall, Golf Course Road, Gurgaon
7. Kipos, Gurgaon
For a fine dining experience that brings the Mediterranean to your plate, Kipos in Gurgaon is a standout. The restaurant’s name, which means “garden” in Greek, perfectly captures the lush, elegant ambience of this culinary destination. The menu is a celebration of fresh, seasonal ingredients, with dishes that blend global flavours and intricate presentations. From small bites to signature entrees, each dish is designed to captivate both the eyes and the palate. The interiors are just as stunning, with ceiling-covered hanging grass, lush greenery, and ambient lighting that transports diners to a mystical garden setting. Kipos is a must-visit for those who appreciate both exquisite food and a visually striking dining experience. Where: M3M International Financial Centre, Badshahpur, Sector 66, Gurugram
8. Boya, Malcha Marg
Boya has officially launched, establishing a new benchmark for luxury dining in the capital. Led by the passionate young entrepreneur Bhawya Sahu and renowned Chef Augusto, this restaurant promises a distinctive culinary experience. The name Boya, meaning “sowing the seed,” symbolizes the vision of embodying new beginnings and culinary innovation that the restaurant aims to achieve. The menu at Boya skillfully combines Japanese and Peruvian flavours, featuring standout dishes such as Filipino Pancit Bihon (rice vermicelli noodles with cabbage, carrot, and haricot beans tossed in dark soy sauce, garlic, and black pepper), Tom Yum (a hot and sour Thai soup with lemongrass, galangal, and kaffir lime), all made with premium global ingredients. The restaurant’s exquisite design, featuring marble accents and custom furnishings, creates an inviting ambience for guests to enjoy not just a meal but a celebration of culinary artistry. Where: 7/48, Malcha Marg, Block C, Diplomatic Enclave, Chanakyapuri
So gather your friends, book your reservations, and get ready for an unforgettable gastronomic journey!
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-04/Wang-Yi-urges-joint-work-to-promote-stable-lasting-China-Japan-ties-1z3XwsyUy8E/img/094048ccc0124f8eb9633606346f3cc3/094048ccc0124f8eb9633606346f3cc3.png' alt='Wang Yi, a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee and director of the Office of the Central Commission for Foreign Affairs, delivers a video speech at the 20th Beijing-Tokyo Forum, December 4, 2024. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
China and Japan should work together to promote stable, lasting bilateral relations and to uphold regional and international peace and stability, Wang Yi, China’s top diplomat, said on Wednesday.
Wang, a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee and director of the Office of the Central Commission for Foreign Affairs, made the remarks in a video speech at the 20th Beijing-Tokyo Forum.
Wang noted that China and Japan have an exchange history of more than 2,000 years and that it has been over 50 years since the normalization of diplomatic relations between the two countries. He said a China-Japan relationship with the right development direction is not only of great and positive significance to both countries and their peoples but also to the peace and development of the region and the world.
Both sides should be guided by the important consensus reached by the leaders of the two countries, adhere to the original aspirations of relations, follow the right path, seek common ground, and coordinate actions, all with the aim of promoting stable, lasting bilateral relations, Wang said.
He said the two sides should understand the correct positioning of bilateral relations. China has always regarded Japan as an important cooperation partner and hopes that Japan can view China’s development objectively and rationally. He also hopes that Japan will work with China to follow the correct positioning of the comprehensive advancement of the strategic, mutually beneficial relations between China and Japan and implement the important consensus that the two countries should be cooperative partners and not pose a threat to each other.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-12-04/Wang-Yi-urges-joint-work-to-promote-stable-lasting-China-Japan-ties-1z3XwsyUy8E/img/07f34cd91b9a43d6b3393d67ade0b7d7/07f34cd91b9a43d6b3393d67ade0b7d7.jpeg' alt='Wang Yi, a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee and director of the Office of the Central Commission for Foreign Affairs, delivers a video speech at the 20th Beijing-Tokyo Forum, December 4, 2024. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
The two sides should maintain the political foundations of bilateral relations. The four political documents between China and Japan have laid the political and legal foundations for bilateral relations, and they should not be blurred, retrogressed or undermined, Wang said.
China and Japan need to promote an open strategy of mutual benefits. Both sides should cherish their cooperation space and common interests that have already been established and work together to maintain the stability and smooth operations of the global free trade system and industrial and supply chains, Wang added.
He also called on the two countries to uphold regional and international peace and stability. In the face of rising unilateralism and protectionism, China and Japan need to work in tandem to safeguard Asian unity and cooperation to prevent external forces from fomenting confrontation.
It is hoped that the Beijing-Tokyo Forum will continue to promote candid exchange, build consensus, provide suggestions for China-Japan relations, and make new contributions to the development of China-Japan relations that meet the requirements of the new era, he said.
Launched in 2005, the Beijing-Tokyo Forum is an annual event held alternately in Beijing and Tokyo. The forum is a high-level, large-scale, interactive exchange platform between the two countries.
The breakthrough designation is based on Phase II clinical trial data, which demonstrated that ATX101 provides sustained pain relief for up to four weeks following total knee arthroplasty.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Caracals are wild animals that should never be kept as pets for any reason. The only reason they should be in captivity is to preserve their lives, and only under professional care in zoos, wildlife rehabilitation conservation organizations, etc. These wild cats thrive in their natural environment and have no desire to be your pet cat. Even though they might look cute and cuddly, they are anything but.
People touting keeping these beautiful creatures of nature in a domestic setting should not be praised, as it is not in the animal’s best interest at all. There are many reasons why caracals should not be kept as pets, not least of which is the fact that, in most areas, it is against the law. Let’s take a closer look at why these beautiful creatures should be admired from afar, and not forced to live as a pet.
Caracals Are Wild Animals
Caracals (species name Caracal caracal) are felines ready for a fight. These beautiful creatures are fearsome carnivores who thrive in roles of hunting, and they tend to be very solitary in nature. Animals like this do not make good pets whatsoever. Even those that have been raised in zoos or alongside humans are not domesticated felines, but wild animals in captivity, which is an important distinction.
Caracals are a specialized species that have particular dietary and habitat requirements that cannot be met by a pet owner, and forcing them to live in the confines of a home or enclosure is unfair to them, and dangerous to the people who keep them. They might resemble our feline pets, but they are separated from cats by thousands of years of domestication.
Image Credit: slowmotiongli, Shutterstock
Why Do Some People Want to Keep Caracals as Pets?
People are people—we try to domesticate all sorts of things that we really have no business domesticating. From big cats like tigers to intelligent primates—we want to conquer all. Some people are even brave enough to have alligators living in their homes like dogs.
In theory, the ownership of wild animals seems fun, and even cool. But if we stop to think about it—what benefit does that have to the animal? You are taking the creature out of its natural habitat, and forcing it to try to be “tame” which is essentially making them something they are not.
Caracals are meant to be caracals—wild and free. They are meant to explore the great unknown and chase down prey. They are not meant to be bathed in a tub and marked with a collar and tags.
Some caracals might be in captivity due to injury, illness, or other means of rehabilitation. Sometimes, these creatures can be returned to the wild—other times, they cannot. Unless a person has a wildlife license and it is in the best interest of the animal’s health and safety, they really shouldn’t be kept in captivity or domesticated.
Legalities of Keeping a Caracal as a Pet
In most areas, you need a license to own one of these cats. Every state looks at wildlife ownership differently. Some ban the practice, others require hefty fees and licensure, and others have loose laws that don’t so much specify what is and isn’t allowed. It really just depends on where you live whether or not it is legal. However, even if it is technically legal, it still doesn’t mean it’s a good idea.
Some people feel that it is their right to own wild and exotic creatures like the caracal, but that doesn’t give much consideration to the rights of the caracal.
Image Credit: eumates, Shutterstock
The Exotic Pet Trade Is Horrendous
Many people buy exotic animals without understanding exactly where they came from. The exotic pet trade is by no means an ethical or moral trade, and the animal’s best interest certainly doesn’t come first.
Many of these animals are confiscated from the wild through illegal means and put into a trade where people are only looking to benefit from them financially. The exotic pet trade is a multi-million dollar industry and most of the animals die in transit before they ever even reach their destination. Often, in order to obtain young wild animals, the mother, or even the whole family group, will be killed to access their babies.
When we purchase these animals, we are only aiding in the continuance of this horrible practice. If you love animals, purchasing exotic pets with a sketchy back story certainly is not the way to show your adoration.
About the Caracal
If you need further reasons why a caracal is not a good pet, here’s a little bit about their lives in the wild that you likely wouldn’t be able to accommodate in your home.
A caracal is a stunning, medium-sized cat hailing from Africa, the Middle East, and Central Asia. They can also be found in areas of Pakistan and India. These cats go by other names, such as the Desert Lynx.
Image Credit: Stu Porter, Shutterstock
Diet
Caracals are extremely efficient carnivorous felines. They stalk and kill their prey and are known for being extremely efficient hunters. Their diet primarily consists of smaller animals such as rodents, birds, and baby antelope.
Habitat
Caracals are adapted to a variety of different habitats. Typically they live in scrub forests, woodlands, or savannahs, but avoid sandy deserts.
Social Behaviors
Caracals are nocturnal animals that are very solitary and secretive. When cornered or when necessary, they can be highly aggressive animals, with powerful and sharp teeth and claws. In their natural setting, they are hunted because they are problematic to farmers, so they now steer clear of most populated areas.
Caracals can make all sorts of odd vocalizations. If you have ever seen any videos on social media of caracals, you will notice that they hiss a lot! They also make an interesting number of other vocalizations and always appear to be alert and on the lookout. When placed in captive environments like zoos, they often engage in ‘stereotypic’ behaviors like pacing and are even less settled in home environments. Being solitary creatures by nature, they do not do well sharing their space with other creatures.
Conclusion
With their exotic looks, pointy black ears, and russet-colored coats, we can understand why some people may be tempted by the idea of bringing one home. Unfortunately, social media platforms have made it seem like a good idea, but we can assure you that it is not.
Domestic cats have undergone many changes over thousands of years in their behavior, physiology, and temperaments to make them well-adapted to living with humans. Placing a wild feline like the caracal, even one that has been raised in captivity, is nothing like keeping a pet cat. These beautiful creatures are born to live in the wild, and keeping them as pets is dangerous for humans and cruel for the animals.
By buying into the purchase and trade of wild animals, even if done so through legal channels, you are financing the illicit wildlife trade, which relies on the unethical actions of others to bring these wild animals into captive hands. If you’re looking for feline companionship, look no further than the domesticated Felis catus, and admire the wild Caracal from afar.
Real estate developers are optimistic of a continued growth in southern markets, particularly in Kerala despite tailwinds amid changing dynamics, a sentiment survey at real estate conclave by Crisil has said.
RERA statistics show that out of 1.35 lakh project registrations in India, Maharashtra leads with 35 per cent, followed by Tamil Nadu (16 per cent) and Gujarat (11 per cent). The southern states — Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Karnataka and Telangana — collectively hold 34 per cent share, underscoring their importance in the real estate ecosystem, the survey said.
The real estate landscape in southern India has witnessed significant transformation, with markets such as Mysuru, Mangalore, Nellore, Vellore and Amaravati gaining traction even as bigger ones slow down. Around two-thirds of the respondents in the survey are optimistic about the market in Kerala, which constitutes 3 per cent of the total project registrations in southern states. Around half expect growth in Kerala to touch double digits in years to come.
Also read: Why is Nomura expecting a surprise repo rate cut tomorrow?
Ashish Vora, President and Business Head, Crisil Market Intelligence and Analytics said most developers anticipate continued growth in the residential and commercial real estate segments in the southern region. Additionally, Tier 2 and 3 cities in these states, particularly Kerala, are poised for growth, fuelled by rapid urbanisation and affordability.
Senior citizen living communities and built-to-rent (rental housing) are two of the models gaining traction. Close to 75 per cent of respondents envision a moderate expansion in demand for commercial properties in the Kerala real estate market in the next 2-3 years due to an anticipated increase in economic activities and infrastructure development.
Also read: Why December has been good for stock markets
Binaifer Jehani, Business Head – Assessments, Crisil Market Intelligence and Analytics said developers can drive growth by prioritising local market needs. Increasing the supply of affordable housing will help meet demand from local customers.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JEDNA jakna preplavila je naš TikTok feed posljednjih dana. Riječ je o teddy jakni brenda H&M, koja dolazi u tri boje – bež, crnoj i krem. Iako su sve podjednako popularne, najčešće nam iskače krem varijanta. Ova jakna odmah nas je podsjetila na popularnu Arket teddy jaknu, no s obzirom na to da je iz H&M-a, cijena joj je niža.
“Savršena za jesen i zimu”
Brojne influencerice nabavile su ovu jaknu i pokazale kako su je stilizirale. Njihovi su videi privukli velik broj korisnika društvene mreže, a neki od njih broje milijunske preglede. Pojedine tiktokerice ovu jaknu opisuju kao “savršenu za jesen i zimu”, dok druge ističu da će “ove zime živjeti u njoj”. Također, naglašavaju da je jakna iznimno udobna.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
S obzirom na viralnost na društvenim mrežama, nije iznenađujuće da se jakna gotovo rasprodala na službenoj H&M stranici. Dostupnost veličina ovisi o boji, a na raspolaganju je svega par brojeva. Jakna košta 49.99 eura, a možete je pogledati ovdje.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Less than two minutes into the game against Los Alamitos on Wednesday night, Sherman Oaks Notre Dame coach Matt Sargeant went into full Dan Hurley mode, calling a timeout and benching four of his starters with his team trailing 7-2.
By the end of the first quarter, his team trailed by three points and Zachary White was fuming not only because he couldn’t find his missing jersey at home, but because Sargeant was dissatisfied with his effort.
“I was mad,” White said. “He said I wasn’t playing hard, so I wanted to prove him wrong.”
White proceeded to score five consecutive baskets in the second quarter to help Notre Dame obliterate the No. 10-ranked team in Southern California with a 31-9 surge. By the game’s conclusion, Notre Dame had won 100-69, leaving little doubt that the Knights, St. John Bosco, Harvard-Westlake and Eastvale Roosevelt are four teams that have separated themselves from the rest of the top teams early this season.
And Notre Dame (5-0) is still awaiting the return of Tyran Stokes, its All-American junior transfer student recovering from a wrist injury. He’s practicing but probably won’t be available to play until later this month. Lino Mark scored 24 points and Josiah Nance had 22 points. White finished with 12 points and nine rebounds and planned to search for his jersey. Samori Guyness had 19 points for Los Alamitos (3-2).
Loyola 69, Downey 54: Quincy Watson finished with 20 points for Loyola.
Bishop Alemany 46, Arcadia 41: Freshman Houston Rolle had 11 points for Alemany.
Westlake 56, Crespi 52: Austin Maziasz led the Warriors’ upset with 19 points. Peyton White had 26 points for Crespi.
Heritage Christian 68, Bishop Montgomery 56: Dillan Shaw and Tae Simmons each scored 23 points and Dominic Loehle added 19 points for 6-0 Heritage Christian.
Mira Costa 71, Cajon 52: The Mustangs (8-0) received 14 points from Eneasi Piuleini.
Crossroads 82, Venice 49: EJ Vernon returned to scored 31 points and get 10 rebounds for Crossroads.
Viewpoint 63, St. Genevieve 23: Wesley Waddles had 21 points and 10 rebounds for Viewpoint.
Tesoro 66, Churchie 56: Nathan Draper had 24 points and 11 rebounds for Tesoro.
AGBU 71, Mesrobian 54: Isaiah Bennett had 30 points, 10 rebounds and 11 assists for 9-0 AGBU.
Malibu 78, Pilgrim 72: Dylan Goosen had 36 points in the overtime win.
Girls basketball
Ventura 70, Sherman Oaks Notre Dame 43: Kailee Staniland scored 29 points for Ventura. Freshman Hamiley Arenas had 29 points for Notre Dame.
Amazon has unveiled a new set of artificial intelligence (AI) foundation models called ‘Nova’, that offer state-of-the-art intelligence across a wide range of tasks, along with industry-leading price performance.
These AI models will be added to the Amazon Bedrock model library on AWS, the company informed during the annual ‘AWS re:Invent’ here.
“Inside Amazon, we have about 1,000 generative AI applications in motion, and we’ve had a bird’s-eye view of what application builders are still grappling with,” said Rohit Prasad, SVP of Amazon Artificial General Intelligence.
Our new Amazon Nova models are intended to help with these challenges for internal and external builders, and provide compelling intelligence and content generation while also delivering meaningful progress on latency, cost-effectiveness, customization, Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG), and agentic capabilities, Prasad explained.
According to the company, Amazon Nova Micro was found to be equal or better than both Meta LLaMa 3.1 8B on all 11 applicable benchmarks, and Google Gemini 1.5 Flash-8B on all 12 applicable benchmarks.
With Amazon Nova Micro’s industry-leading speed of 210 output tokens per second, it is ideal for applications that require fast responses, said the company.
In his keynote address, AWS CEO Matt Garman highlighted how the company is delivering new innovations in generative AI, including new Trainium2 instances, Trainium3 chips, Amazon Nova foundation models and more.
The company said it will introduce an Amazon Nova speech-to-speech model in the first quarter of 2025.
The model is designed to transform conversational AI applications by understanding streaming speech input in natural language, interpreting verbal and non-verbal cues (like tone and cadence), and delivering natural human-like, back-and-forth interactions with low latency.
Amazon is also developing a novel model that can take text, images, audio, and video as input, and generate outputs in any of these modalities.
This Amazon Nova model with native multimodal-to-multimodal – or “any-to-any” modality capabilities – will be introduced mid-year 2025.
AWS also announced the next generation of Amazon SageMaker, unifying the capabilities customers need for fast SQL analytics, petabyte-scale big data processing, data exploration and integration, model development and training, and generative AI into one integrated platform.
Sara and Arjun are having the time of their lives in Dubai. Here’s what the siblings are up to…
Sara Tendulkar and Arjun Tendulkar are currently having fun on their first siblings’ trip and the pictures are proof. Sara, a day back, shared a slew of pictures and videos on her Instagram stories and shared glimpses of her travel diaries with brother Arjun. Also read | Sara Tendulkar brings firecracker energy to gorgeous festive look in mirror-work sharara set: Pics
Sara Tendulkar shared a slew of pictures and videos on her Instagram stories and shared glimpses of her travel diaries with brother Arjun. (Instagram/@saratendulkar)
The first Instagram story featured a goofy Sara showing off their boarding passes with Arjun smiling for the camera. “First siblings’ trip. Let’s gooooo,” Sara captioned the video. Dressed in a white sleeveless top with golden embellishments, Sara looked pretty as she documented her siblings’ trip.
Screenshot of Sara Tendulkar’s Instagram story.(Instagram/@saratendulkar)
The next story featured a driveway of the streets of Dubai with palm trees lining the road. This is when sara revealed the destination of their first siblings’ trip. Also read | Sara Tendulkar brings yellow sunshine on Diwali; Sachin Tendulkar makes rangoli: See pics from celebrations
Screenshot of Sara Tendulkar’s Instagram story.(Instagram/@saratendulkar)
Sara shared a video featuring her and Arjun drinking water and being goofy together at the breakfast table. “Chal bas now,” she wrote in the video, which seems to be Arjun’s reaction.
Screenshot of Sara Tendulkar’s Instagram story.(Instagram/@saratendulkar)
Here’s a snippet of Sara and Arjun’s breakfast post reaching their vacation destination. It’s toast and eggs, and it looks delicious!
Screenshot of Sara Tendulkar’s Instagram story.(Instagram/@saratendulkar)
Sara might be vacationing, but she did not forget to hit the Pilates studio in Dubai for her workout session. Sara shared a short snippet from her Pilates routine where she worked on her leg muscles, strength and balance. “No days off,” Sara shared her fitness mantra. Also read | Sara Tendulkar’s ‘morning mocha’ sets us drooling for all the healthy reasons
Screenshot of Sara Tendulkar’s Instagram story.(Instagram/@saratendulkar)
About Sara Tendulkar and Arjun Tendulkar:
Sara, daughter of former cricketer Sachin Tendulkar and Anjali Tendulkar, is older than Arjun Tendulkar. Sara is a biomedical scientist and a registered nutritionist. She is also the director of Sachin Tendulkar Foundation. Arjun Tendulkar, on the other hand, has followed the footsteps of his father, and is a cricketer. He is a left-handed fast medium bowler and left-handed lower-order batsman, who plays for Goa in domestic cricket. He was recently dropped from Goa’s playing 11 against Kerala and Maharashtra.
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Sara Tendulkar and Arjun Tendulkar jet off to Dubai for a ‘siblings trip’: Check out their adventures
Just a few weeks after the launch of Call of Duty Warzone and Black Ops 6 Season 1, and Activision is back with the big mid-season update.
Call of Duty Warzone Season 1 Reloaded has a December 5 release date on PlayStation, Xbox and PC.
The new season will be available alongside a big new update at 5am pm GMT UK time. No downtime is required, although you will need to download and install the new patch before you can start playing.
While most of the new content is coming to Black Ops 6, Warzone fans will be pleased to hear that Battle Royal Ranked Play will join the game as part of the Reloaded update.
It’s worth noting, however, that there are some entry requirements for participating in Ranked Play.
For starters, you’ll need to place in the Top 15 of Battle Royale or the Top 6 in Resurgence a total of 30 times.
According to Activision, squads can party together without restrictions, with matchmaking based on the highest ranked player in the squad.
Rewards include Rank-based skins such as Gold, Diamond, Platinum and Crimson. That’s on top of Loading Screens, Emblems, Camos, Sprays and a Knife Blueprint for 300 Top Finishes.
Elsewhere, fans can take part in a variety of Limited-time game modes with a festive theme. There’s Holiday Rush which is playable in Area 99.
Activision explains more: “Enter Area 99, newly outfitted with Deck the Halls trees and Snowball coolers. Get right to the point with access to high-tier loot along with a smaller gas circle and faster transitions between collapses.”
As the description suggests, you’ll be able to engage in snowball fights as part of the Christmas LTM.
Then there’s the Slay Ride Resurgence LTM, which is playable in Urzikstan. This LTM sees players battle for control of Undead Santa’s Slay Ride.
Finally, Warzone players will be able to utilise the Reflex Perk, which allows users to shrug off enemy traps.
Daily Express will update this article with the full Warzone Season 1 Reloaded patch notes when they’re unveiled by Activision.
The German division of automotive seat manufacturer Recaro has been saved from collapse after filing for bankruptcy in July, with an Italian firm now taking over the brand.
Recaro filed for insolvency in Germany earlier this year, citing financial hardship in its European operations. It not only makes aftermarket seats but also supplies directly to carmakers such as Ford, Porsche and BMW.
While its Japanese and North American automotive divisions – as well as its non-automotive ventures – carried on unaffected, the German arm paused operations, creating flow-on effects which halted the production of the Ineos Grenadier which uses Recaro seats.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Recaro seats in the Ineos Grenadier
However, Italian automotive manufacturing firm Proma Group – which itself makes vehicle seats and structural parts – has now taken ownership of the embattled seat maker, which the company says could result in production restarting as early as January.
The new ownership has also allowed Recaro to retain some of its sales and technology staff in Stuttgart, though it’s not yet known how many people have been affected by its July insolvency filing.
“Our investment in Recaro Automotive will strengthen our ability to deliver a premium seating product, while embracing the most cutting-edge innovations in the automotive sector,” Proma Group CEO Luca Pino said in a media statement.
“The Recaro name is renowned throughout the world as a benchmark of German industrial technology, and Proma Group, a symbol of Italian manufacturing excellence, is excited about the future and the quality that will be expressed in the automotive market thanks to the union of two first-class companies”.
As previously mentioned, the insolvency filing didn’t impact Recaro’s non-German automotive businesses, or its aircraft seat and office chair operations which operate under a different banner.
While Recaro has been saved from the brink of bankruptcy, the fate of fellow German automotive supplier, wheel giant BBS, is still yet to be determined.
Both organisations filed for insolvency in the same week, and like Recaro, only BBS’s German division was affected.
BBS Autotechnik, acquired by suspension specialist KW Automotive in 2021, is a separate business to BBS Japan, which manufactures and sells forged wheels under the BBS Motorsport banner.
The German arm of BBS has experienced five financial crises since 2007, most recently in 2023 when it filed for bankruptcy.
MORE: Recaro and BBS safe despite financial troubles in Germany MORE: Automotive icons Recaro and BBS file for bankruptcy
Indus Towers announced on Thursday that it released a 3% pledge of shares by Vodafone Promoters; What investors should know
Indus Towers block deal
Shares of Indus Towers surged nearly 5% in early trade on Thursday, extending gains for the third consecutive session, after Vodafone Plc, a UK-based telecom operator and promoter of Vodafone Idea (Vi), announced plans to sell its remaining stake in the mobile tower company. Vodafone Idea’s stock also saw an uptick, rising over 4% in early trade, following a 4.2% gain in the previous session. However, around 10 am, Vodafone Idea shares dropped 2.2% on Thursday to Rs 8.22 on BSE after completing its exit from Indus Towers through a Rs 2,800 crore block deal.
Indus Towers shares climbed 4.8% to Rs 376, pushing its market capitalization past Rs 95,900 crore. Similarly, Bharti Airtel rose over 1%, reaching Rs 1,602.45 in early trade on the BSE. Meanwhile, India’s benchmark indices, the Sensex and Nifty, edged higher at the open, both gaining 0.2%.
The parties involved in the transaction were not disclosed, but the deal comes just one day after UK-based Vodafone Group Plc announced it would sell its remaining 3% stake in Indus Towers, marking its complete exit from the Indian tower company. The sale is expected to be conducted through an accelerated book build offering, with the proceeds primarily aimed at repaying debt.
Vodafone’s decision to divest its stake in Indus Towers stems from mounting pressure from lenders to repay loans secured against its Indian assets. A group of foreign banks, including BNP Paribas, HSBC, and Bank of America, had demanded the full repayment of borrowings initially raised to support Vodafone Idea’s rights issue. This left Vodafone with limited options, ultimately leading to the sale of its holdings in Indus Towers.
This transaction marks the final phase of Vodafone’s exit from Indus Towers. In June 2024, Vodafone sold an 18% stake in the company, raising Rs 15,300 crore. The proceeds were largely used to pay down outstanding loans secured against Vodafone’s Indian assets. Following that sale, Vodafone’s stake in Indus Towers was reduced to 3%, setting the stage for today’s final divestment through a block deal. Bharti Airtel, the other promoter of Indus Towers, holds a 50% stake in the company, making it the largest shareholder. Airtel had previously increased its stake during Vodafone’s earlier sell-offs.
Proceeds from the block deal are expected to be primarily used to repay $101 million in borrowings secured against Vodafone’s Indian assets. The remaining funds, estimated at Rs 1,900-2,000 crore, are likely to be injected as equity into Vodafone Idea Ltd (Vi), according to brokerage firm Citi. This infusion would help Vi settle its outstanding dues to Indus Towers under their Master Services Agreements (MSAs).
Citi maintains a ‘buy’ rating on Indus Towers shares, with a target price of Rs 458. The brokerage believes that the residual funds from Vodafone’s exit could translate into additional payouts of Rs 7 per share for shareholders. Citi also forecasts Indus Towers could pay dividends of Rs 11-12 per share for H2 FY25, with payouts rising to over Rs 20 per share annually in FY26 and FY27, yielding a compelling dividend of 6% at current levels.
Today’s block deal likely represents the final phase of Vodafone’s multi-year strategy to reduce its exposure to the Indian telecom market and streamline its global financial commitments. Kotak Mahindra Bank and Bank of America are reportedly acting as brokers for the share sale.
News business » markets Indus Tower Up 5% As UK’s Vodafone Plc Exits Via Block Deal; Vodafone Idea Drops 2%
Defunct crypto exchange Mt. Gox moved 27,871 Bitcoin worth $2.82 billion to an unmarked wallet on Thursday morning, according to Arkham data. The wallet 1Fho…LFRT received these funds around 3 weeks ago from another Gox linked wallet.
Mt. Gox Trustees transferred over 27,871 BTC to wallet 1N7J…u8Yp and another 3.82k BTC worth $386.01 million to their cold wallet 1JEZ…APs6. The wallet 1Fho…LFRT now holds 39,878 btc worth $4.10 billion. This shifting of Bitcoin has taken place after the price of crypto surpassed $100k. The reason behind this movement is still unknown.
Up to 48% off bestselling mattresses and an extra 10% off over $1,000
Our Verdict
Best for:
Back sleeper
Combo sleeper
Side sleeper
Stomach sleeper
Pros
Hybrid design is supportive enough to handle all body types
Great for those who prefer a dense memory foam feel
Reinforced coils along the perimeter provide great edge support
Medium firmness is great for all sleeper types and couples
Cons
Not for those who prefer neutral foam beds
Not the softest or firmest bed for strict preferences
Not the most affordable bed for those on a strict budget
Having tested Nectar’s beds for well over six years, I’ve seen the brand’s overall progression, especially when it comes to its mattresses. I wasn’t the biggest fan of the firmer mattresses in the last iteration of Nectar beds. So when Nectar announced it was rebranding, I wasn’t expecting these new mattresses to turn heads — but I was dead wrong.
This new collection from Nectar is by far the best I’ve tested so far. At first glance, the beds look like modern, sleek. But it gets better when you realize they now come in a variety of firmnesses, from soft to firm. With the mid-tier options, Nectar kept the Premier branding and the middle-of-the-road firmness levels. In this Nectar Premier Hybrid Mattress review, I’ll cover who’ll love sleeping on this mattress and what makes it my favorite Nectar bed.
Video: Nectar Premier Hybrid mattress review
Watch me review the Nectar Premier Hybrid mattress.
First impressions of the Nectar Premier Hybrid
This new Nectar mattress ships to you for free, inside a big, cardboard box — it’s pretty easy to tell it’s your Nectar bed, the box itself is like a giant logo. Once it arrives, all you need to do is unbox it, which is pretty easy to do solo, but even better if you have a friend there to help you. When we unboxed ours, we noticed a slight odor to the bed, but found it went away after a couple days.
It was also very soft right out of the box, so much so that we gave it a few nights to properly expand before testing it. Once it was fully inflated, it had firmed up quite a bit. The top layer of memory foam gives the bed plenty of pressure relief, while the coils on the bottom offer lots of support and pushback. Overall, I found the Nectar Premier Hybrid to offer the most even balance of comfort.
Dillon Payne/CNET
Nectar Premier Hybrid mattress firmness and feel
What does the Nectar Premier Hybrid feel like?
We’d say that the bed certainly has a memory foam quality. However compared to older mattress models from Nectar, it’s not quite as dense or viscous. When you hop on the bed, you’ll still get that slow-to-respond, sink-in sensation from the memory foam on top that conforms to your body’s shape. The coils on the bottom, though, give the bed more responsiveness, so moving around on the bed is relatively effortless.
This type of new-age memory foam feel is great to have in your mattress, especially if you’re a combination sleeper who moves around at night. Sometimes, dense memory foam beds like Tempur-Pedic can discourage movement since they’re designed to be viscous and slow to respond. Here, you get the best of both worlds, memory foam-wise.
Dillon Payne/CNET
How firm is the Nectar Premier Hybrid mattress?
Similar to the older model, this bed is still right at a true medium on our scale. This means it should be able to accommodate all sleep styles, including combination sleepers or couples who want something neutral in terms of firmness.
If you want a softer style of Nectar bed, the Nectar Luxe options both range around a medium-soft give or take, so these options are more suitable for accommodating strict side sleepers. The Nectar Classic beds provide much more rigid sleeping surfaces, perfect for primary back and stomach sleepers. Firmness-wise, Nectar has the whole spectrum covered.
Nectar Premier Hybrid mattress construction
Dillon Payne/CNET
This is a premium memory foam hybrid bed with a relatively simple construction. It’s 13 inches thick and comprised of the following layers:
1. On the bottom, you’ve got a thin layer of support foam that acts as a base for the bed’s main support system of pocketed coils. Those coils are extra-reinforced along the edges to provide a sturdy perimeter.
2. Then, you’ve got a responsive transition foam to act as a buffer between the support and comfort layers of the bed. It even has a Zoned-Support feature to help keep your back aligned at night.
3. Above that, you’ve got the bed’s main comfort layer. In this case, it’s around 2 inches of dense, viscous memory foam.
4. Rounding everything out is a breathable cooling cover with an intricate diamond pattern. It does feel cool to the touch, but not enough to make the bed actively cool; it should sleep temperature neutral to most.
Dillon Payne/CNET
Nectar Luxe Hybrid mattress performance
Motion isolation
We’d say this bed provides an exceptional amount of motion isolation, especially for a hybrid mattress. Instead of the support coils reverberating you or your partner’s movements at night, they adapt with them, and the top layer of memory foam absorbs tons of nightly motion as well. The only bed I could see performing better at motion isolation would be a more premium option from Tempur-Pedic, but that’s really splitting hairs — this mattress is great for light sleepers.
Edge-to-edge support
Going along with motion isolation, the Nectar Premier Hybrid also has excellent edge support. The two rows of coils that run along the bed’s edges are made of reinforced steel, designed to provide the bed with a sturdy perimeter. If you or your partner like to sleep close to the edges of your bed, willingly or unwillingly, you should experience plenty of support in this regard — there’s little to no roll-off sensation.
Dillon Payne/CNET
Temperature
The breathable fabric on this mattress cover does present sleepers with a slight cooling feature. Once you add your own bedding, though, I think both Nectar Premier mattresses will mainly sleep temperature neutral. If you’re looking for the coolest sleeping Nectar bed, I’d recommend checking out the Nectar Luxe beds. Still, it doesn’t hurt to have a cooling cover like this if you’re a bit of a hot sleeper.
Dillon Payne/CNET
Durability
Since this is a premium hybrid bed with reinforced edges, I’d say this bed is plenty durable to last most couples for several years. In the long run, hybrid mattresses typically last a bit longer than all-foam beds just because support foams can degrade slightly faster than coils, especially underneath much heavier people. Luckily, this bed’s hybrid design should be durable enough to last all body types for the next seven to 10 years — and that’s at the bare minimum.
Who is the Nectar Premier Hybrid mattress best for?
Though the bed’s design is durable enough to handle all body types, its neutral firmness profile might not be the ideal option for certain sleep styles. Here’s who we think this bed is best for.
Sleeping position
Since this mattress has a medium firmness profile, we’d mainly recommend it to combination sleepers who enjoy sleeping on their back, sides and stomachs, or couples who want a bed that has equal parts pressure relief and support. If you’re a back or stomach sleeper who wants more support from your bed, this might not be the most suitable option for you. Instead, you might want to check out the Nectar Classic beds. Conversely, if you want more pressure relief in your Nectar mattress, consider those Luxe beds instead.
Dillon Payne/CNET
Body type
As mentioned, the construction of this bed makes it supportive enough to handle all body types, including heavier people. If you’re more petite or average-sized, you could also get by on the Nectar Premier Hybrid, but the level of support could also be overkill for you. In that case, you could save some money by going with the all-foam version.
Nectar Luxe Hybrid mattress pricing
undefined
Size
Measurements (inches)
Price
Twin
38×75 inches
$799
Twin XL
38×80 inches
$999
Full
54×75 inches
$1,099
Queen
60×80 inches
$1,099
King
76×80 inches
$1,299
Cal King
72×84 inches
$1,299
Speaking of saving money, this is an upgraded hybrid bed that’s usually offered at a pretty reasonable price point after a discount. After one is applied to the queen size, you can expect to pay right around $1,100.
Nectar usually offers cash discounts on its mattresses year round, and depending on the time of year you decide to buy, you could also score yourself a free sleep bundle with the purchase of your bed.
Trial, shipping and warranty
Nectar backs this bed with some of the most generous policies found within the online mattress space. Its beds ship to you in a box for free, and once it’s in your possession, you get a 365-night trial period to try it at home risk-free. If you happen to not like it within that time frame, you can return it for free. On the other hand, if you decide to keep it, you’re backed by a forever warranty. Just be sure to use the right foundation for the bed because you could void your bed’s warranty.
How does Nectar Premier Hybrid compare to other mattresses?
Nectar Premier Hybrid vs. Nectar Premier Memory Foam
These are now the mid-tier mattresses within Nectar’s lineup. Both feature a very similar dense memory foam feel and range around a medium. However, they are slightly different in terms of specific firmness and construction. The Premier Hybrid obviously has support coils, whereas the Premier Memory Foam has dense foam for support. This makes the Hybrid version more supportive and durable for heavier people long-term. Additionally, the Premier Hybrid is also slightly softer at a proper medium, whereas the foam version is between that and a medium firm. Also, if you’re looking for a more affordable option, the Premier Memory Foam is the clear winner.
Nectar Premier Hybrid vs. DreamCloud Premier Hybrid
These are two premium options from Resident Home that are very similar in many respects. They’re both the mid-tier hybrid beds from both brands, featuring coils on the bottom for support. However, one major difference between them has to do with what’s used on top for comfort. The Nectar Premier Hybrid has a 3-inch memory foam layer, while the DreamCloud uses a quilted cover. This gives the DreamCloud Premier Hybrid much more of a luxurious aesthetic. The Nectar Premier Hybrid is also slightly softer, while the DreamCloud bed is a bit firmer and more responsive in terms of its memory foam feel. Both are priced the exact same after a discount for a queen size, so it really just comes down to the type of bed you’d prefer.
The final verdict
The Nectar Premier Hybrid is my personal favorite bed from this new launch. I think it provides the most even balance of comfort and support and is the most approachable bed when it comes to accommodating couples looking for a middle-of-the-road mattress.
I’d consider getting it if you want a supportive hybrid bed with a dense memory foam feel that’s around a medium, you like the sound of that Zoned-support feature and you want something that sleeps temperature neutral — not to mention, it’s a nice value for a hybrid bed.
Dillon Payne/CNET
You might like the Nectar Premier Hybrid mattress if:
You want a supportive hybrid mattress
You want a dense memory foam feel
You like a bed that’s around a medium
You want a bed with a Zoned-support feature
You might not like the Nectar Premier Hybrid bed if:
You’re looking for an all-foam mattress
You prefer the feel of a neutral or latex foam mattress
You’re on a very tight budget
Zoned support is basically a support system within a mattress to help keep your back in a neutral alignment while you sleep. In this case, Zoned support is found within the transition layer of the Nectar Premier Hybrid mattress. It’s very subtle, but it will help to keep your back properly aligned at night. This gives you support under your lower back where you need it and pressure relief to the other areas of your body. If you have chronic back pain, it’s a great feature to have in your next bed.
Sadly, you cannot flip any of the new Nectar mattresses. There are many beds within the online space that are double-sided, which is kinda cool — who doesn’t want two beds in one? Many options, like the Layla and Plank beds, are flippable and definitely worth your consideration.
Being a premium hybrid bed, the Nectar Premier Hybrid should last you for at least the next seven to 10 years, if not much longer. Hybrid beds are often thought to last longer than all-foam beds since steel coils last longer support-wise over time. For that reason alone, this bed should last you for many years to come, regardless of body type.
Fox News’ Health newsletter brings you stories on the latest developments in health care, wellness, diseases, mental health and more.
TOP 3
– Twin sisters navigate rare genetic disease, as one becomes caregiver
– Brush, floss, swish: Dentists reveal the proper order for oral care
– Tony Robbins shares his personal passion for helping feed the hungry
Natalie and Monica Rex were shocked to discover that Natalie has Friedreich’s ataxia (FA), a rare, genetic and usually fatal neurological disease that affects only 6,000 people in the U.S.(Natalie and Monica Rex)
MORE IN HEALTH
DRINKING DANGERS – Alcohol deaths have more than doubled in recent years, especially among women. Continue reading…
VITAMIN THERAPY – Pancreatic cancer patient survival doubled with high dose of common vitamin, study finds. Continue reading…
Pizza Hut has launched a limited-edition tomato wine flavoured with common pizza toppings like oregano and basil. In keeping with the Christmas season, the special wine can be ordered with or without a Triple Treat Box, the popular discontinued combo meal that’s returning at select locations for a limited time. “The holidays are a time for many gatherings, but often, the gift of a bottle of wine can feel expected. Why not be the one to bring the pizza party with the gift of pizza wine and a Triple Treat Box designed to ignite fun and conversation,” said Elyse Slaton, Pizza Hut’s director of advertising on Pizza Hut’s website.
Created in collaboration with Irvine’s Just Beyond Paradise Winery, Pizza Hut tomato wine is made from luscious, juicy tomatoes after blending with natural basil. It also has a light flavour of oregano and garlic to give that undeniable pizza taste. In order to evoke the roasted flavour of a freshly made crust, the wine also includes oakwood overtones. The drink is said to be able to turn every bite into an amazing tasting experience when paired with any traditional Pizza Hut pie.
Also Read:Burger King, Taco Bell And Pizza Hut Pull Onions From Menu After McDonalds E. Coli Outbreak
Pizza Hut launched pizza-flavoured tomato wine Photo Credit: Pizza Hut
“As a brand that has pioneered many firsts in the industry, we took a beloved, classic pairing of pizza and red wine and flipped it on its head as we aim to spark intrigue and create a more memorable holiday pizza party,” said Elyse.
Pizza Hut’s tomato wine, which retails for $25 a bottle, can be bought on the Just Beyond Paradise website. For $60, you can also purchase the limited edition gift set, which comes in a unique pizza box-shaped package and includes a bottle of wine, two stainless steel wine glasses bearing the Pizza Hut logo, and a corkscrew.
Also Read: Gordon Ramsay Partners With Travel Food Services To Launch 6 Dining Outlets In Indian Airports
Pizza Hut is selling its beloved Triple Treat Box for just $19.99 in honour of the holiday season and the release of the tomato wine. The box, which is being offered at its lowest price ever, comprises two medium 1-topping pizzas, five freshly baked breadsticks and ten Cinnabon mini cinnamon rolls in a seasonally themed box.
Welcome to the Wednesday Cats of Catster! Every month, we ask our cat-loving Catsters to weigh in on a new topic. This week, we asked them: How do you celebrate the holidays with your furry friend? Here’s what they had to say:
Crystal & Ivy
Hi Catsters!
Happy Holidays! It’s the most wonderful time of the year – and also the most treacherous, if you have a curious, skittish, or anxious kitty!
This will be our third Christmas with Ivy, and another year of figuring out how to set up the Christmas tree so that it won’t be destroyed on the daily.
Honestly though, since our first Christmas together, she has gotten better when it comes to leaving the tree alone.
Nevertheless, as soon as the Christmas tree comes out of the cupboard, there will be some investigating to be done! But that’s just cats, right? As soon as something new and shiny appears, all attention gets directed to said object, at least for the first couple of days. But I digress.
We celebrate Christmas with Ivy by giving her what she loves most: our undivided attention, and treats!
Last year, I got her the cutest kitty biscuit advent calendar, and as you may have read in the previous Wednesday Cats of Catster segment, Ivy goes crazy for Biskitty! Their advent calendar was no different.
Also on the food note, Ivy loves a bit of chicken! Occasionally, I’ll give her some shredded, cooked, unseasoned chicken breast. After that, she will not leave me alone!
Ivy loves eating chicken!
So it’s only fitting that she enjoys a bit of chicky on Christmas Eve. All of the other Christmas food gets hidden away, though! As innocent as her little face seems, she will definitely try her luck if given the chance, and I am not exactly thrilled about the idea of rushing to the vet in a state of panic if she ingests something she shouldn’t.
When it comes to the holidays, we also try to stick to our usual routines. Ivy (and many other kitties) don’t like their routines to be messed with. While this is also a time when we have off from work and have time to galavant around, we make sure not to stay away from home for too long.
New Year’s Eve brings along its own challenge: fireworks. Since we live in a complex, there are quite strict rules around setting off fireworks. But, there’s always that one person…
Each year after New Year’s Eve, I see countless social media posts of cats and dogs who have managed to escape their homes and gotten lost or injured in an attempt to escape the overwhelming sounds of fireworks.
This is why we ALWAYS celebrate New Year’s at home. Cats and loud noises seldom mix, and I would never put her in a situation where she would be alone, afraid, and possibly injure herself or get lost.
And there you have it, Catsters! Our holidays consist of togetherness, Biskitty, a bit of chicken, and lots of kitty-cuddles (when permitted, obviously).
Isabel & Milly
Milly enjoys a post-feast nap in her Hepper Nest
Every December, as the festive spirit fills the air and everyone gets ready to wind down, Milly and I prepare for what we like to call “Clawsome Christmas.” If you think cats and Christmas don’t mix, let me assure you—you’ve never met Milly.
Milly is not your average feline. While other cats might merely swat at ornaments or knock over a snow globe, Milly is a certified Christmas enthusiast. The moment the tree goes up, she’s there, inspecting every branch with the discerning eye of an interior designer. Her favorite pastime? Perching beneath the tree like a furry gift, only occasionally attempting to fight with the tinsel. (We’ve learned to tinsel-proof the lower branches.)
Christmas movie nights are another staple of our holiday season. Milly curls up on my lap, her purring synchronized to the soundtrack of Home Alone or Elf. She’s particularly fond of animated movies, though I suspect it’s less about the plot and more about the movement on the screen. Once, during a screening of The Grinch, she lunged at the screen during the roast beast scene. Clearly, she thought the Grinch had no business with that feast.
But the real highlight of our Christmas tradition is Milly’s three-course Christmas dinner. Yes, you read that right. While others may spend the day roasting turkeys or glazing hams, I’m in the kitchen preparing a feline-friendly feast. The appetizer is usually a small portion of chicken broth—warmed to perfection, of course. For the main course, Milly devours a tiny salmon filet, complete with a side of mashed sweet potato. Dessert is the pièce de résistance: a cat-safe pumpkin mousse, delicately served in a ramekin because Milly has standards.
Watching her eat is pure joy. She’ll delicately paw at her plate before diving in, as though she’s on MasterChef: Feline Edition. Afterward, she’ll stretch out on the couch, belly full, looking as smug as a cat can possibly look—which, let’s face it, is very.
Our Christmas day usually ends with Milly curled up in her Hepper Nest, while I sip hot cocoa and reflect on how lucky I am to have a holiday companion who’s equal parts mischievous and magical. Milly might not write Christmas cards or hang stockings, but she’s perfected the art of making the season bright. And isn’t that what Christmas is all about?
Wes & Raphy
For me, the holidays are always a bittersweet period. When the roasted vegetables have moved from the oven, to the plate, to my lips and stomach, my hunger might be satisfied and satiated, but you see, my heart is not.
That’s because I invariably have to travel for Christmas, and cannot bring Raphael. I am still of an age where staying at home is deemed “unsociable” by my family, and so I relent. Be it Hong Kong, where flights don’t allow cats, or the UK, where my family’s severe allergies prevent a cat paw from coming within metres of the place.
Poor Raphy, it is not his fault.
In a future Catster post, I will mention the sadness and difficulty of separating from Raphy at the cattery for prolonged periods. The lows, the lower, and lowest of it all.
Steph and I long for the day we are not required to venture beyond our door for the holidays and Raphael can run wild to his heart’s content, or eat as much turkey as his stomach will let him.
But alas, not yet. He has a few more visits to the cattery to do first.
Until then, we will celebrate the holidays through our mutual excitement of seeing him again!
This article features all of our Wednesday Cats of Catster.
World’s largest alternative asset manager Blackstone Inc and real estate developer Sattva Group are close to filing the initial draft papers for the listing of an office real estate investment trust (REIT), comprising around 50 million square feet of commercial assets, to raise around $750-800 million, sources said.
Blackstone’s assets under its office platform Nucleus Office Parks and those developed jointly with the Sattva group will form the portfolio for the REIT. Sources indicated that the filing of the draft prospectus is imminent, and the aim is to go for a listing early next fiscal year.
Blackstone declined to comment, while the Sattva group did not respond to a request for comment.
Currently under Nucleus Office Parks, Blackstone has a portfolio of 20 million square feet, while with Sattva it has a joint portfolio of 32 msf of which 18 msf is completed.
Under Nucleus Parks, it has 14 properties across five cities – Mumbai, Gurugram, Chennai, Bengaluru, and Ahmedabad. Five of the properties such as One BKC, One International Centre, Prima Bay are located in Mumbai while in Bengaluru it owns assets such as One Trade Tower and Cessna Business Park.
The joint projects between Blackstone and Sattva include Knowledge City and Knowledge Park in Hyderabad and Sattva Global City in Bengaluru. Sattva Global (formerly Village Tech Park) is a green tech park and was acquired from Coffee Day Enterprises. It is majority owned by Blackstone.
The proposed Blackstone-Sattva REIT is one of the most awaited, as it is expected to be the largest in terms of funds raised and also the one with the largest portfolio. Embassy Office Parks REIT, listed in 2019, has a portfolio of around 45 msf, followed by Mindspace Business Parks REIT, which has over 33 msf.
Blackstone has been responsible for the inception and evolution of REITs in India, having been a co-sponsor in Embassy and Mindspace REITs while it was the main sponsor of Nexus Select Trust, in which it held 22.3 per cent stake at the end of September.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PAMELA Anderson u posljednje vrijeme privlači puno pozornosti svojim stilom. Ne samo što se odrekla teške šminke, njezin je modni stil sve jednostavniji, a uvijek izgleda tako dobro. Njezina najnovija kombinacija podsjetila nas je zašto klasici postaju klasici.
Za nedavno događanje Anderson je odabrala jednostavnu bijelu košulju dugih rukava, usku crnu suknju sa širokim crnim remenom i jednostavne crne cipele s remenčićem oko gležnja. Kosu je raspustila.
Crno-bijelo i profinjeno
U ovoj kombinaciji Anderson se pojavila na premijeri filma The Last Showgirl u Los Angelesu. Posebno nam se svidjelo što je njezina kombinacija crno-bijela, bez upadljivih boja. Uz nekoliko jednostavnih komada, izgledala je zbilja jako elegantno.
Njezino nam se izdanje toliko svidjelo da smo odlučili pronaći slične komade u našim trgovinama.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Minnesota Vikings receiver Jordan Addison has pleaded not guilty to two misdemeanor drunk-driving charges stemming from his arrest in July, when a California Highway Patrol officer found the former USC standout asleep behind the wheel of a Rolls-Royce that was blocking traffic near Los Angeles International Airport.
Addison entered not guilty pleas Tuesday on the charges of driving under the influence of alcohol and driving with 0.08% blood-alcohol level, according to Los Angeles County Superior Court records. A pretrial conference hearing has been scheduled for Jan. 9.
If he’s found guilty, Addison could face up to six months in jail, $1,000 in fines and have his license suspended up to 10 months.
According to the NFL’s policy and program on substances of abuse, discipline for first-time violators of law involving alcohol could face a three-game suspension without pay, with some “aggravating circumstances” allowing for a harsher penalty.
“Any disciplinary actions that come my way I’m going to stand tall, face it, get through it and shake back,” Addison said at the start of training camp in late July. “Whatever’s out there for me, I’m going to stand on all 10, take whatever comes with it. I’ll own up to everything, and I feel like anything that come my way is meant to happen or is deserved, so I’ll do what I’ve got to do.”
On July 12 at approximately 11:06 p.m., the CHP received an alert about a disabled vehicle blocking traffic exiting the westbound 105 Freeway to northbound Sepulveda Boulevard. An officer found a white Rolls-Royce stopped in one of the lanes with the driver, identified in the CHP arrest report as Addison, asleep behind the wheel.
After the completion of a DUI investigation, Addison was arrested on suspicion of driving under the influence.
In July 2023, Addison was cited for driving 140 mph in a 55-mph zone on Interstate 94 in St. Paul, Minn. He later pleaded guilty to a misdemeanor charge, paid a fine and lost his license for six months.
Addison has 36 receptions for 575 yards and four touchdowns in 10 games this season. The Vikings are 10-2 and could clinch an NFL playoff spot this weekend. The postseason begins with the wild-card round Jan. 11 and concludes with Super Bowl LIX on Feb. 9 in New Orleans.
The Korean term for “martial law” was the most-searched word on Google in South Korea on Wednesday, following President Yoon Suk Yeol’s short-lived declaration of martial law.
The word topped Google’s trends chart with the search volume over the past 24 hours surpassing the 2 million mark, up more than a thousand percent from a day ago.
“Currency exchange rate” and “Kim Yong-hyun,” the name of the South Korean defense minister who reportedly proposed declaring the martial law to the president, ranked second and third on the trends chart, respectively, reports Yonhap news agency. Yoon declared martial law late on Tuesday night, accusing the opposition of paralyzing the government with “anti-state activities,” but lifted it hours later after the National Assembly voted to call for its end.
With the nation in shock over the incident, the news page of South Korea’s largest internet portal, Naver, saw all-time high traffic overnight, according to its operator.
The surge briefly disrupted some of its functions, but service was quickly normalised.
Meanwhile, Yeol on Wednesday held a meeting with Prime Minister Han Duck-soo and leaders of the ruling People Power Party (PPP) to discuss follow-up measures after opposition parties submitted an impeachment motion in response to the short-lived martial law declaration.
Prime Minister Han, PPP leader Han Dong-hoon and floor leader Choo Kyung-ho convened at the presidential office just hours after the opposition submitted the motion, following the National Assembly’s rejection of the martial law declaration earlier in the day.
“They seriously discussed the current situation, and there was no difference in opinions,” a senior presidential official said, adding Yoon’s potential departure from the party was not a topic of discussion during the meeting.
The main opposition Democratic Party and five other minor parties plan to report the motion to a parliamentary plenary session on Thursday and put it up for a vote as early as Friday.
Plant-based eating has surged in popularity worldwide, inspiring a wave of innovation in vegan cuisine. For vegan travellers who once struggled to find satisfying options abroad, the tides have turned—now you can explore the world with a range of delicious choices at your fingertips.
From wellness retreats to street food: Check out these 6 vegan-friendly travel hotspots.(Photo by Shutterstock)
From vibrant city scenes to tranquil island retreats, vegan-friendly destinations now offer everything from fine dining to casual street food. In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Rajeev Kale (President and Country Head, Holidays, MICE, Visa at Thomas Cook (India) Limited) and SD Nandakumar (President and Country Head, Leisure Travel and MICE at SOTC Travel Limited) suggested some top vegan-friendly travel spots to explore this holiday season –
1. Singapore
Singapore travel diaries(Photo by Pixabay)
Renowned as a melting pot of cultures and culinary traditions, Singapore has emerged as a popular destination for vegan travellers in search of diverse, flavour-packed meals. Seamlessly blending Chinese, Malay and Indian influences, the city is also home to a vibrant café scene and a growing vegan movement. Visitors can easily find a wide range of plant-based options at iconic hawker centers, where local favourites like vegan laksa, satay and mock meats are readily available. Singapore’s commitment to sustainability is reflected in its food scene as well, with local initiatives supporting urban farming and plant-based diets. With its rich culinary diversity and green initiatives, Singapore is the perfect destination for eco-conscious vegan travellers.
2. Berlin, Germany
Berlin travel diaries(Photo by Pixabay)
Berlin has firmly established itself as one of the most vegan-friendly cities in the world, often dubbed the “Vegan Capital of Europe.” The German capital stands out as a prime destination for vegans and environmentally conscious travellers due to its inclusive vibe, where being vegan is seen as part of the local culture rather than a niche lifestyle. From trendy restaurants to casual cafés, the city offers a wide array of plant-based dining options spanning various cuisines. Travellers can also plan their trips around the many food festivals organised by Berlin’s thriving vegan community, where they can explore innovative plant-based creations. Berlin’s progressive attitude toward sustainability and veganism makes it a must-visit for plant-based food lovers.
3. Bali, Indonesia
The Bali swing (ADOBE STOCK)
Bali’s reputation as one of the wellness capitals of the world makes it a sanctuary for those seeking healthy, delicious plant-based food. As more health-conscious travellers from around the globe flock to the island, Bali has seen a rise in vegan-friendly restaurants and food offerings. Whether its smoothie bowls, raw desserts or tempeh dishes, the options are as nutritious as they are flavourful. Beyond the food, Bali offers an immersive vegan experience with wellness retreats, Yoga centers and eco-resorts that focus on plant-based living. For those who embrace the vegan lifestyle in all aspects of life, Bali is the perfect fit.
4. Copenhagen, Denmark
The Tivoli Gardens in Copenhagen(istockphoto)
Known for its progressive dining scene and commitment to sustainability, Copenhagen is another great destination for vegan travellers. The Danish capital is home to an increasing number of vegan eateries, many of which embody sustainability with organic and locally sourced ingredients. Whether you are looking for fine dining or to experience plant-based versions of local Danish eats, there is something for every vegan in Copenhagen. The city’s devotion to environmental sustainability means that many restaurants also cater to eco-conscious diners with a zero-waste philosophy. In addition to its vegan restaurants, Copenhagen also hosts the annual Copenhagen Vegan Festival, which brings together plant-based chefs and vendors from around the world. This city, with its multipronged approach to vegan and sustainable living, has earned its reputation as one of the top vegan-friendly cities in the world.
5. South Korea
Tourists, including some dressed in traditional Korean hanbok, walk through Bukchon Hanok Village in Seoul, South Korea.(Photo by REUTERS/Kim Soo-hyeon)
South Korea’s vegan scene has blossomed in recent years, where traditional dishes have been given a modern, plant-based twist. While the cuisine already comprises vegan dishes like bibimbap, tteokbokki (spicy rice cakes) and kimchi, up-and-coming restaurants in Seoul have ramped up their efforts to expand their vegan offerings. Traditional Korean Buddhist temple cuisine, which is inherently vegan, can be savoured at temples and specialised restaurants. The country’s embrace of plant-based living is rapidly evolving, making South Korea an exciting and culturally rich stop for vegan travellers.
6. Japan
This picture taken on November 14, 2023 shows Japan’s highest mountain, Mt. Fuji in the background between skyscrapers in Tokyo’s Shinjuku area.(Photo by Kazuhiro NOGI / AFP)
Japan’s plant-based offerings have flourished in recent years, with cities like Tokyo and Kyoto leading the way. Today, you can find a wide variety of vegan options across the country, from sushi and ramen to curries and desserts. Even local snacks and coffee culture have evolved to accommodate plant-based diets, making it easier and more enjoyable for vegan travellers to explore. Japan’s culinary creativity, combined with its respect for seasonal ingredients, makes it an unforgettable destination for those seeking delicious plant-based cuisine.
The rise of vegan-friendly destinations around the world shows just how far the plant-based movement has come. From Bali’s wellness retreats to Berlin’s vibrant food scene, each place offers unique flavours, cultures and sustainable living and this list is just the beginning as many more cities and hidden gems await vegan travellers.
As the world embraces plant-based living, the opportunities for eco-friendly culinary adventures continue to grow. The journey is just starting!
It’s been almost 20 years since Daniel Craig was cast as James Bond in Casino Royale.
The outgoing star made five 007 films, which were released over 15 years, some of which were better received than others.
Casino Royale and Skyfall are considered two of the greatest Bond movies, but the film between them ended up being something of a mess of an epilogue to the former.
Speaking with the Hollywood Reporter, Craig called 2008’s Quantum of Solace the “difficult second album”.
Shot during the Hollywood writers’ strike of the time, the star found himself writing scenes… for himself.
Craig shared: “F***ing nightmare. Paul Haggis did a pass on the script, then he went off and joined a picket line, and we didn’t have writers, so we didn’t have a script. We probably should never have gone and started production, but we did. I ended up writing a lot of that film — I probably shouldn’t really say, and I do not want a credit, it’s fine — but we were in that state because that’s what we’re allowed to do.”
Craig added: “I was allowed to work. Under WGA rules we were allowed to work with a director and write scenes. But there’s some amazing stunt sequences in that, and I’m still bearing the pins to prove it, so in that sense there’s a lot of great stuff in it, but it just didn’t quite work. The storytelling wasn’t there. And that’s the abject lesson: going to start a movie without a script, it’s just – not a good idea.”
The Electric Vehicle Council (EVC) claimed a major win today, reporting more than 100,000 electric vehicle (EV) sales in Australia so far this year – which would be a significant milestone for the takeup of battery-powered vehicles in this country.
However, the lobby group failed to disclose a major caveat: the figure includes plug-in hybrid vehicles (PHEVs), which can be recharged externally but are also fitted with petrol engines.
In a media statement, the EVC said its own and public data, such as the monthly VFACTS report from the Federal Chamber of Automotive Industries (FCAI), showed Australians purchased more than 100,000 EVs between January and November 2024.
This figure, it claims, breaks the existing full-year record of “about 98,400 sales”, set in 2023.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
The Tesla Model 3 runs exclusively on electric power
“2024 has been a record-breaking year for EV uptake in Australia, with new sales surpassing 100,000 for the first time in a year – and that’s before the year has even ended,” said the EVC’s Head of Policy, Legal and Advocacy, Aman Gaur, in today’s media release.
However, the EVC did not make a clear distinction between battery-electric vehicles – widely accepted as the true definition of an EV – and PHEVs.
When the two figures are split from the lobby group’s monthly reports and VFACTS, the true year-to-date EV sales figure is 82,960 between January and November.
PHEVs have contributed 20,543 sales to the combined total of 103,503 externally rechargeable vehicles sold this year.
While this is higher than last year’s figure of 94,429 – achieved through the sale of 87,217 EVs and 11,212 PHEVs – it doesn’t tell the full story of Australia’s electric and plug-in hybrid market in 2024.
The 82,690 EVs sold in Australia from January to November represent a 2.8 per cent increase on the same period in 2023. This is against a market which has risen by 1.7 per cent.
EVs account for 7.3 per cent of Australia’s new vehicle market, however, their rate of sales growth has cooled significantly compared to 2023, when by the end of the year they had experienced a 161 per cent jump in sales.
The Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV can drive via a petrol engine and/or electric motors
PHEVs, meanwhile, account for just 1.8 per cent of new-vehicle sales locally, but their sales growth is currently 100 per cent higher than in the same period last year.
Though PHEVs can be charged via a dedicated port and run in electric-only modes to drive limited distances, they also incorporate a petrol engine.
The EVC has not made this clear in its most recent media statements, and in its end-of-2023 ‘Australian Electric Vehicle Industry Recap’ it only clarifies its stance on combining EV and PHEV sales in the fineprint.
“Consistent with international literature, and groups such as the International Energy Agency, the EVC defines electric vehicles as any vehicle that can be plugged in to charge directly using electricity. This includes both battery electric vehicles (BEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs),” the fineprint reads.
The Toyota RAV4 Hybrid doesn’t need to be plugged in to provide fuel savings
Combined EV and PHEV sales still trail those of traditional hybrids, some 158,242 examples of which have been sold so far this year to make up almost 14 per cent of the overall market. This has largely been driven by market leader Toyota.
The EVC is the exclusive publisher of sales data for Tesla and Polestar in Australia, after the two specialist EV brands stopped reporting to the FCAI in July and March, respectively, due to the car industry lobby group’s stance on the then-proposed New Vehicle Efficiency Standard (NVES).
Set to come into effect on January 1, 2025, NVES will apply penalties or credits to carmakers for exceeding or meeting fleet-wide emissions targets, with financial penalties to be enforced from July 1 next year.
The NVES has placed greater emphasis on carmakers selling cleaner and more efficient vehicles, which the EVC says will benefit buyers.
“Looking ahead to 2025, we’re optimistic that EV [including PHEV] adoption in Australia will continue to grow, especially with the introduction of the New Vehicle Efficiency Standard, which is set to deliver even more affordable and a greater choice of low and zero emissions cars,” it said in today’s press release.
MORE: VFACTS November 2024: Private sales slump, RAV4 maintains lead
The State Bank of India (SBI), the country’s largest public sector bank, has submitted recommendations to the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) urging changes to the current rules governing the deactivation of bank accounts. In its proposal, SBI has suggested that non-financial transactions, such as balance enquiries, should be considered sufficient to keep an account active.
SBI Chairman CS Shetty explained that many account holders, particularly those who open accounts for government assistance programs, typically engage in limited transactions. Often, after an initial deposit, they withdraw funds only a few times, which leads to accounts being marked inactive. According to Shetty, such accounts should not automatically be deactivated due to a lack of financial activity.
He emphasised that non-financial actions, like checking the balance, are indicative of an account holder’s awareness of and engagement with their account. Therefore, such transactions should be considered in determining whether an account remains active.
This request follows recent directives from the RBI, which has instructed banks to address the issue of inactive or “frozen” accounts promptly, with reports on their progress to be submitted on a quarterly basis. SBI had also launched a special campaign to tackle inactive accounts, although the bank did not disclose the exact number of such accounts.
What is an Inactive Account?
An inactive account refers to an account that has been dormant for an extended period, with no transactions or deposits. Once an account is deactivated, the account holder is unable to withdraw or deposit funds. Typically, banks deactivate accounts that have remained unused for a long time, following regulatory guidelines.
In a latest development, Coinbase has announced the addition of Gigachad and Turbo to its coin listing roadmap, signaling potential future listings on the exchange. This move reflects Coinbase’s ongoing strategy of embracing various cryptocurrencies, including niche and meme-based tokens.
Gigachad and Turbo are both considered part of the meme coin category, that are often driven by internet culture and community enthusiasm rather than technical utility. Gigachad (GIGA) is a meme coin inspired by the image of “Gigachad”. Turbo (TURBO) is an ERC-20 token based on the Ethereum blockchain. While, Turbo is a memecoin created using ChatGPT.
A Crucial Step Towards Broader Accessibility
Coinbase’s asset roadmap indicates cryptocurrencies being considered for inclusion. Although being on the roadmap doesn’t guarantee immediate listing, it is a crucial step towards broader accessibility.
Last month, Coinbase onboarded PEPE and FLOKI to its trading platform. Earlier this week, Coinbase added TikTok-inspired meme coin Moo Deng (MOODENG) to its listing roadmap, expanding its cryptocurrency offerings during Q4 2024. The price of Moo Deng (MOODENG) surged 80% within an hour after Coinbase announced its plans to list the token.
Notably, If GIGA and TURBO are fully listed, they will join other meme coins like Dogecoin and Shiba Inu that have already found a place on Coinbase.
Coinbase Launches Apple Pay For Fiat-to-Crypto Purchases
In a latest development, Coinbase has added Apple Pay integration, allowing app developers to include a cryptocurrency purchase option within their apps. This feature is part of Coinbase Onramp, which aims to simplify converting traditional currencies into cryptocurrencies.
The move signifies a turning point for the cryptocurrency ecosystem, as two major tech and financial players join forces to simplify the complex process of acquiring digital currencies. By leveraging Apple Pay’s widespread adoption and Coinbase’s crypto expertise, this partnership could redefine how consumers and developers interact with cryptocurrencies.
Tablets can be expensive, and you only have to look at Apple’s impressive iPad Pro to see that. But you don’t have to spend that kind of money if you don’t want to, and this “should be over but isn’t” Cyber Monday deal is a prime example of that. Many retailers are already dropping prices left and right, including Amazon. Right now, you can get the nifty Amazon Fire HD 10 tablet for almost half price, dropping the price to just $75. That’s the best price we’ve seen to date and your chance to pick up a great tablet holiday gift at a discount. Just keep in mind this limited-time deal might not last for long.
This Amazon deal is for the lock screen ad-supported 32GB Amazon Fire HD 10 tablet. If you’re interested in more storage, the 64GB ad-supported version of this tablet is only $90, which saves you 50%. You can also score ad-free versions of this tablet. The 32GB ad-free Amazon Fire HD 10 tablet is only $90, or you can snag the 64GB ad-free Amazon Fire 10 tablet for only $105 and save a whopping $90.
Cyber Monday Tablet Deals
The best time to get a new tablet is Cyber Monday, and our shopping team has found the deepest discounts for you to grab.
See now
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
For your $75 you’ll get a 10.1-inch tablet with 32GB of expandable storage and 3GB of RAM. It’s powered by an octa-core CPU and can run for around 12 hours on a single charge. Thanks to the Android-based Amazon Appstore, you’ll have quick and easy access to all of your favorite apps including Netflix, Facebook, Hulu, Instagram, TikTok and more. You can add up to 1TB in storage with a microSD card, but you’ll have to buy it separately.
We consider the Amazon Fire HD 10 to be one of the best tablets around right now, and this price makes it an impossibly good value for people who just need a 10-inch tablet for watching shows and browsing the web. You can also read your books using the Kindle app if that’s how you roll.
Read more: Best Smart Home Gifts for 2024
For other discounted options, see our roundup of all the best Cyber Monday tablet deals available right now. Want something bigger? Take a look at the best Cyber Monday laptop deals that are still floating around today.
Why this deal matters
This excellent tablet is back down to one of its lowest prices ever. The last time we saw this tablet drop down to this price was during the October Prime Day event. We’ve no way of knowing how long the deal will last, but we don’t expect it to see another significant price cut so we recommend grabbing one now before this deal ends.
Best Cyber Monday deals, according to CNET readers
High doses of vitamin C could be a new breakthrough in treating cancer.
The University of Iowa Health Care Carver College of Medicine has shared results from a randomized, phase 2 trial testing the impact of adding high-dose vitamin C to intravenous chemotherapy treatments for pancreatic cancer patients.
The researchers found that administering 75 grams of vitamin C three times a week doubled overall survival rates of patients with late-stage metastatic pancreatic cancer from eight months to 16 months.
WHAT TO KNOW ABOUT ACTOR DAVE COULIER’S BLOOD CANCER: ‘VERY AGGRESSIVE’
The study, published in the journal Redox Biology, also found that progression-free survival was extended from four to six months.
The researchers found that vitamin C in high doses generates hydrogen peroxide, which “kills the cancer cells.”(iStock)
Lead researcher Joseph Cullen, MD, University of Iowa professor of surgery and radiation oncology, shared in an interview with Fox News Digital that the “groundbreaking” findings are the result of 20 years of research on vitamin C.
After testing vitamin C in the lab, Iowa researchers found that using vitamin C in much higher doses “worked great” in killing cancer cells.
“Vitamin C, which is inexpensive and well-tolerated, may improve the efficacy of chemotherapy with a good quality of life.”
“Wefound that at these high doses, ascorbate [vitamin C] actually generates hydrogen peroxide,” Cullen said. “And the hydrogen peroxide is what kills the cancer cells.”
The patients who received vitamin C in the phase 2, FDA-approved trial also seemed to “better tolerate the chemotherapy they were given,” according to the researcher.
NEW CERVICAL CANCER TREATMENT APPROACH COULD REDUCE RISK OF DEATH BY 40%, TRIAL RESULTS SHOW
“Therefore, they got more chemotherapy for longer periods of time and larger doses of chemotherapy, which also would kill the tumor cells,” he added.
Intravenous vitamin C could also help combat other kinds of cancer, according to Cullen, who mentioned that his colleagues are looking into treating lung and brain cancer.
The patients in the study tolerated chemo better with high-dose IV vitamin C, the researcher said.(iStock)
Dr. Georgios Georgakis, a surgical oncologist at Stony Brook Medicine in New York, noted that these findings could “potentially be a breakthrough” for cancer patients.
“Itseems to be working synergistically with chemotherapy,” Georgakis, who was not involved in the study, said in a separate conversation with Fox News Digital.
AI DETECTS WOMAN’S BREAST CANCER AFTER ROUTINE SCREENING MISSED IT
Dr. Joshua Strauss, an attending hematologist and medical oncologist at Advanced Care Oncology and Hematology Associates of the Atlantic Medical Group in Morristown, New Jersey, also expressed his support for this method.
“Small clinical trials such as this one have recently provided exciting and consistent signals that vitamin C, which is inexpensive and well-tolerated, may improve the efficacy of chemotherapy with a good quality of life,” the oncologist, who also was not involved in this new research, said in a statement sent to Fox News Digital.
The benefits of vitamin C
Vitamin C, or ascorbic acid, is an “essential dietary nutrient” found in various foods like citrus fruits, tomatoes, potatoes, broccoli, strawberries, cabbage and spinach, according to Strauss.
Georgakis noted that vitamin C can help with tissue growth and repair, collagen production, wound healing, bone and skin health, and immune support.
In lower doses, vitamin C acts as an antioxidant. The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) recommends getting 75mg to 90mg daily.
Vitamin C can help the body with tissue growth and repair, collagen production, wound healing, bone and skin health, immune support and more.(iStock)
Once the body has taken in enough vitamin C, any excess is excreted through the kidneys and won’t be absorbed, Cullen pointed out.
But once the dosage is bumped to much higher levels, such as 75 grams, it acts as a pro-oxidant.
“So, it actually makes these reactive oxygen species that kill cancer cells well,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
It would take backing from a pharmaceutical company to support what would be a “multi-million-dollar” phase 3 trial to continue research, according to Cullen.
For now, he suggests that cancer patients interested in exploring IV vitamin C should talk to their oncologist and seek out professionals who can administer it.
Strauss applauded the researchers and the National Cancer Institute for their efforts, noting that he read the results with “cautious optimism.”
“Itseems to be working synergistically with chemotherapy,” an oncologist commented on the method.(iStock)
“Pancreatic cancer can be extremely difficult to treat, and I am hopeful whenever I read positive results from a phase 2 study,” he went on. “However, the study has several limitations, and the results should be carefully interpreted.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Strauss and the study authors acknowledged some of those limitations, including the small sample size of 34 patients and lack of diversity.
“Larger randomized phase 3 trials are needed to confirm the results before this is adopted into widespread clinical use,” Strauss told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Georgakis agreed that although the trial did have a “very good outcome,” this is “not the golden bullet for treating cancer.”
“However, this is exactly what we need – incremental, good outcomes in our fight against cancer,” he said.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
Burgers are an all-time favourite of foodies. Imagine taking a bite of the soft-mushy buns filled with grilled patties, loaded with crunchy veggies, drizzled with cheese and sprinkled with seasoning — the ultimate mood-booster, right? What’s more, the snack is also super-easy to prepare at home. Now, a video has been making waves on the internet where a group of people are seen preparing enormous-sized burgers. The clip opens with a man pouring several boiled potatoes into a large container. A presser is used to smash the potatoes evenly. Once it’s mashed properly, a whole plate of shredded cheese is added.
Time for the veggies – peas are added first to the potato-cheese blend, followed by corn. Next, the chef shifts his attention to the seasonings. Generous amounts of spices and salt are sprinkled coupled with flour dressing. Now, the cooks mix all of the ingredients and make flat, oval shapes. Zero points for guessing, we all know they are patties. Once it’s complete, the patties are put into a boiling hot pan of oil for frying.
As the video progresses, the large buns kept on a separate tray catch our attention. The chef slices them in half and spreads mustard sauce. Onion and tomato slices and shredded cabbage come after that. The final step involves ketchup dressing and placing the patties upon it. Voila! Super-tasty burgers are here to be served. The video ends with the chefs distributing the burgers to kids.
Here’s how people reacted to this video:
A foodie called the jumbo burgers “yummy and delicious”
“I wish my house was near your house,” hoped another.
Noting the size, a person called the snack a “family burger”
“Mooh me pani aa gya (My mouth has started watering),” confessed a burger lover.
An individual felt that it was “time to shift to that village”
“You should start your own food place but what you do for the poor is also great, May God reward you immensely for your kindness,” read a remark.
Also Read: Watch: World’s Largest Banana Species Weighs More Than 3 Kg
So far, the video has garnered 2.8 million views. Be honest, are you drooling?
China’s top political advisor Wang Huning met with Speaker of Nauru’s Parliament Marcus Stephen in Beijing on Tuesday.
Wang, chairman of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) National Committee, said the resumption of diplomatic relations between China and Nauru is another testament that the one-China principle is the universal consensus of the international community and conforms to the trend of the times.
The important consensus reached by the leaders of the two countries in March this year provides strategic guidance for both sides to enhance bilateral relations and practical cooperation, he said.
China is willing to work with Nauru to implement the leaders’ important consensus and continue to promote the development of bilateral relations, Wang added, stressing that the CPPCC will make contributions in this regard.
Stephen said Nauru firmly adheres to the one-China principle, and thanks China for its assistance. Nauru is willing to strengthen exchanges, mutual learning and cooperation with China, continuously deepen the friendship between the two peoples and promote the sustained development of bilateral relations.
Small and medium real estate investment trusts (SM REITs) will have their own self-regulatory organisation as an apex body, a move that is being favoured by Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), sources said.
SM REITs, formerly fractional ownership platforms that have just started registering with SEBI, will not be brought under the ambit of the Indian REITs Association, they said.
According to the sources, the regulator feels that SM REITs need to be regulated differently from the traditional REITs and should have their own apex organisation to deal with their unique characteristics. An apex organisation is likely to be formed soon as there are already three registered SM REITs – Property Share Investment Trust, Impact R SM REIT, and Emberstone SM REIT.
IRA, the non-profit organisation set up under the guidance of SEBI, has the four larger listed REITs as its members. The four REITs are Embassy Office Parks REIT, Mindspace Business Parks REIT, Brookfield Indian Real Estate Trust, and Nexus Select Trust.
While fractional ownership platforms were brought under the ambit of REIT regulations through an amendment in March 2024 and notification of the new regulatory framework, they function a bit differently from the traditional REITs.
They also invest in and develop commercial real estate assets in which investors can participate through subscribing to units, but when raising funds they function like mutual funds. Each property or asset added is associated with a scheme for which funds are raised through an issue of units. They have multiple scheme structures and different assets may be put under different schemes.
PropShare SM REIT IPO
Meanwhile, SM REITs are closely following the fortunes of Property Share’s and the country’s first SM REIT IPO scheme, PropShare Platina, raising ₹353 crore with a price band of ₹10-10.5 lakh per unit. A lot will depend on the response that the REIT garners from investors.
The issue is open from December 2-4 and exchange data showed that it has been subscribed 0.08 times and institutional investors have not yet bid for the units on offer.
A top official of a SM REIT, which is awaiting SEBI approval for its registration, said that if the response were poor, they would likely look at raising a lower amount rather than the ₹500 crore they are planning.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GENERACIJA Z sada odbacuje velike, chunky čizme i platforme, a na scenu dolaze otmjene cipele s malim petama, poznate kao “kitten heels”. Ovaj stil, koji karakterizira mala potpetica manja od 5 cm, postao je popularan među poznatim osobama poput Hailey Bieber, Kendall i Kylie Jenner, Victorije Beckham i Belle Hadid.
Prije su chunky gležnjače bile u modi među milenijalcima, no sada ih gen Z ismijava. Niske potpetice su se pojavile na nedavnim modnim pistama velikih brendova kao što su Prada, Gucci i Jacquemus.
Prije nisu bile popularne
Iako su kitten heels sada moderni trend, prije nisu bile popularne. Smatrale su se cipelama koje su nosile starije žene. Međutim, stručnjaci sada kažu da su bolje za zdravlje stopala od visokih štikli jer su udobnije i lakše za hodanje.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ovaj stil potiče još iz 1950-ih, a postao je popularan kad je Audrey Hepburn nosila cipele s malim petama u filmu Doručak kod Tiffanyja. Kasnije je i princeza Diana nosila jednake takve cipele.
High street trgovine sada su preplavljene ovim stilom, a mi smo izdvojili nekoliko modela koje vrijedi pogledati.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Former world champion Israel Vázquez, a Mexican boxing star known “El Magnífico,” died Monday night at the age of 46, World Boxing Council president Mauricio Sulaimán confirmed.
The three-time world champion in the super bantamweight division starred in a fierce trio of fights against Rafael Márquez, brother of Juan Manuel Márquez. The bouts were true Mexican boxing classics that left both fighters physically scarred, as neither of them was the same after those three duels in the span of a year.
Vázquez’s boxing career ended with a 44-5 record, including 32 knockouts. He was champion of the International Boxing Federation from 2004 to 2005 and twice of the World Boxing Council from 2005 to 2008. Vázquez’s career also included three fights against Oscar “Chololo” Larios, a former world champion and stablemate of then rising star Saul “Canelo” Álvarez, winning two bouts and losing one.
“Israel Vázquez finally rests in peace,” Sulaimán, of the WBC, posted on social media. “May God give strength and support to his wife Laura, his children, family and friends in these difficult moments. Thank you champion for leaving such a special mark. You will always be the Magnificent One.”
Referee Pat Russell raises the arm of Mexico’s Israel Vázquez after he defeated Rafael Márquez in their WBC super bantamweight championship bout in Carson on March. 1, 2008.
(Mark J. Terrill / Associated Press)
Born on Dec. 25, 1977, in Mexico City, Vázquez was known not only for his talent but for being kind to others outside the ring.
Vázquez longed to go to college and study law, but he gradually realized he had a talent for karate and then boxing, so he told his father, Valentín, who owned a funeral home, that he wanted to train and learn to box like his brother German.
Vázquez, who adopted a fearless and aggressive fighting style, did not have a great amateur career. He made his pro debut in the bantamweight division at 17, knocking out his first nine opponents before suffering his first loss.
His manager throughout his career in the United States, Frank Espinoza, watched one of Vázquez’s fights on television and liked what he saw: power and determination. In 1998, Vázquez made his U.S. debut by defeating Antonio Ramirez by decision at Sycuan Casino in El Cajon. His talent led him to train and spar with Humberto “La Chiquita” Gonzalez and Julio Borboa, two recognized world champions.
He continued to fight mostly at the Arrowhead Pond in Anaheim until he lost by decision in Las Vegas to Marcos Licona in a fight for the vacant World Boxing Organization super bantamweight title.
Vázquez accumulated 12 more victories that led him to a WBC super bantamweight world title fight against Larios, whom he had already beaten, but he lost by knockout in 2002.
Despite the defeat, Vázquez continued to accumulate victories and was finally crowned world champion when he defeated José Luis Valbuena at the Grand Olympic Auditorium in March 2004 to win the vacant IBF super bantamweight title, a crown he defended twice before avenging his loss to Larios and defeating him a second time by unifying the WBC and the Ring titles on Dec. 3, 2005, in Las Vegas.
Great battles followed as he defended his crown against Iván Hernández and, in a well-remembered duel, Vázquez rose from two knockdowns to defeat Mexican fighter Johnny Gonzalez in September 2006 by a 10th round knockout in what was his second defense of his reign. The fight drew the interest of several promoters.
“They noticed me because of my style. Aside from being a world champion, I also wanted to make a mark in the sport,” said Vázquez, who did not defend himself well in the ring and took a lot of punishment during his victories. “I wouldn’t change anything about my past as a boxer. In order to get what I wanted, with effort, dedication and discipline, I had to fight like that.”
Espinoza defended Vázquez’s fighting style.
“He fought for the fans, that’s what gave him the most adrenaline,” Espinoza said. “He didn’t do it for the money, nothing else. He did it to win and give satisfaction to the people. He had the heart of a warrior, of a champion.”
Vázquez and Márquez met for the first time on March 3, 2007, bringing a lot of dynamite in their fists and little fear to the ring. They represented the bravery and courage that was a hallmark of Mexican boxing, but their lack of concern about violence in the ring suggested their bouts would take a profound physical toll.
In a duel held at the then-Home Depot Center in Carson, Vázquez knocked down Márquez in the third round, but he could not continue in the seventh round when he suffered broken cartilage in his nose. Vázquez lost his WBC crown, was criticized for not continuing despite the nose injury and later admitted he contemplated retirement after the loss.
“In the seventh round, I had to decide whether to keep fighting or save my nose,” Vázquez told the Los Angeles Times. “I decided to save my nose.”
Vázquez recalled his son, Israel Vázquez Jr., asking him when he got home “why didn’t I kept going, you could have come back and beat him.”
“So I got motivated to get my nose fixed and trained harder than ever for that second bout,” said Vázquez , who had Freddie Roach as his trainer.
Four months later, on Aug. 4, 2007 in Hidalgo, Texas, Vázquez regained his crown by knocking out Márquez in the sixth round of what was ranked as Ring Magazine’s 2007 fight of the year. Vázquez changed trainers for the fight because he didn’t believe Roach, who also was Manny Pacquiao’s trainer, dedicated as much time to him. He hired the now deceased Rudy Pérez, former trainer of Marco Antonio Barrera.
“After the first fight, there were people who thought I had given up and was making excuses for my nose,” Vázquez said. “And I took it personally. I wanted to send a message not only to Rafael, but also to non-believers. And I think I succeeded.”
Rafael Márquez, left, connects with Israel Vázquez during their WBC super bantamweight championship bout on March, 1, 2008 in Carson. Vázquez won in a split decision.
(Mark J. Terrill / Associated Press)
Márquez was known for his constant pressure on his opponents and a lethal punch, but none of that seemed to intimidate his opponent. Márquez’s legendary trainer, Ignacio “Nacho” Beristáin, said at the time that he did not understand how his pupil had failed to knock out Vázquez.
“I can’t understand how he withstood the punches. Rafael has hit him with punches and hasn’t knocked him out. Israel is a macho man,” Beristáin acknowledged before the third bout.
In March 2008 in Carson, the third fight was staged and Vázquez won by split decision. He knocked down Márquez in the last round, which gave him the victory. His manager hired two of the best cut men in boxing, one for each eye, because of Vázquez’s constant success cutting during their duels. The event was named Ring Magazine’s 2008 fight of the year.
The victory, though sweet, began to take its toll on Vázquez. In December 2008, Vázquez was stripped of his WBC super bantamweight title when he was unable to defend his crown because of a detached retina in his right eye, the result of his third fight with Márquez, who also had three surgeries on his orbital bone as a result of the three fights. Márquez stopped fighting for a year after the trilogy.
On May 22, 2010, Vázquez fought Márquez a fourth time.
“I didn’t want them to fight a fourth time, because he already won the trilogy,” Espinoza said of Vázquez. “But Israel asked me, at that time he had economic problems and needed to make money. We knew we didn’t need to do it, but he needed to support his family.”
Márquez took the featherweight contest with a third-round knockout win over a diminished Vázquez, who eventually retired after the bout at what was then Staples Center.
“During the fight, I told him, ‘Look at your eyebrow, look at your eye,’ but Israel told me, ‘You throw it,’” Márquez recalled in an interview with the WBC. “When we went into the ring we didn’t go in with the intentions of hurting, we went in with the intention of winning.”
Vázquez continued to have problems with his right eye, which required seven surgeries and was eventually removed in 2016 and replaced with a prosthesis.
“I consider the loss of my eye an accident. Unfortunately, the surgeries I underwent did not work, and over time it got worse,” Vázquez told The Times.
He lived in Southern California, where he became a beloved figure in the community.
“I was never filled with fake friends, people who would bring me up more than I was,” Vázquez told The Times.
After retiring, Vázquez was part of several boxing shows as a commentator, and for a time tended his defunct Magnifico Boxing Gym in South Gate, minutes from his Huntington Park home. It was obvious that Vázquez missed the boxing ring.
“I still miss a lot of things, like the adrenaline rush before a fight, the sweat dripping down my face at the end of a workout,” Vazquez said.
His health issues continued in 2018 when he was diagnosed with systemic sclerosis, a chronic disease characterized by diffuse fibrosis and vascular abnormalities in the skin, joints and internal organs.
In October, after having trouble walking, Vázquez was admitted to White Memorial Hospital in Boyle Heights and diagnosed with terminal cancer, stage 4 sarcoma. When the news was released, the boxing community rallied to support Vázquez emotionally and financially.
Before his death, friends wanted to visit Vázquez, but he accepted few requests because he wanted to be remembered as a magnificent world champion.
“He doesn’t want them to see him like that, he wants everyone to have the image of him as when he was a boxer,” said his wife Laura.
The WBC held several events to raise funds for the Vázquez family and processed the documents so his parents could be with him in his last days. Vázquez told The Times his parents were vital to achieving everything he had in boxing, because of the strict way his dad helped shape his personality with “hard teachings” and because of his mom, who he described as “the love of his life.”
Vázquez is survived by his wife, and his three children, Israel Vázquez Jr, Anthony and Zoe.
Staff writer Jad El Reda contributed to this report, which first appeared in Spanish via L.A. Times en Español.
The popular browser Google Chrome is getting a new feature that will allow users to check the trustworthiness of any website. According to a social media post on X, Google is working on a new AI-powered feature for Chrome called “Store reviews”. The feature will provide users a summary of reviews from independent websites such as Trust Pilot, Scam Advisor, and more.
The latest feature will be accessed from the site settings button, located to the left of the URL in the address bar. The functionality still seems to be under development as clicking on it opens a blank floating panel along with a text at the bottom that says Chrome will use AI in order to generate a summary of the website’s reputation from platforms like Scam Advisor, Trust Pilot, Google, and others.
The feature will be especially useful for users visiting an unknown or new website and seeking to assess its credibility. This feature will ease the complicated process of going through multiple review websites to understand the website’s overall reputation, ultimately saving a considerable amount of time.
In addition to this, Google is also introducing a slew of AI features, including AI-powered protection. This feature will provide real-time protection against websites that can be potentially dangerous and downloaded files as well.
In other related developments, Google is slated to update its location data storing policy in the upcoming weeks. Users will be enabled to block the company from tracking their movements. Google says that all the Maps data stored in the cloud will be erased if users seek to do so. Users will also be able to store their private data on their devices, which offers better security than storing it in the cloud. According to Google, Maps data will not be backed up in the upcoming weeks and users will be subsequently notified about this change.
It’s hard to believe that the first GTA 6 trailer made its debut almost a year ago to the day.
With a record-breaking number of views on YouTube, the trailer has proven to be extremely popular with fans, who have pored over every detail ahead of the game’s autumn 2025 release date.
However, after 12 months without any additional footage or information about Grand Theft Auto 6, fans are starting to wonder when exactly GTA 6 Trailer 2 will make an appearance.
Based on the latest online activity from Rockstar Games, it looks like we may finally have our answer.
As spotted by a user on Reddit, Rockstar updated the GTA 6 YouTube playlist on December 2.
The playlist was previously updated following the release of Trailer 1, which has led to speculation that a second trailer could drop later this week.
One theory is that GTA 6 Trailer 2 will make its debut on December 4, exactly a year after the release of the announcement trailer.
Other fans believe Grand Theft Auto 6 Trailer 2 will headline The Game Awards, which takes place on December 12, or December 13 for UK viewers.
Needless to say, Daily Express will keep this article updated with all the latest leaks and announcements, so keep checking back for more information.
In the meantime, check out GTA 6 Trailer 1 for the hundredth time to get a good look at what you’re missing.
GTA 6 has been in the news a lot lately, after winning the first of many awards at the Golden Joysticks.
Accepting the award for most anticipated game, a Rockstar Games spokesperson told fans to expect “mind-blowing things” from GTA 6.
“There’s an incredible amount of people doing amazing things on Grand Theft Auto 6, absolutely mind-blowing things,” a spokesperson said.
“It’s an honour to be able to come up here and accept this award on everyone’s behalf. I wish more of us could be here. Thank you very much, everybody, and yeah, more to come.”
Needless to say, the bold claim of “mind-blowing things” to come has left fans desperate to hear more about the upcoming game.
Meanwhile, during a recent earnings call, Rockstar Games parent company Take-Two once again confirmed that GTA 6 will launch next autumn, and that it will come to Xbox Series S, despite concerns that it may be too underpowered.
Chery set a monthly record in November 2024, pushing it past fellow Chinese brand BYD for the month.
A total of 1762 Chery vehicles were delivered in November, with its best seller by far being the Tiggo 4 Pro.
Chery delivered 745 examples of its new entry-level SUV in its first full month on sale, more than the Omoda 5 (542 sales), Tiggo 7 Pro (203) and Tiggo 8 Pro Max (272) and accounting for 42.3 per cent of the brand’s sales.
Not only that, the Tiggo 4 Pro outsold other small SUVs like the Kia Seltos (473), Mitsubishi Eclipse Cross (627), Nissan Qashqai (302), Suzuki Vitara (324) and Toyota Corolla Cross (639).
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Tiggo 4 Pro
It’s also already beating the pricier Jeep Compass, Skoda Kamiq and Suzuki S-Cross in year-to-date figures with 1099 sales. It managed this feat against the Jeep and Suzuki in just one full month.
Chery says it expects the Tiggo 4 Pro to be its best seller in 2025. It’s the cheapest Chery, priced from $23,990 drive-away.
With 1762 sales, Chery also pushed past BYD (1552 sales) in the monthly count for the first time.
The caveats here are that BYD is still significantly ahead year-to-date (18,465 sales vs. 10,718 sales), while Chery arguably has only one direct rival for a BYD product thus far.
Omoda E5
That’s the electric Omoda E5, which is sized and priced similarly to BYD’s Atto 3.
While Chery has previously indicated it plans to bring plug-in hybrid versions of its Tiggo 7 Pro and Tiggo 8 Pro Max here, these have yet to launch locally to take on BYD’s popular new Sealion 6.
That model was BYD’s best-selling vehicle, with 847 sold in November – 54.6 per cent of the brand’s total tally.
Both Chery and BYD are recent entrants to the Australian market, though the former had a presence here – via distributor Ateco – in the early 2010s.
BYD effectively relaunched here in 2022 with the Atto 3 after some earlier efforts selling the e6 people mover and T3 van.
It commenced Atto 3 deliveries in September 2022, with Chery commencing Omoda 5 deliveries in April 2023.
Swiggy reported a 30% year-on-year increase in revenue to Rs 3,601.5 crore for the July-September quarter; Key points for investors
Swiggy Share Price
Swiggy’s share price surged by over 6% on Wednesday following the release of its financial results for the second quarter of the current fiscal. The online food and grocery delivery platform reported strong revenue growth and a reduction in losses.
In early trading, Swiggy stock jumped 6.56% to Rs 534.8 per share on the NSE. By 9:30 a.m., it was trading 2.87% higher at Rs 516.25.
Swiggy reported a 30% year-on-year rise in revenue to Rs 3,601.5 crore for the July-September quarter, compared to Rs 2,763.3 crore in the same period last year. Sequentially, revenue grew from Rs 3,222.2 crore in Q1 FY25.
The company’s net loss narrowed by 5% to Rs 625.5 crore in Q2, down from ₹657 crore a year ago, though slightly higher than the Rs 611 crore loss reported in the previous quarter.
This is Swiggy’s first earnings report since its public listing last month. The company also saw a notable increase in its monthly transacting users (MTU), which grew by one million during the quarter, reaching 17.1 million. This marked a 7% quarter-on-quarter and 19% year-on-year growth.
Brokerage firm CLSA noted that Swiggy’s gap with larger competitor Zomato has stopped widening, suggesting a more competitive position in the food delivery market. In the quick commerce space, Swiggy’s Instamart competes with Zomato’s Blinkit and other players like Zepto, focusing on rapid delivery services. Swiggy has been expanding its dark store network to strengthen its quick commerce offerings.
Since its IPO, Swiggy’s stock has gained around 33% from its listing price of Rs 390, with the company’s market capitalization exceeding Rs 1.16 lakh crore.
In November, Swiggy raised over Rs 11,300 crore through its initial public offering (IPO), which included a fresh issue of Rs 4,499 crore and an offer for sale of Rs 6,828 crore.
Disclaimer:Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
Roger Ver, famously dubbed “Bitcoin Jesus,” is no stranger to controversy. Now, he’s up against U.S. prosecutors who accuse him of dodging $48 million in taxes tied to Bitcoin sales. Ver isn’t just denying the charges. He’s calling the tax rules themselves unconstitutional.
Pushing Back Against the IRS
On December 3, Ver filed a motion in California federal court, arguing that the IRS’s exit tax violates basic constitutional rights. The exit tax, meant to ensure citizens pay their dues before renouncing their U.S. citizenship, is a hefty blow for anyone with over $2 million in assets.
Ver, who gave up his U.S. citizenship in 2014 for Japanese citizenship, says the rules around digital assets are too vague. He also pointed out that back in 2014, Bitcoin markets weren’t liquid enough to make settling the tax easy.
His legal team argues the IRS’s tax law clashes with both the Apportionment Clause and the Due Process Clause. But will the court agree?
Prosecutors Say It’s More Than a Mistake
The prosecution paints a very different picture. They claim Ver deliberately avoided reporting $240 million in Bitcoin sales and filed false tax returns. According to them, it’s a clear case of tax evasion and fraud.
If convicted, Ver could face up to 30 years in prison. That’s a big deal, especially for someone with Ver’s influence in the crypto space. Still, Ver maintains he had no intent to cheat the system, pointing to documents that supposedly prove he followed the rules.
Also Read :
Coinbase Takes a Stand: No Business with Anti-Crypto Lawyers
,
A Controversial Figure
Ver’s journey has been anything but smooth. Back in 2011, he bought Bitcoin when it was less than $1, earning his nickname “Bitcoin Jesus.” Later, he became a major backer of Bitcoin Cash after the 2017 Bitcoin hard fork.
But his legal troubles didn’t start here. In 2003, he served 10 months in prison for selling explosives online. Just last year, CoinFlex accused him of owing $47 million in USD Coin (USDC).
What to Expect
As the case unfolds, it’s clear this isn’t just about one man. It raises big questions about how tax laws apply to crypto. For now, Ver’s future hangs in the balance.
Cyber Monday has technically ended, but a lot of sales are still going strong. Now is your last chance to cash in on some of the biggest deals of the year. Whether you’re shopping for holiday gifts or looking to treat yourself to something nice, now is the time to act. This year’s Cyber Week has brought stellar savings on laptops, TVs, tablets, mattresses and headphones, among other great buys. And we’re continuing the fun by monitoring all of the best Cyber Week deals until they run out.
This page serves as your personal deal-hunting companion. We’re updating it regularly with Cyber Monday’s remaining top sales items from CNET’s shopping experts. Keep an eye on this space so you won’t miss any amazing deals as things dwindle.
Best Cyber Monday deals
Apple users, listen up! This tiny Bluetooth tracker can help you find your lost keys or wallet. And this 4-pack can be yours at a great price.
Details
The TCL QM8 offers superior brightness levels and top-notch picture quality thanks to its use of cutting-edge mini-LED technology. No wonder it was our top pick for the best TV set of 2024.
Details
Get the best Android smartwatch experience with the improved health sensor array, the smoother yet more efficient processor and the new gesture controls on the Galaxy Watch 7. Samsung’s Galaxy Health suite remains entirely free — unlike Fitbit on the Pixel Watch 3 — and its integration with both Samsung Galaxy phones and non-Samsung Android phones is top tier. Samsung’s customizable watch faces, like the new Ultra Info Board or the updated (and GIF-supporting) Photos face, let your watch feel as futuristic, retro or personal as you desire.
Details
These 2024 Beats are some of our favorite over-ear headphones available at the moment. They’re not noise-canceling, but do support lossless audio, boast solid voice-call performance and impressed our reviewers with their substantial 50-hour battery life.
Details
If you’ve been wanting to upgrade your phone, the Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra is 25% off right now. The S24 Ultra has a sharp 5x optical zoom, fast processor and a beautiful display so you’ll have plenty of room to play with Samsung’s new Galaxy AI features. This is also one of our favorite Samsung phones of the year.
Details
UE’s smallest, newest Bluetooth speaker gets its first big discount. While the Wonderboom usually wins Black Friday, the new Miniroll stole our hearts with its ultra-portable form factor and easy-to-mount backstrap. It can party all day (or night) with its 12-hour battery life, and UE finally used USB-C to charge the Miniroll, so no more digging out a micro-USB cable for this micro speaker.
Details
Drinking lukewarm tea or coffee is nobody’s idea of a good time. This mug is perfect for those of us who never quite finish a drink before it goes cold. It has an 80-minute battery so keeps your drink warm for well over an hour and you can control the whole thing using your phone.
Details
Keep your home the perfect temperature as the cold winds blow this season. This Honeywell thermostat is Energy Star certified and may help you save on your electric bill.
Details
Updated Live: Best Cyber Monday Deals According to CNET Readers
Best Cyber Monday TV deals
We’re serious about TVs here at CNET, and the proud owners of a light-controlled TV Test Lab at our New York City office. As our shopping editors evaluate the best Cyber Monday deals on TVs, we cross-reference the discounts with the results of our rigorous hands-on testing — and consult our dedicated TV editors and writers, too. These are our favorites right now.
Sony/CNET
This 2023 Sony model is down by a big $400 with an even bigger 75-inch 4K screen. It sports HDR 10, HLG, Dolby Vision, a 120Hz frame rate, four HDMI inputs and Sony’s XR Contrast Booster which is great for getting deeper black and increased brightness.
A 55-inch display is large enough for most spaces, and this particular model is equipped with an OLED screen. It also has Dolby Atmos sound, Dolby Vision, an A11 AI processor with upscaling and gaming features such as Nvidia G Sync, AMD FreeSync Premium and up to 144Hz refresh rate.
Details
This smart TV defines “Go big or go home.” It’s 85 inches, making it almost too big for most spaces, but just right for those who love watching movies large and loud or like to catch all the details of any sport you can imagine. Its smarts come from Google TV and includes a subwoofer built-in to make the sound experience better in almost every case.
Details
If you want a streaming-ready TV, this 75-inch Roku model has convenient features and excellent image quality, from the 4K resolution QLED screen to Dolby Vision and Atmos.
Details
Best Cyber Monday smart home deals
Cyber Monday is the perfect opportunity to upgrade your smart home setup, whether you’re eyeing a security camera or multicolored light bulbs. CNET’s experts have compiled the best deals you can find on gear that will help with everything from maintaining the ideal temperature to purifying the air you breathe. These high-tech essentials can often be pricey — but not when these rare deals come around.
Amazon/CNET
This Amazon Echo Show 5 smart speaker is the latest model with improved bass and clearer sound. The 5.5-inch display offers a way to watch content, view security cameras and more.
Especially as we approach the winter months, this fourth-gen smart thermostat can help you save on your heating bill by optimizing the temperature of your home. Not to mention you can save $50 on it right now, too.
Specs: Remote programmable; voltage: 24V; dimensions: 1.21 x 3.3 x 3.3 inches (DWH)
Details
Named the best air purifier, this smart device stays on top of allergens and pollutants by auto-adjusting to its environment. Breathe in cleaner air with $69 off the regular price.
Details
Amazon’s Echo Show 8 is an impressive smart display with an 8-inch HD touchscreen, a 13MP camera and a built-in microphone to let you check the weather, set timers, update your calendar and more, hands-free. This bundle also includes a free Energetic smart bulb.
Details
Amazon’s Echo Pop is a solid entry-level smart speaker and bundled with the Echo Frames, you won’t see a better deal. With Alexa built into your glasses, you’ll have access to all you need, including those epic playlists while on the go.
Details
Taking your meat out of the oven or opening the grill can be a hassle and it gives you a less accurate read. With this smart meat thermometer, you can monitor your food’s temperature from your phone as it cooks.
Details
Best Cyber Monday headphone deals
A good pair of headphones, Airpods or wireless earbuds make relaxing with music easy. Top headphones and earbuds from top brands like Apple, Sony, Bose and more are on sale for Cyber Monday. We’ve gathered the best audio deals for you below across multiple big retailers, including Amazon, Best Buy and Walmart.
Bose/CNET
According to CNET’s resident audio expert, the Bose QuietComfort earbuds offer “a lot to like for the price,” and they’re even more likable at $50 off. They boast solid sound quality that lives up to the Bose reputation, and the sleek, stemless design provides a snug, comfortable fit (for most people).
If you want the sound quality of the AirPods Pro with the comfort and security of over-ear headphones, the AirPods Max are for you.
Details
When all else fails, USB-C earbuds ensure you’re never without music. Very, very, very few phones still have 3.5mm headphone jacks anymore, so if you want to keep a pair of spare earbuds in your car or your bag that won’t need charging, you’ll want a sturdy pair of USB-C earbuds like the JBL Tune 310C. With in-line controls and a microphone, they can be used for calls, music, or dissuading small talk on the holiday flight home.
Details
The headphones are still $80 off post-Cyber Monday. Kiss those noisy upstairs neighbors and those crying kids on the holiday flight home goodbye with Bose’s top-notch noise-canceling headphones. While the spatial audio is neat, the automatic wake/sleep and play/pause based on on-ear detection make the QuietComfort Ultra feel magical. Swapping between multiple devices is also a breeze, even if it’s not quite as seamless as Sony.
Details
Amazon’s Echo Buds are surprisingly high-tech for their price point, especially at the current 50% off. From the Alexa integration to automatically pausing when you take them out of your ears, these affordable earbuds are worth the savings.
Details
Best Cyber Monday tech deals
Cyber Monday deals are still lingering, and that means amazing tech deals. Whether you’ve been looking to get some electronics for your kid or just replace your outdated tech around the house, our Cyber Monday picks will have something for you. We’ve picked the best tech deals from top brands like Apple with great discounts on tablets, iPhones and other electronics across retailers like Amazon, Best Buy and Walmart.
CNET/Govee
This kit adds lights to the back of your TV that sync up with whatever you are watching or playing. There are kits for multiple TV sizes on sale right now. Clip the on-page coupon for the discount.
Marketed as a vlog camera for content creators, the Sony ZV-1F is the perfect way to capture precious memories this holiday season and beyond. And the $100 off retail price certainly makes it that much more appealing.
Details
Each shade and series of Oura’s third-gen ring gets lowest price yet.
Details
Calling all gamers. If you’re looking to get your hands on a new console, grab this deal that brings down Sony’s Slim PS5 to the lowest price we’ve seen.
Details
Take 20% off a stocking-sized speaker in nine super-fun colorways.
Details
This is Samsung’s latest foldable phone with a large 7.6-inch internal display and fast chip. Need more than 256GB of storage? You can save the same $200 on the 512GB model, too.
Details
Not only does this HD monitor offer sharp image quality with a 1,920×1,080-pixel screen, but it also has adaptive sync. This means it matches up with the refresh rate of your graphics card in your computer, up to 120Hz. It’s also very easy on the eyes, with a built-in blue light shield.
Details
Best Cyber Monday laptop and tablet deals
There are tons of amazing Cyber Monday deals still going on. Now is a great time to get a new laptop or Chromebook to replace your aging machine. There are plenty of laptop deals, whether you want a shiny gaming laptop, a reliable MacBook or a budget Chromebook for your kid. If you don’t see something you like below, check our complete list of the best Cyber Monday laptop deals. And for those looking for something more portable, we’ve gathered great tablet deals that range from low-cost Fire tablets to price cuts on popular iPad models.
Apple/CNET
With an 11-inch Ultra Retina XDR display, an M4 chip, 256GB of storage and support for Wi-Fi 6E, this powerful Apple tablet is perfect for creatives.
This 2024 laptop has a touchscreen display, 16GB of RAM and 512GB of SSD storage. It also has the Snapdragon X Elite processor, AI capabilities through Copilot Plus and gets up to 20 hours of battery life.
Details
Whether for streaming or light gaming, this under-$200 Chromebook is a bargain. The laptop can charge from zero to 50% in 45 minutes, and it has 64GB of storage and 16GB of RAM.
Dell Inspiron 16 Plus 7640 laptop: $1,100 (save $400). This budget pick for creators has a 16-inch 2.5K IPS display, RTX graphics, an Intel Core Ultra CPU and an RTX 4060 GPU, as well as 16GB of RAM and 1TB of SSD storage.
Asus 14-inch laptop: $120 (save $110). A budget laptop under the $100 mark with 4GB RAM, Intel-Celeron-N6000 processor, 64GB storage, Windows 11 OS and UMA graphics.
Cyber Monday is a great time to upgrade your home and kitchen tools without spending a fortune. Whether you’ve been eyeing a new vacuum or thinking about finally getting that robot vacuum, we’ve rounded up the best deals for you below. And if you’re hunting for budget-friendly options, don’t miss our picks for the best Cyber Monday Deals Under $100 and Under $50.
Sensio / CNET
A 1500-watt Bella Pro with six quarts that can serve five to seven people. It’s easy to clean with a removable ceramic nonstick basket and crisping tray, both of which are dishwasher-friendly. It then has a touchscreen with adjustable cooking temperatures up to 400 degrees Fahrenheit.
This cocktail maker will spice up your parties with over 40 craft recipes. Just insert a cocktail capsule, select drink strength, and you’re ready to go.
Details
The Anova Sous Vide is designed to offer precise cooking times and temperature readings while you cook, so that your food comes out tender and perfectly cooked. You can use it to cook a variety of dishes such as various meats, seafood, eggs, vegetables and more, though steak is one of the most popular uses. The Anova app lets you control the Sous Vide tool via Bluetooth and track the temperature. If you want added features like guided cooking, multi-device connectivity and recipes, you can upgrade to the paid version of the app.
Details
The Dyson V8 is a somewhat older model but still an extremely reliable, powerful Dyson vacuum for hundreds less than the brand’s latest cleaning tech.
Details
The compact-sized Keurig K-Slim can serve up cups as large as 12 ounces. The built-in water reservoir is good for multiple brews, and you can even slot in a travel-sized mug to brew up some fresh coffee for your morning commute. Its energy saver function saves power.
Details
This popular hair tool from Dyson has six attachments, including the Airwrap curling barrels that have revolutionized hair styling. Save a rare $110 on this sleek multifunctional gadget.
Details
Bring the local cafe to your house with a record-low price on the Breville espresso machine. This machine comes with all the bells and whistles, including a beans grinder and a milk frother. Make your fancy coffees at home with the touch of a button and stop dishing out money at the coffee shop every day.
Details
This robot vacuum and mop combo cleaner offers 6,000Pa suction power, reactive AI obstacle avoidance and sonic mapping, a dual rubber brush system to collect pet hair and other debris and a mopping function that uses vibration and downward pressure to remove dried spills and more. This deal is only available to Amazon Prime members, unfortunately.
Details
We named the Aventon Soltera 2 the overall best e-bike of 2024 in large part thanks to its simple design, seven-speed cassette and detailed LCD display. It features a 350-watt motor, a top speed of 20 mph and a maximum range of up to 46 miles. It’s also equipped with integrated lights and turn signals and has four levels of pedal assistance. Some variations are sold out, but others are still in stock based on the color and height you’re looking for.
Details
When is Cyber Monday?
Cyber Monday happened on Dec. 2nd. It always lands the Monday after Thanksgiving in the US, which falls on the fourth Thursday of November. There are hundreds of price cuts and sizable sales from the biggest online retailers, some of which are carry-overs from Black Friday you can still snag right now and many that are brand new deals to enjoy.
Which stores have Cyber Monday sales?
Almost all major retailers offer tons of deals and discounts for Cyber Monday. Think the likes of Amazon, Best Buy and Walmart, as well as more specialized retailers such as B&H Photo, GameStop and Dell. Major retailers with brick-and-mortar locations — such as Target and Walmart — will be offering online-only savings, whereas Best Buy’s Cyber Monday deals are both in-store and online. Keep in mind physical locations can also run out of stock. We’ve researched Cyber Monday store hours to help you shop in person, too.
When do Cyber Monday sales end?
Just like Black Friday, these sales tend to last a few days after the major sales event itself, which is Dec. 2 this year. With this in mind, it’s fair to assume offers will run throughout the weekend into early December. Just note that the best deals are expected on the main Cyber Monday date, unless the retailer has decided to extend sales from Black Friday.
Are Cyber Monday deals only available online?
Generally speaking, yes. Cyber Monday has always existed as a digital version of Black Friday, focused largely on tech deals that exist separate from the first event. As more and more shopping is done online, these two shopping events have started to blend together a little. That doesn’t mean all of the deals are the same, but it does mean finding new deals has started to become a greater challenge.
Best Cyber Monday retailers
Amazon: One of the biggest online retailers, Amazon has massive discounts with significant savings on tech, home appliances, and smart home equipment.
Walmart: Save big on appliances like televisions, refrigerators, laptops, and more at Walmart’s Cyber Monday event.
Best Buy: Cyber Monday is historically a great time to buy TVs and Best Buy has you covered for that and more.
The Home Depot: Eyeing home improvement tools? Home Depot has the best discounts on tools, appliances, and even grills.
Target: Target may not be as big on Cyber Monday as other retailers but it does offer some great deals on toys, gifts and board games.
Why are they called Black Friday and Cyber Monday?
The term “black” has historically been used to denote distressing or calamitous events. The earliest known use of Black Friday for the Friday after Thanksgiving was to refer to the practice of workers calling in sick the day after Thanksgiving in the early 1950s. Around that same time, US police adopted the term to describe the traffic conditions during the first major holiday shopping date.
After attempts to move to the term “Big Friday” failed, merchants attempted to ameliorate the term Black Friday in subsequent years, suggesting that its origin was not due to the terrible traffic the shopping spree created, but because the profit it generated put stores “back in the black” in financial terms.
Then, in 2005, the National Retail Federation coined the term “Cyber Monday” because it had noticed a spike in online traffic the Monday following Thanksgiving. At the time, it was believed it was because people were making online purchases while they were at work following the holiday, so their kids couldn’t see any gift purchases and because work computers typically had faster internet connections. There was some chatter about calling the date Black Monday or Blue Monday — because hyperlinks are blue — but eventually, everyone settled on the more futuristic-sounding Cyber Monday. In 2014, Cyber Monday became the biggest online shopping day in the country.
Excess fat has been linked to many health conditions, even some that impact the brain.
In the latest Alzheimer’s research, hidden fat in certain parts of the body was shown to be an early warning sign of the most common dementia — as much as 20 years prior to symptoms emerging.
The study findings were presented this week at the annual Radiological Society of North America (RSNA) meeting in Chicago.
ALZHEIMER’S PATIENT, 90, SAYS SKIING AND OTHER ACTIVITIES KEEP HIM MENTALLY SHARP
“Among different body compartments, higher visceral or hidden belly fat is the most important predictor of whole-brain amyloid and early tau protein accumulation,” lead study author Mahsa Dolatshahi, M.D., post-doctoral research associate at Mallinckrodt Institute of Radiology (MIR) at the Washington University School of Medicine, told Fox News Digital.
The researchers studied different kinds of body tissues — including subcutaneous fat, liver fat and thigh fat — but visceral fat was the “most powerful predictor of the obesity-related Alzheimer’s disease (AD) pathologies,” Dolatshahi noted.
In the latest Alzheimer’s research, hidden fat in various parts of the body was shown to be an early warning sign of the most common dementia — as long as 20 years prior to symptoms emerging.(iStock)
“The other types of fat did not show any associations with AD pathologies.”
In the study, researchers assessed 80 middle-aged adults (averaging 49 years old) who did not have any cognitive impairment, according to a press release.
“Visceral fat was the most powerful predictor of obesity-related Alzheimer’s pathologies.”
Just over half of the people were categorized as obese.
The average body mass index (BMI) was 32.31, with anything over 30 falling into the obesity category.
POOR SLEEP IN MIDDLE AGE COULD AFFECT THE BRAIN IN A SURPRISING WAY, STUDY FINDS
The researchers assessed the potential connection between signs of Alzheimer’s disease and controllable lifestyle factors, including obesity, metabolic health and BMI.
Tests included brain scans, body MRIs, cholesterol panels, and measurements of blood glucose and insulin levels.
Insulin resistance and lower HDL cholesterol were associated with high amyloid in the brain, which is a hallmark of Alzheimer’s. (iStock)
Beyond just measuring BMI, the study used MRI technology to look closer at body fat and better determine its relationship to Alzheimer’s, the release noted.
“We investigated the association of BMI, visceral fat, subcutaneous fat, liver fat fraction, thigh fat and muscle, as well as insulin resistance and HDL (good cholesterol), with amyloid and tau deposition in Alzheimer’s disease,” said Dolatshahi.
MEDITERRANEAN DIET COULD HELP REDUCE BELLY FAT AND MUSCLE LOSS CAUSED BY AGING, STUDY FINDS
An additional finding was that higher insulin resistance and lower HDL were associated with high amyloid in the brain, which is a hallmark of Alzheimer’s.
“A key implication of our work is that managing Alzheimer’s risk in obesity will need to involve targeting the related metabolic and lipid issues that often arise with higher body fat,” said senior study author Cyrus A. Raji, M.D., Ph.D., associate professor of radiology at MIR, in the release.
Beyond just measuring BMI, the study used MRI technology to look closer at body fat and better determine its relationship to Alzheimer’s.(iStock)
In a separate study that is also being presented this week, the same research team investigated how obesity and belly fat can impair blood flow to the brain.
Three out of four Americans are overweight or obese, the researchers noted.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Meanwhile, approximately 6.9 million Americans, aged 65 and older, have been diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease, a number that has been predicted to reach 13 million by 2050.
“The good news is these risk factors can be lowered with a healthy lifestyle and routine exercise.”
Dr. Earnest Lee Murray, a board-certified neurologist at Jackson-Madison County General Hospital in Jackson, Tennessee, was not involved in the study but commented on the results.
“We have known for some time the dangers of visceral fat on various organs of the body, likely from its facilitation of inflammatory changes — and it’s no different in the brain,” he told Fox News Digital.
What stuck out most to Murray was how early in life the changes are noted in the brain.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“The good news is these risk factors can be lowered with a healthy lifestyle and routine exercise,” he said.
The popularity of GLP-1 medications for diabetes and obesity “will most certainly be studied” in this context as well, Murray added.
Making healthy lifestyle changes can help reduce the risk of developing Alzheimer’s later in life, experts say.(iStock)
“This study also shows the importance of physicians and insurance companies focusing on prevention and the long-term benefits of modifying risk factors at an early age, as opposed to waiting for patients to develop symptoms.”
The study did have some limitations, the researchers acknowledged.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“One is the cross-sectional design of the study, which does not allow us to understand whether the individuals with excess visceral fat and amyloid and tau pathologies will develop cognitive impairment and symptomatic AD,” Dolatshahi told Fox News Digital.
“Also, the sample size for this study is limited to 80 individuals, and we need more studies to understand the role of different kinds of body adiposity in Alzheimer’s disease using PET scans.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
